Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
WQ0031593_Application_20191112
P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, NC 27560 919-467-1239 1VMACCONNELL & ASSOCIATES, P.C. November 7, 2019 Mr. Nathaniel Thornburg Unit Supervisor NC DEQ - Division of Water Resources Water Quality Permitting Section 1617 Mail Service Center Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617 Re: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC - Client Lot 2 Lexington Subdivision Surface Drip E-Z Treat System MacConnell & Associates Project Number: A61909.00 Dear Mr. Nathaniel Thornburg: 1101 Nowell Road Suite 118 Raleigh, NC 27607 Fax 919-319-6510 RECEIVED INCAEQ/1)Wl? NOV 12 1019 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit This project re -submittal is for the EZ Treat treatment system and surface drip irrigation field changes to an existing single family home permit. Please find enclosed one original and two copies of the application package. With this letter, we are requesting changes in the existing Single Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Permit (WQ0031593) for Lot 2 in the Lexington Subdivision, located at 117 Lexington Drive, Apex, NC 27523. A flow reduction package has been submitted to Christyn Fertenbaugh of NCDEQ and is attached to this re - submittal package as well. The following documents are included for your review: • A check of $20.00 • One cover letter (this letter) • One original and two copies of Application Package o Form SFRWWIS 06-16 and Clarification Letter o Registered Business in North Carolina Documentation o Existing Permit o Property Ownership Documentation o Application Form SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 o County Denial Letter o FIRM Map 3720071300K o Natural Heritage Program Documentation o Project Narrative o Project Specifications o Soil Evaluation o Design Calculations o Project Equipment o Operation and Maintenance Plan Three sets of 11"x17" drawings and three sets of standard size drawings. We feel that this submittal is sufficient for you to complete your review. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact me at (919) 467-1239. Thank you for your assistance. Sincerely, '- rj� Gary S. MacConnell, PE President enclosures cc: Jeff Logsdon, Builder/Client Ricky Pontello, LSS Kirsten Fertenbaugh, PERCS P.O.Box 129 Morrisville, NC 27560 919-467-1239 MAcCONNELL & ASSOCIATES, P.C. August 21, 2019 Mr. Nathaniel Thornburg Unit Supervisor NC DEQ - Division of Water Resources Water Quality Permitting Section 1617 Mail Service Center Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617 Re: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC - Client Lot 2 Lexington Subdivision Surface Drip E-Z Treat System MacConnell & Associates Project Number: A61909.00 Dear Mr. Nathaniel Thornburg: 1101 Nowell Road Suite 118 Raleigh, NC 27607 Fax 919-319-6510 RECEIVEDINCDEQIDWR SEP - 3 2019 Non -Discharge permitting Unit This project submittal is for the EZ Treat treatment system and surface drip irrigation field changes to an existing single family home permit. Please find enclosed one original and two copies of the application package. With this letter, we are requesting changes in the existing Single Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Permit (WQ0031593) for Lot 2 in the Lexington Subdivision, located at 117 Lexington Drive, Apex, NC 27523. The following documents are included for your review: • A check of $20.00 One cover letter (this letter) One original and two copies of Application Package o Form SFRWWIS 06-16 and Clarification Letter o Registered Business in North Carolina Documentation o Existing Permit o Property Ownership Documentation o Application Form SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 o County Denial Letter o FIRM Map 3720071300K o Natural Heritage Program Documentation o Project Narrative o Project Specifications o Soil Evaluation o Design Calculations o Project Equipment o Operation and Maintenance Plan Three sets of 11"xl7" drawings and three sets of standard size drawings. We feel that this submittal is sufficient for you to complete your review. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact me at (919) 467-1239. Thank you for your assistance. Sincerely, J' Gary S. MacConnell, PE President enclosures cc: Jeff Logsdon, Builder/Client Ricky Pontello, LSS Kirsten Fertenbaugh, PERCS ROY COOPER Governor MICHAEL S. REGAN Secretary LINDA CULPEPPER Director CERTIFIED MAIL RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED JEFF J. LOGSDON — MANAGER HEARTHSTONE LUXURY HOMES, LLC POST OFFICE BOX 97816 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27624 Dear Mr. Logsdon: NORTH CAROLINA EnvironmentolQuality September 10, 2019 �D RECEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR NOV 12 2019 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit Subject: Application No. WQ0031593 Permit Application Return 117 Lexington Dr. SFR Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Chatham County This letter is in reference to your permit major modification request received September 3, 2019. During the pre -review process, it was noted that the following items were missing from the submitted application package: 1. The Applicant for the subject permit modification is not the current Permittee. Accordingly, the permit modification package shall be accompanied by a Change of Ownership application (Form: NDPONC 06-16). This application may be downloaded at: h s://de .nc. ov/about/divisions/water-resources/water-resources- ermits/wastewater- branch/non-discharge-permitting-unit/application. Accordingly, your permit major modification request is being returned as incomplete per the requirements in 15A NCAC 02T .0107(b). The success of the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Branch process depends upon the receipt of complete and accurate applications and supporting documentation. Please amend the application package to include the previously noted omitted items and resubmit with the appropriate permit processing fee. Please be advised that construction and/or operation of the subject facilities without a valid permit is a violation of G.S. 143-215.1, and may subject you to appropriate enforcement actions in accordance with G.S. 143-215.6A-6C. Civil penalties of up to $25,000 per day per violation may be assessed for failure to secure a valid permit. .,. North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality I Division of Water Resources !g.w.D_ 512 North Salisbury Street 1 1617 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617 r �� 919.707.9000 w• �� 4 ROY COOPER Governor MICHAEL S. REGAN Secretary LINDA CULPEPPER NORTH CAROLINA Director Environmental Quality December3, 2019 Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. MacConnell & Associates, P.C. P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, NC 27560 Subject: 117 Lexington Drive — Lexington Lot 2 (WQ0031593) Residential Flow Reduction Approval Chatham County Dear Mr. MacConnell: Per the proposed water use data based on the usage of EPA WaterSense fixtures and low -flow appliances provided by MacConnell & Associates, P.C., the Division of Water Resources hereby approves the use of a 480 GPD design flow for the proposed 5-bedroom home located at 117 Lexington Drive in Chatham County. Please note that approval of this flow reduction does not constitute a modification to the previously issued permit (WQ0031593 - issued November 10, 2016) with an approved flow of 480 GPD for a 4-bedroom home. Regardless of the adjusted design daily wastewater flow rate, at no time shall the wastewater flows exceed the effluent limits defined in the non -discharge permit for the treatment facility or exceed the capacity of the sewers downstream of any new sewer extensions or service connection(s). The granting of this flow reduction does not prohibit the Division from reopening, revoking, reissuing and /or modifying the flow reduction as allowed by the laws, rules, and regulation contained in 15A NCAC 02T, NCGS 143-215.1, or as needed to address changed in State and/or Federal regulations with respect to wastewater collection systems, protection of surface waters and/or wastewater treatment. If you have any questions, please contact Christyn Fertenbaugh, P.E., at (919) 707-3625, or via email at Christyn.Fertenbaugh@ ncdenr.I=ov. Sincerely, r — A� for Linda Culpepp Director, Division of Water Resources by Christyn L. Fertenbaugh, P.E. Pretreatment, Emergency Response and Collection Systems Branch Cc: Gary MacConnell, P.E., MacConnell & Associates ( smmacassoc bellsouth.net) Raleigh Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Nathaniel Thornburg, Chief— Non -Discharge Branch (nathaniel.thornbur�iCi. ncdenr.gpv) PERCS (electronic copy) QNorth Carolina Department of Environmental Qltalrty I Division of water Resources _ 512 North Salisbury Street 1 1617 Mall Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolma 27699-1617 + AM 919.707.9000 1�:; t earthstone ,uxury f7l! omes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 Chatham County, North Carolina Surface Drip irrigation Redesign °CEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR _1-lermit No.: WQ0031593 140V 12 2019 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit Application :package for Single Family Residence Project No.: A61909.00 Submittal Date: August 21, 2019 i Prepared By: MacConnell & Associates, P.C. RECEIVEDINMEWWR SEP - 3 2019 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit 1101 Nowell Road, Suite 118 P.O. Box 129 Raleigh, NC 27607 Morrisville, NC 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 Table of Contents • Application Forms & Supplemental Documentations • Project Narrative • Project Specifications • Soils Evaluation • Design Calculations • Equipment • Operation and Maintenance Procedures • Flow Reduction (Separate Document) • Existing Information rIearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NCDEB/DWI° NOV 12 SIB Non-Diso"c rge Permitting Unit SEAL ' /VG7NE��• �vi •.Ma CGGa`a �'• j� Project Narrative MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 Project Narrative Introduction Owner/Client(s) Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Property Address 117 Lexington Drive, Apex, North Carolina 27523 Facility Bedrooms 5 Flow Reduction 20% Design Flow (GPD) 480 Irrigation Type (Spray / Drip) I Surface Drip Irrigation Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC (Hearthstone) owns the lot at the above mentioned location in Chatham County, North Carolina. In 2007, the property was deemed unsuitable for a subsurface wastewater disposal system, and the previous owner acquired a surface drip irrigation permit for a 4-bedroom (480 GPD) single family residence. The most recent soils investigation was performed by G. Christopher Murray of Soil & Environmental Consultants, PA (S&EC) in 2007. A copy of the existing permit can be found in the Soils Evaluation section of this application package. Please note that Christopher Murray is no longer with S&EC, the contact for this project is Ricky Pontello, LSS. The current owner, Hearthstone, wishes to convert the existing 4-bedroom single family residence permit into a 5-bedroom permit. The scope of this permit application is for the redesign of a surface drip irrigation system which utilizes a septic tank, E-Z Treat recirculating media filter, E- Z Treat recirculation tank, field dosing tank, E-Z Set drip irrigation system, E-Z Set drip irrigation tubing and the necessary appurtenances. A 20 percent flow reduction has been requested so that the home may be permitted as a 5-bedroom residence without needing to increase the size of the drain field. Please note that a mother-in-law suite integrated into the main residence is counted as one bedroom per NCDEQ policy on other projects. Please contact Pretreatment, Emergency Response & Collection Systems Branch (PERCS) Unit for the flow reduction approval. The proposed wastewater treatment and disposal system does not have any conflicts with existing utilities in the area. The system also maintains all the buffers required in the 15A NCAC 02T .0600 rules amended January 1, 2009. The proposed systems shall meet all of the requirements and specifications outlined in: Innovative Wastewater System Approval No: IWWS-2015-03-R2 and Innovative Wastewater System Approval No: IWWS-2007-1-R1. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Septic, E-Z Treat Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank The proposed wastewater treatment system will provide both anaerobic treatment and solids removal in a new 1,500 gallon septic tank. This tank will provide greater than 48 hours of detention providing for adequate anaerobic treatment and solids removal from the wastewater. Septic tank effluent will drain into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank as wastewater flows into the septic tank. The septic tank will contain a Polylok PL-122, SIM/TECH STF-110 or approved equal effluent filter to prevent solids from reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank. The E-Z Treat recirculation tank is a new 1,000 gallon pump tank. The E-Z Treat recirculation tank will serve as a holding tank for both the septic tank effluent and E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent. An effluent bypass valve located in the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will separate the flow once the E-Z Treat treatment unit is dosed. The effluent will be returned to the E-Z Treat recirculation tank until the bypass valve is closed, the remaining effluent will then flow to a field dosing tank. Effluent will be recirculated through the E-Z Treat treatment unit until additional septic tank effluent enters the E-Z Treat recirculation tank causing the bypass valve to close. The field dosing tank is a new 4,500 gallon tank. The influent to the field dosing tank will be disinfected prior to entering the tank to prevent re -growth within the tank. The field dosing tank will provide greater than 5 days of storage time per 15A NCAC 02T .0605 (m). E-Z Treat Treatment Unit The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide additional treatment to the septic tank effluent as well as removing any suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The E-Z Treat treatment unit includes housing, piped distribution system, sprinkler heads, and styrene media. The underdrain system will transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent back through an effluent bypass valve into one of the dosing tanks. Ultraviolet Disinfection The effluent from the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will be disinfected by ultraviolet light prior to entering the field dosing tank and being irrigated. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be by E- Z Treat ( Model E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer. E-Z Set Drip Wastewater Drip Irrigation System The E-Z Set drip irrigation system consists of the field dosing controls, vortex filter, hydraulic unit, and pump used to dose the irrigation zones. The system controls determine when the pump doses the disposal field. The vortex filter provides even greater filtration to insure that solids in the effluent do not clog the drip irrigation line emitters. The drip field will require fill to meet the vertical distance from the perched seasonal high-water table Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Drip Irrigation Lines The drip irrigation lines are dosed by the hydraulic unit. These lines consist of a hollow pipe filled with pressure compensating drip emitters spaced on two -foot intervals. These emitters insure that there is uniform distribution of the treated wastewater throughout the irrigation zones. The drip lines will follow the contour lines at three-foot horizontal spacing and make a complete loop back to the dosing tank. This insures that proper pressure is maintained in the drip lines and that there is a means for flushing the lines in the instance that they become clogged. Rain Sensor. A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor is included in the wastewater design to ensure that irrigation does not occur during precipitation events. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Project Contacts Names, addresses, phone and fax numbers of the owner and engineer are as follows: President: Mr. Jeff Logsdon Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC. P.O. Box 97816 Raleigh, NC 27624 Phone: (919) 900-7090 Engineer: Mr. Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. MacConnell & Associates, P.C. P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 Soil Scientist: Ricky Pontello, L.S.S. Soil & Environmental Consultants, PA 8412 Falls of Neuse Road, Suite 104 Raleigh NC 27615 Phone: 919-846-5900 Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 11' � earthstone Luxury F!omes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/ NCDEQJDW R NOV 12 A19 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit Existing Information MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 &agoa�ng myuy _ v s e on •swox ��n=n.uw+w uw Mr7d �011f118 "USPI S u WW 2LIL Jo.1 MId wgemJ V NY7d ?JOO'Id T 3'7 WVW f I 1n.+ 2l 1 791 jn�45hR$ a skP 1111 i i,111 2[ I'll, H t 1, PIZ oil I I M]THAACH APEL SR SR 1740 LEWTER SHO 45rM U g VICINPIY MAP Not To Scale FRONT — 40' SIDE — 25' CORNER SIDE — 40' REAR — 25' N /F APEX NURSURIES, INC. D.B. 466, PG. 477 —_ 1 r a SEPTIC I AREA 10 Si , L Co � O 1 �117.a 144,457 S.F. 1 3.32 AC 111 ///� WELL 105.4 1 —12.0 70.0�.__ IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AREA DESCRIPTION AREA HOUSE w/ PORCHES 5.594 S.F. GARAGE 814 S.F. DRIVEWAY & WALKS 2,281 S.F. TOTAL (PROPOSED)--:- 8,689 S.F. LOT AREA= 144,457 S.F. TOTAL (PROPOSED)= 6.0% TOTAL (ALLOWED) = 6.5% TOTAL (ALLOWED) = I9,390 S.F. 01 LEXINGTON DRIVE 60' PUBLIC R/W DRAINAGE PAnD COVERED PD K JACKSON—A 4—CAR PER PLAN LINE I BEARING DISTANCE L1 N41Y914 W 1 10.06 LENGTH CH LENGTH cal BEARING CURVE RADIUS ARC.9 THIS DRAWING DOES NOT c1 a2D.00 3B1B asB.9s ss7z2 1 E REFLECT AS —BUILT INFORMATION THIS PROPERTY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE DEED RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS, RIGHT—OF—WAY, UnUMES AND PREIAOLARY PIAT RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS WHICH MAY BE OF RECORD OR IMPLIED I= FOR pBDD — 100 0 100 SCALE: 11Do' REsm LAND SERVICES, PLLU. 1917 Evons Road Cary, North Carolina 27513 Phone (919) 378-9316 Firm License 8 P-0873 . OW]VHYAtiCJ�, Qt BATS, HOUSE LOCATION PLOT PLAN FOR LEXINGTON DRIVE LOT 2 LEXINGTON SUBDIVISION New Hope Township, Chatham County, North Carolina PROPERTY OF: HEARTHST LUXURY HOMES LLC. PLAT BOOK 2008 PAGE 290 DEED REFERENCE DRAWN BY: AP I DATE: JULY 1, 2019 hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR NOV 12 2019 Non-Dischar99 P®rmitting Unit Project Specifications MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 Table of Contents for Specifications TreatmentArea and Trench Clearing and Grubbing.............................................................................................1 WastewaterDisposal Area Clearing.........................................................................................................................1 Trenchingand Silt Fencing: .....................................................................................................................................2 Excavationand Backfilling........................................................................................................................................3 Fertilizing, Seeding, & Mulching..............................................................................................................................4 Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing/Storage Tank Installation and Testing..................................................6 PipingInstallation and Testing.................................................................................................................................7 E-Z Treat Recirculation Pump and Control Panel..................................................................................................8 E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation..................................................................................................................... 8 EffluentBypass Valve................................................................................................................................................8 SpinFilter.................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Field Dosing Pump and Control Panel Specifications............................................................................................9 HydraulicUnit Installation........................................................................................................................................ 9 DripIrrigation Line Installation............................................................................................................................... 9 UltravioletDisinfection Unit....................................................................................................................................11 RainSensor...............................................................................................................................................................11 Project Specifications Treatment Area and Trench Clearing and Grubbing 1. The treatment area within the construction limit, unless otherwise noted or where property line permits, shall be cleared and grubbed of all trees, stumps, shrubs, debris, and brush. 2. Roots, matted roots, stumps, and other vegetable matter shall be removed to 12 inches below existing ground at the treatment area. 3. In foundation sub -grade areas, the grubbed material shall be removed to 12 inches below the sub -grade. 4. The cleared and grubbed material shall be removed from the construction site and disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. 5. The Contractor shall take particular care to minimize soil disturbance and compaction while clearing and grubbing the areas designated for the wastewater treatment field for the on -site wastewater treatment system. 6. Vehicular traffic shall be minimized and limited to that equipment required to perform the activities required in these areas. 7. Only rubber -tire, light -duty equipment shall be used in these areas. Wastewater Disposal Area Clearing 1. The wastewater disposal area within the construction limit, unless otherwise noted or where property line permits, shall remove any dead, dying and sickly treas. Any vegetation that is less than 2 inches in diameter shall cut at ground level and removed. 2. The cleared material shall be removed from the construction site and disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall take particular care to minimize soil disturbance and compaction while clearing the areas designated for the wastewater disposal fields for on -site wastewater disposal system. 4. Vehicular traffic shall be minimized and limited to that equipment required to perform the activities required in these areas. 5. Only rubber -tire, light -duty equipment shall be used in these areas Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Trenching and Silt Fencing: 1. For Pipe Trenches: a. Excavate trenches to true line and grade as shown on the Contract Drawings, except where field adjustments are necessary to avoid other underground utilities. All alignment changes shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. b. Accomplish trench excavation with equipment suitable for this type of service. If backhoes or drag lines are used, the size of bucket must be such that the width of trench excavated is compatible with the diameter of pipe to be installed. c. Construct sides of the trench as near to vertical as possible, taking into consideration the type of soil encountered, applicable safety requirements, and the width of area in which the lines are installed. Operations resulting in wide top dimensions sloping directly to the pipe shall not be permitted. Trench width from a point one (1) foot above the crown of the pipe to the bed of the trench shall not exceed the diameter of the pipe bell plus 12 inches on each side of the bell unless special permission of the Engineer is secured. d. Excavate the bottom of the trench to assure a firm bearing support uniformly throughout the length of the pipe. Excavate a space under and around each bell to relieve it of any load. Blocking under the barrel or bell will not be permitted. Where ground water conditions are encountered, the Engineer may require dewatering equipment to be provided. e. Remove rock or boulders encountered in the bottom of the trench to a depth six (6) inches below the grade of the pipe. Place a suitable tamped foundation of earth material to bring the bottom of the trench to proper sub -grade over rock or boulders. f. When unstable conditions are encountered at the invert elevation of the pipe and dewatering or similar measures will not prevent or cure this condition, suitable stabilization material shall be placed in the trench. g. When pipe laying is not in progress, plug the open end of the pipe to prevent entry of water, dirt, tools, or other foreign matter into the pipeline. Do not use the pipe as a means of carrying groundwater away from the work area. 2. Temporary Silt Fence: a. Filter fabric to be of polypropylene, nylon, polyester, or polyethylene yard with a minimum standard strength of 30 pounds per linear inch, a minimum 85 percent filtering efficiency, and a minimum slurry flow rate of 0.3 gallons per square foot per minute. Fabric should contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum construction life of six (6) months. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 b. Posts shall be of four (4)-inch diameter pine, two (2)-inch diameter oak, or 1.33-pound per linear foot steel. Wood shall be a minimum six (6) feet in length, and steel posts shall be at least five (5) feet in length. c. Install silt fence on low side of stockpiles and undeveloped right-of-ways, parallel to surface waters, and in locations shown on the Contract Drawings. Extend fence around approximately 90 percent of the perimeter of the stockpile. d. Construct silt fence as shown on the Contract Drawings. Excavation and Backfilling 1. Excavated materials acceptable as backfill shall be stockpiled in a location approved by the Owner. The materials shall be located away from the edge of any excavations. Excavated materials shall not be stored within the driplines of existing trees. 2. All open excavations shall be barricaded when construction in the area has stopped. Night barricading should include posted warning lights. 3. Protect existing structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavement, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Protect root systems from damage or dry -out to the greatest extent possible. 4. Soil materials shall be free of boulders, roots, sod, organic matter, and frozen material. 5. Bedding materials for pre -cast concrete structure installation shall be #57 washed stone to the dimensions and depth shown on the construction drawings. 6. All excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated on the construction drawings regardless of character of materials and obstruction encountered. In the event that rock is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it at no additional cost to the owner. 7. Stability of excavations shall be maintained by sloping of the sides and shall comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Where space restrictions prevent sloping of the sides, shoring and bracing of the walls shall be employed in full compliance with OSHA requirements. In the case of pipe installations, sheeting shall remain in place until backfilling progresses to a stage where no damage to the pipe will result from removal. 8. The Contractor shall attempt to prevent surface and subsurface water from flowing into excavations. The Contractor shall provide equipment, materials, and work necessary to dewater any accumulation of water in the excavation to prevent softening of the soils, undercutting of footings, and changes to the soils detrimental to the stability of the improvements. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 9. Excavations for structures shall conform to dimensions and elevations shown on the construction drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet and to the standards of ASTM C891-90. 10. Backfill shall be installed to excavated spaces in 8-inch lifts and tamped by hand or pneumatically around pipe or structures. Tamping shall be performed evenly on both sides of pipe and around sides of structures to a depth such that damage to the pipe or structures is avoided as a result of subsequent methods of compaction. Extreme care shall be exercised in backfilling operations to avoid displacement of pipe and structures either horizontally or vertically. Backfill consolidation by ponding water is not permitted. Compaction of each layer of backfill and the top 6 inches of subgrade shall achieve a 90 percent maximum dry density as measured by AASHTO method T-99. 11. Remove all waste materials including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during project warranty period, the Contractor shall remove surface finish, add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment to a quality and appearance matching adjacent areas of previous work. 12. Site specific excavation and backfilling requirement shall also comply as shown on the construction drawings. Fertilizing, Seeding, & Mulching l . Permanent sccding is required for treatment and trench areas disturbed by construction, except for areas covered by structures, pavements, etc. Temporary seeding is required for those treatment areas disturbed by construction and left exposed for periods of 30 days or more before being brought to final grade and permanently seeded. Fertilizing, seeding and mulching are not required for wastewater disposal fields. 2. Fertilizer shall be 10-10-10 commercial fertilizer conforming to statutory requirements and all rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Department of Agriculture. 3. Limestone shall conform to all statutory requirements and all rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Department of Agriculture. 4. Seed shall conform to all statutory requirements and all rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Department of Agriculture. Provide seed mixtures as tabulated below. Deliver seed to the site in original containers bearing the appropriate guaranteed mixtures. Seed shall show a purity of not less than 90 percent and germination quality of not less than 85 percent. 5. During late winter and early spring, the temporary seed mixture for general areas shall consist of 120 pounds per acre of Rye (grain) and 50 pounds per acre of Annual Lespedeza (Kobe in Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Piedmont and Coastal Plain, Korean in Mountains). During summer, the temporary seed mixture for general areas shall consist of 40 pounds per acre of German millet. In the Piedmont and Mountains a small -stemmed Sudan grass may be substituted at a rate of 50 pounds per acre. During fall season, the temporary seed mixture for general areas shall consist of 120 pounds per acre of Rye (grain). 6. The permanent seed mixture for general areas shall consist of 50 pounds per acre of Pensacola Bahia grass, 30 pounds per acre of Sericea lespedeza, 10 pounds per acre of Common Bermuda grass, and 10 pounds per acre of German Millet. Bermuda grass may be replaced with 5 pounds per acre of centipede grass. The best seeding dates for this mixture are April ? through July 15a'. Other mixtures, as approved or recommended by the Soil Conservation Service or the North Carolina Agricultural Extension Office, may be used with Engineer's approval. 7. Mulch all seeded areas, except where jute mesh is required. Use undamaged, air-dried, threshed small grain straw free of undesirable weed seed. Anchor straw by tacking with asphalt, netting, or a mulch anchoring tool. 8. Use jute mesh on seeded areas where slope is steeper than two (2) horizontal to one (1) vertical (two (2) to one (1) slope). Use woven jute yarn weighing approximately 90 pounds per 100 square yards and having 0.75-inch openings. 9. Follow procedures set forth in the publication "Guide for Sediment Control on Construction Sites in North Carolina" by the Soil Conservation Service of the United States Department of Agriculture, and as specified herein. a. Spread a minimum of four (4) inches of top soil over all disturbed areas to the finished grade as shown on the Contract Drawings. b. Remove all grass and weeds and shape the overall area to even out high and low spots. c. Scarify soil to a depth of three (3) inches and work into a satisfactory seed bed by discing or through the use of cultipackers, harrows, drags, or other approved means. d. The preparation outlined above shall not be done when the soil is frozen, wet, or otherwise in an unfavorable condition. e. Begin and complete seeding operations, as outlined below, as soon as possible after final or intermediate grading is completed. £ Distribute lime and fertilizer, as required, uniformly over the seed bed. Harrow rake or otherwise work these additions into the seed bed. g. Distribute seed uniformly over the established seed bed. Lightly rake the surface of the seed bed in order to cover seed to a maximum depth of 0.25 inch. h. Compact the seed bed with an approved roller or drag, after covering the seed. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 No lime, fertilizer, or seed shall be applied during a strong wind, when the soil is wet, or when the soil is otherwise unworkable. Should rain follow seeding before rolling is initiated, the seed bed shall not be rolled. Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank Installation and Testing Septic tanks shall conform to criteria in 15A NCAC 18A .1952-.1954. The septic, recirculation/ field dosing tanks should be installed on a 6-inch minimum layer of No. 57 washed stone aggregate. 2. Place bell ends of pre -cast sections or the groove end of the concrete facing down. In preparation for making joints, all surfaces of the portion of the section to be jointed and the factory -made jointing materials shall be clean and dry. Each joint, seam, and pipe penetration inside and outside of joints shall receive liberal applications of non -shrink grout as well as liberal amounts of bitumastic waterproof sealant. 3. Lifting holes and other penetrations of the pre -cast structure wall shall be sealed with nonshrinking grout. Pipe connections shall be made so that the pipe does not project beyond the inside wall of the structure. Grout connections as necessary to make smooth and uniform surfaces on the inside of the structure. 4. Before placing any tank into operation, remove any dropped grout, sand or other imperfections and obstructions from the interior of the structure. Specifically, the inside walls of the tank shall be smooth and uniform. Smooth -finish inverts so that wastewater flow is confined and directed through the inlet and outlet pipes with easy transition. 5. Tanks shall be backfilled in accordance with the applicable specifications herein before described. 6. All pipe penetrations shall be through Press -Seal Cast -A -Seal 402 rubber connectors or approved equal. 7. All joints (mid -seam, top -seam) shall be sealed using Concrete Sealants butyl sealant #CS-102 meeting ASTM C-990. 8. All service access openings will be a minimum of 24 inches. Exceptions may be made on a case by case basis with E-Z Treat's and engineer's prior written approval. All access openings shall be fitted with E-Z Set riser assemblies. 9. A 24-hour static water test, in accordance with ASTM standards, shall be performed on all precast tanks in order to insure they are water tight. a. The testing shall be performed in the presence of the engineer or his representative. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 b. Each tank shall be filled with water and the initial water level shall be measured. c. At the end of the 24-hour period, the level of the water shall be measured again. d. The engineer shall pass the tank if the water level did not drop more than 0.5 inches or if the total volume of the displaced water is less than 1 percent of the total effective liquid capacity of the tank. e. Tanks may also be leak -tested by applying a vacuum of 5-inches of Hg with riser assemblies in place. £ Each failed tank shall be tested again. In the event that the tank does not pass the second test, the Contractor shall remove and replace the tank at no additional cost to the owner. 10. Septic Tank and E-Z Treat Recirculation Tank shall meet the following additional criteria: a. Minimum liquid depth of 36 inches. b. Minimum airspace of 9 inches. c. Length shall be at least twice as long as the width. d. Septic tank shall be constructed with a baffle wall dividing the tank interior 2/3rd to 1/3rd. The baffle wall shall be constructed to permit passage of effluent through a slot or holes located between 45 and 55 percent of the interior depth. 11. Septic tank shall be fitted with a Sim Tech STF-110, Polylok PL —122, or Engineer approved effluent filter that extends down to 50 percent of the liquid depth of the tank. 12. Septic tank shall be as specified on the constructions drawings. Piping Installation and Testing 1. Piping shall be PVC and of type and size as shown on the construction drawings. Piping shall be installed with a minimum of three (3) feet of cover unless shown otherwise on the construction drawings. 2. Piping shall be installed to be able to meet a pressure test whereby the pressure remains constant for a minimum of two hours, and the allowable leakage is not more than 10 gpd/inch of pipe diameter/mile. 3. Any line installed under a driveway shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron Pipe or encased in concrete and extend a minimum of 5 feet on either side and unless shown otherwise on the construction drawings. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 4. Forcemains installed under streams and driveways shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron Pipe. E-Z Treat Dosing Pump and Control Panel 1. The E-Z Treat dosing pumps shall be one(1) Sta-Rite Step 30 1/2 horsepower multi -stage submersible pump for operation on a single phase, 115 Volt service. 2. The control panel shall be an E-Z Treat provided simplex panel. The panel shall have a recirculation pump load sensor/alarm, two on/off timers, discharge pump alarm, high/low water alarm, and low water level/run dry pump protection. 3. The control panel shall be in a NEMA 4X enclosure, installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and within 10 feet of the E-Z Treat treatment unit. 4. No splices may be placed in the pump tank or riser. All splices shall be made above ground in a NEMA 4x junction box. 5. Control and alarm circuits shall be on separate circuits. 6. RMSYS telemetry control panel or equal shall be connected to a phone line. If the local health department does not have access to the RMSYS website, a direct interface must be provided. System operator must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available with a 24 hour notice to the county in the event a direct connection is necessary. 7. The audible/visual alarms shall be external to any structure. E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation 1 _ The E-Z Treat Treatment Units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings. Effluent Bypass Valve 1. The effluent bypass valve shall be by E-Z Treat and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings_ Denitrification Assembly 1. Valves and piping back to the front of the septic tank shall be integral with the pod dosing system. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 8 Spin Filter 1. The spin filter shall be provided by E-Z Treat and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings. Field Dosing Pump and Control Panel Specifications 1. The field dosing pump shall be as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal by Engineer. The motor shall meet the horsepower requirement for operation on a single phase service. The pump shall be provided by E-Z Treat and regulated by a NEMA 4X control panel with a two stage timer, elapsed time meter, event counter, and alarm (both audible and visual) system. The alarms shall be external to any structure. Hydraulic Unit Installation 1. The E-Z Set Drip hydraulic unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings. 2. Electric solenoid zone valves shall be 1" (Model SVLVB-100). 3. Vortex filter shall be 1 %2 " (Model AP4E-1.5F-3). Drip Irrigation Line Installation 1. The drip irrigation lines shall be installed as shown on the construction drawings. The lines shall be laid parallel to the existing contours and laid completely level. 2. Emitter spacing shall be 24-inches. There shall be 3-feet of spacing between adjacent drip lines. Contractors shall ensure minimum disturbance of the soil in the wooded area. Weeds, trees and bushes less than 2 inches in diameter shall be removed, whereas vegetation that has diameter greater than 2 inches shall not be disturbed. 4. Harrow rake and backfill the soil if necessary. Native soil shall not be disturbed more than 1 inch into the soil profile. 5. Only rubber -tire, light -duty equipment shall be used in these areas. 6. No excavation for initial wastewater disposal field laterals shall occur while the project site is wet. Hearthstone Luxury Hoines, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 7. The retained trees shall maintain a minimum of three (3) feet in radius clearance area where no new soils shall be backfilled. Backfilled soils shall be gradually filled where the slope is one (1) vertically and three (3) horizontally. Drip lines shall not be placed within the three (3) feet clearance areas. 8. Retain as many well established trees as possible. Remove pine trees and retain hardwoods preferentially where tree displacements are necessary. 9. Leaf and vegetation matter shall be raked from irrigation site. 10. The fill material shall have a soil texture of sand or loamy sand and shall be mixed with the native soil to a depth of 6 inches on top of the existing soil surface to provide uniform surface level. 11. Limitations of soil disturbance shall be clearly addressed to responsible personnel. Any necessary disturbance that exceeds the soil disturbance limits shall be approved by engineer. 12. After completion of filling, backfilling, and grading, top soil shall be spread uniformly to a depth of not less than thirteen (13) inches over the seasonal high ground water level. Top soil shall be compacted lightly in an approved manner. The finished surface shall be in conformity with the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Contract Drawings, as well as free from dips, bumps, and irregularities in alignment. 13. All fill and backfill shall be free from roots, wood scrap material, and other vegetable matter and refuse. Fill and backfill shall be placed in layers not more than eight (8) inches thick, loose except as specified otherwise herein, and each layer shall be compacted thoroughly and evenly. 14. For pipe trenches, fill and backfill, unless otherwise noted, shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D 2167 (Modified Proctor Method). 15. The Contractor shall perform all grading in areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to finished grades indicated on the Contract Drawings and shall be graded so as to drain water away from structures. Areas directly and indirectly affected by the construction work shall be graded to provide proper drainage and surfaces suitable for the use of mowing machines. 16. Surplus material not required for completion of the construction work or unsuitable for filling, backfilling, and/or grading shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense in an approved spoil area and in accordance with local ordinances. 17. Field specific installation shall be as shown on the drawings. 4. Drip lines shall be installed in a manner to minimize disturbance to the existing vegetation on the disposal field. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 10 Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit 1. The ultraviolet unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings. The unit shall be by E-Z Treat ( Model E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer. 2. A visual alarm shall be provided that alerts the homeowner when the primary bulb fails. After primary bulb failure, the backup bulb shall be good for 10,000 hours. Alarm panel shall be mounted within 6 feet of ultraviolet casing. 3. Casing shall be filled with water prior to powering up lamps. Rain Sensor 1. A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that will receive precipitation (that is not covered by any trees). Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MaXonnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 [Iearthstone Luxury fl�omes, I1L(, Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR 140V 12 2019 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit Application Forms Supplemental :documentations 7 SEAL L 17069 ac 48001ioOk MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 DWR State of North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality Division of Water Resources Division of Water Resources 15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering ractices. Failure to submit all required items may result in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time. For more, information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one orieinal and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation. A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages): El List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action. B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages): ® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). ® The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project Fees. C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages): ® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer. ® If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the North Carolina Secretary of State. ❑ If 'die Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business. ® The facility name in Item II.2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc. ® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer. ® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). ❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal FORM: NDSR application. D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages): ® Submit the most recently issued existing permit. ❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification (i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.). E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation facilities: ® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or ❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or ❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107. ® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact�i�lrela�re�het�.r�'� conveyance, storage and irrigation facilities. RRCCt��CC V GUI SEP - 3 2019 Non -Discharge INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Permitting Unit Page 1 of 4 Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites): ®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum: ® The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were recommended for the proposed land application activity. ® Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package; a statement shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation. ® Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy. ® Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy. ® Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site. ® Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil map legend for the following parameters: ❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Pbospborus ❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium ❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium ❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc ❑ Copper ❑ pH Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management. ® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum: ® A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map. ® All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site. ® All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved. ® All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings. ® Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon. ® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum: ® A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils. ® Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas. ® Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation. ® Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon. ® Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy. ® A completed copy of the SiNle-Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations). G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer. ® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items: ® Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items. ® A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map. ® A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc. ® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations. ® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc. ® A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point. ® The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation. ® Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated. ® Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc. El Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4 H. Specifications (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2 , submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer. ® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items: ® Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items. ® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc. ® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.) ® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.) ® Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.) ® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing. ® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604f c 3 , submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer. ® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items: ® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable). ® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.). ® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit. ® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used. ® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc. ® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade. ® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates. ❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units. ® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook. J. Site Map (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor. ® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted. ® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following: ® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas. ® Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites. ® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites. ® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .01071 i) and .0108. ® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606. ® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites. ® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites. K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(1), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address: ® How to perform routine inspections. ® A maintenance schedule. ® A troubleshooting guide. ® A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems. ® A crop maintenance and management plan. ® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC 02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package. L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604{h], submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all deeded property owners. INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4 M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604W, provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all subsurface systems. N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain): ❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8 ), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.). O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages): ® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105 c 10 , submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation facilities. ❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110. P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings): ❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications: ❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification ❑ US Army Cofps of En 'neers South Atlantic Division— Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit ❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)161, this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued conditionally; if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein. THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO: NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT By U.S. Postal Service: 1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 TELEPHONE NUMBER: (919) 807-6464 By Courier/Special Delivery: 512 N. SALISBURY ST. RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604 FAX NUMBER: (919) 807-6496 INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4 DWR State of North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality Division of Water Resources Division of Water Resources 15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 I. APPLICANT INFORMATION: 1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Hearthstone Luxury Homes. LLC 2. Applicant type: ❑ Individual ® Corporation ❑ General Partnership 3. Signature authority's name: Jeff Lo sdon per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b] Title: Owner 4. Applicant's mailing address: PO Box 97816 City: Raleigh State: NC Zip: 27624- 5. Applicant's contact information: Telephone number: 919) 900-7060 Fax number: L) _- Email Address: Mogsdon —&arhomes.com II. FACILITY INFORMATION: 1. Facility name: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Repcnnitting RECEIVEDINCDEQVNP' 2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed SEP _ 3 Z019 3. Facility's physical address: 117 Lexington Dr. City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27523- County: Chatham Non -Discharge permitting Unit 4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35' 47' 3 3 " Longitude: -78" 56' 24" Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information: Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second 5. USGS Map Name: Chatham County GIS III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION: Method of measurement: Map interpretation by extraction 1. Engineer's name: Gary S. MacConnell License Number: NC-17069 Firm: MacConnell & Associates. PC Engineer's mailing address: PO Box 129 City: Morrisville State: NC Zip: 27560- Telephone number: (919) 467-1239 Fax number: 919 319-6510 2. Soil Scientist's name: Ricky Pontello License Number: NC-1232 Soil Scientist's mailing address: 8412 Falls of Neuse Rd., Email Address: gsmmacassoclg bellsouth.net Firm: S&EC. PA City: Raleigh State: NC Zip: 27615- Tclephone number: (919) 846-5900 Fax number: 919) 846-9467 Email Address: rpontello(b sandec.com IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100: 1. Application type: ❑ New ® Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ0031593 and most recent issuance date: December 21, 2007 2. Application fee: $20 3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Domestic 4. Wastewater flow:480 (Adjusted from 600) GPD FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6 IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED): 5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined: Establishment Type Flow Basis Flow Per Unit NumberFlow of Units Five Bedroom Home with 20% Flow Reduction gal/Bedroom 96 5 480 GPD gal/ GPD Total 480 GPD 6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following applicable permits/certifications? Permit/Certirication Date Droved ate Permit/Certification No. Agency Reviewer Submitted A Nationwide 12 or 404 Wetlands 401 7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 244 feet mean sea level. Source: Firm Map Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the I00-year flood plain`? ❑ Yes or ® No If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606: 1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters: Estimated Influent Designed Effluent Minimum Required Parameter Concentration Concentration Degree of Treatment (monthly avera e) Prior to Storage Biochemical Oxygen Demand 300 mg/1 6 mg/1 < 30 mg/l (BOD5) — Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 300 mg/1 5 mg/l < 30 mg/l Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) 25 mg/1 3 mg/1 < 15 mg/1 Fecal Coliforms 200 per 100 ml < 200 colonies/100 ml 2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No 3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No 4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No 5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T _0605 (f}, have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No 6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605 , which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N/A 7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605 h , has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No 8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Fence Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No 9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T L 5(il, do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VITA.) exceed the soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VII.3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No 10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6 V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS -15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED): 11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(lI, what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs: If UV, specify the number of banks: 2, total lamps: 2 and maximum flow capacity: 10 GPM. 12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m ), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No 13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-101 & Specification Page: 1) or ❑ No 14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o}, has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-102 & Specification Page: 11) or ❑ No 15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605101> has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No 16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(a I, has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No 17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No 18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No If no, list non -compliant setbacks: 19. Per 15A NCAC 02'f .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be marked N/A): Setback Parameter Irrigation System Treatment / Storage Unit Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site 107' 350' Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as part of the project site 72' Any private or public water supply source 126' 175' Surface waters (streams - intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands) 319' 298' Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT) N/A Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems N/A Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches) 554' Any well with exception of monitoring wells 126' 175' Any property line 50' 50' Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height N/A Any water line from a disposal system N/A Any swimming pool N/A Public right of way 191' Nitrification field 100, Any building foundation or basement 72' 20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606 c}, submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L.0107. FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6 VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN: 1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / EZ Treat 2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment: a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations): Treatment Unit No. of Units Manufacturer or Material Dimensions (ft) / __Sp acin s (in} Volume (al) Plan Sheet Reference Specification Reference Septic Tank 1 Brantley 126" x 66" x 69" 1500 D-101 6 Select Select b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes): No. of Manufacturer or Volume Plan Sheet Specification Treatment Unit Units Material Dimensions (ft) (gal) Reference I Reference Recirculation Tank 1 Brantley 95" x 61" x 58" 1000 D-101 6 87. 5 x 47. 5 x EZ Treat 1 E-Z Treat 600 GPD D-101 8 39" Select c. DISINFECTION: No. of Manufacturer or Volume Plan Sheet Specification Treatment Unit Units Material Dimensions (ft) (gal) Reference Reference Ultraviolet 1 E-Z Treat N/A N/A D-101 11 Select N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK: Manufacturer or No. of Total Effective Effective Plan Sheet Specification Material Units Dimensions (ft) Volume Volume Storage Reference Reference (gal) (gal) (days) 6.9 (w/o Brantley 1 167' x 78" x 116" 4500 3300 flow D-101 6 reduct.) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A e. PUMPS: Location No. of Purpose I Manufacturer / Capacity Plan Sheet Ispecification GPM TDH Pumps Type Reference Reference Recirculation Tank 1 Recirculation Sta-Rite Turbine/ 13 100 D-101 8 STEP30 1/2 HP Sta-Rite Turbine/ Field Dose Tank 1 Field Dose STEP30 1 HP 18 132 D-101 9 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A f. BLOWERS: No. of No. Manufacturer / Capacity Plan Sheet Specification Location Units Served Type (CFM) Reference Reference N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A g. MIXERS: FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6 No. of Manufacturer / Power Plan Sheet Specification Location Units Served Mixers Type (h) Reference Reference N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NIA N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6 VH. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN: 1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained or modified: 2. What is the proposed cover crop? Fescue, rye, or Bermuda 3. Soil Evaluation recommendations: Soil Series Minimum Observed Recommended Recommended Fields within Soil Area Depth to SHWT Loading Rate Loading Rate Zones 1, 2, 3, and 4 1 1.25 4. Irrigation System Information (Note —this table maybe expanded for additional fields): 0.7 18.95 Field Area (acres) 1 0.4 Designed Designed Dominant Rate Rate Soil Series (whr) On/yr) Latitude i (DMS) Longitude (DMS) Waterbody Stream Index No. 2 Classification Green Level .7 18.95 35047' 33" -78" 56' 24" 16-41-6-4-0) WS-IV;NSW O r rI O 1 rl O r " O 1 rr O r if O r rr O r rr O r rr O r rr O r Ir Total 1 Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information: Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement: Man_ interpretation by extraction 2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be downloaded at: https://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs- Elublic/Water%20Quality/Aguifer%20Protection/LAU/A rQ eements/WSCA%2008-13.pd£ Spray Irrigation Design Elements Drip Irrigation Design Elements Nozzle wetted diameter: N/A ft Emitter wetted area: 17,352 ft2 Nozzle wetted area: N/A ft' Distance between laterals: 3 ft Nozzle capacity: N/A GPM Distance between emitters: 2 ft Nozzle manufacturer/model: N/A / Emitter capacity: 0.53 GPH Elevation of highest nozzle: N/A ft Emitter manufacturer/model: Geoflow / Specification Reference: N/A Elevation of highest emitter: 340 ft Specification Reference: Page 9 FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6 Professional Engineer's Certification: that this application for .Engineer's name from Application Item 111.1.) i tfi"h (Facility name from Application I em II.1.) has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design. Note: in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to 525,000 per violation. North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signatur Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC O2T.0106(b): (Signature A 's namb & title from Application Item I.3.) IL lity name from Application Winn II.1.) that this application for has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105 e . Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalti9qup to $25,000 per violation. Signature: Date: FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 7 of 6 P.O. Box 129 1P1onUVRle, NC 27560 919-467-1239 MAC C ONNELL & ASSOCIATES, PC Form SFRWWIS 06-16 Clarification 1101 NawellRoaA suits 11B Raleigh, NC 2760" Fax 919-319.6510 I. En ineerin Calculations: auxilia power source calculations are not required because the site will be served by a private well. No wastewater will be generated during power failure. However, the owner may provide themselves with a standby generator as stated in the O&M manual. If the well is serviced by the generator the treatment system shall be serviced as well. 3/1 /2018 North Carolina Secretary of State Search Results • Upload a PDF Filing • Order a Document Online • Add Entity to My Email Notification List • View Filings • File an Annual Report/Amend an Annual Report • Print an Amended a Annual Report form • Print a Pre -Populated Annual Report form Limited Liability Company Legal Name Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Information Sosld: 1174577 Status: Current -Active Annual Report Status: Current Citizenship: Domestic Date Formed: 11/4/2010 Fiscal Month: December Registered Agent: Logsdon, Jeff J Addresses Mailing 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 Reg Mailing PO Box 97816 Raleigh, NC 27624 Company Officials Principal Office 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 Reg Office 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 All LLCs are managed by their managers pursuant to N.C.G.S. 57D-3-20. Manager Jeff J Logsdon 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh NC 27612 https://www.sosnc.gov/online services/search/Business_Registration_Results 1/1 National Flood Hazard Layer F I RMette FEMA r � r .• . -a�s r. t t �, s r„� M QSw iUS huoN,jr:n,aai.fhJ1 )e: c rth�rnit<I�ery. s.I : I, - i; il',..,1 Feet 1:6,000 0 250 500 1,000 1.500 2.000 Legend SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT 1 shout Base Flood Elevation (BFE) Zone A, V, A99 SPECIAL FLOOD With BFE or Depth zone AE,, AD, AR, VE, AR HAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway 0.2%Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Area of 1%annual chance flood with average depth less than one foot or with drainage areas of less than one square mile zone Future Conditions 1%Annual Chance Flood Hazard zone x Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to OTHER AREAS OF Levee. See Notes, zon. x FLOOD HAZARD Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezoo. o NO SCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard zoo. x 0 Effective LOMRs OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard zone GENERAL — Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer STRUCTURES r r r I r r I Levee, Dike, or Floodway Cross Sections with 1%Annual Chance 17.5 Water Surface Elevation o- — — Coastal Transect —ey.._... Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE) Limit of Study Jurisdiction Boundary -- --- Coastal Transact Baseline OTHER _ Profile Baseline FEATURES Hydrographic Feature Digital Data Available N No Digital Data Available ppp MAP PANELS y Unmapped The pin displayed on the map is an approximate point selected by the user and does not represe an authoritative property location. This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of digital flood maps if It is not void as described below. The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap accuracy standards The flood hazard Information Is derived directly from the authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map was exported on 7/31/2019 at 9:35:19 AM and does not reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and time. The NFHL and effective information may change or become superseded by new data overtime. This map Image is void If the one or more of the following map elements do not appear: basemap Imagery, flood zone labels, legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers, FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for regulatory purposes. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY Property Owner(s): Village Investments Mailing Address: 1600 Morrisville C enter Road Cara NC 27519 Facility Address: Disposal Method: 0 SPRAY IRRIGATION J0 DRIP IRRIGATION (Check One) County: Chatham _ Permit No. RECEIVED I DENRf DW4 p U - Tm RECTIQN I/We agree to operate and maintain the wastewater treatment system as follows: OCT 1-2 ZNIAW' 1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire treatment and disposal system including, but not limited to, the following items: a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed. The effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned at the same frequency of the septic tank. b. The sand filter surface shall be raked and leveled every six (6) months and any vegetative growth shall be removed by hand [accessible sand filters only]. c. Check one: 0 The tablet chlorinator shall be checked every week. Tablets shall be added so as to provide proper chlorination. ✓ The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked every week. The lamp shall be cleaned and/or replaced to .ensure proper disinfection. d. The storage, pump, and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly. The scum layer shall be removed at the same tune interval as the septic tank is pumped out. e. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to make certain of proper operation, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no surface runoff, and that no objectionable odors are being generated. 2. Failure of the Permittee to properly operate this system is subject toa' penalty up to $25,000 per day. 3. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface or groundwater regulations will require evacuating the dwelling and may void the permit. I/We understand the abov quir and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit. Signature(s): Date: D-) � ?4• •...ta — Date: im �:� • �d 1y• ure: �, t4. "toe ag Date: ~ 3 0f7 Commission Expiration: �°UBt1G a •+�44+��;+;rid+y;0;�;*►+;�;�;y;�;*++;*4,4'y;;. a;1yy;4aJFy;i;4y4;i4y;;;t;�+•s*y4y♦y4+y4i+i ♦ �y;4� �;+yam;+y+;`4.+«;*yo+y.4`4/y4y+4 •�►4a444b •i444444• r��i♦i444t44 ♦�� `ty 4441444it• 1� gCcVIv 1) DEL n 8 Z006 VINV,MAMCOUNTY 06 GRAPHIC SCALE i " = 10Q' 100 0 100 200 lw 11110i ma GOAM smErmwi fM4M jaw!W Ldf@SKe MPA PROJECT61fRL FIELDWORK CM cm Rp PAOJ<' FaAmE: DRAWN 9Y MW. 71H Tod cm Mill" 5wMM1014M84%SftPirclld2ft ORAINAM000W NDMOAROLM FAIL zoos Ph State of North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources Division of Water Resources DWR 15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 Division of Water Resources PermitNo. WQ0031593 County: Chatham Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Mailing address: PO Box 97816 Raleigh, NC 27624 _ Facility address: 117 Lexington Drive, Apex, NC 27523 (Lot 2 Lexington Subdivision Irrigation Method: ❑ SPRAY ® DRIP I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows: l . The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation system including, but not limited to, the following items: a. The septic tank shall be checked annual ly and pumped out as needed. b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually. c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be removed manually. d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR ® The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection. e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly. f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and that no objectionable odors are being generated. 2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e)(3). 3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day. 4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void the permit. All owners appearina on the le all.• recorded propertv deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit. Owner Signature: _ Date: $ 3d i 1 Owner Signature: Date: FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 Page 1 of I NC DEPARTMENT OF ■ p ■ NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES Governor Susi Hamilton, Secretary Walter Director, Land and Water Stewardship NCNHDE-9879 July 31, 2019 Chrissa MacConnell MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell Road Raleigh, NC 27607 RE: Hearthstone Luxury Homes - Lexington Lot 2 - Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign ; A61909.00 Dear Chrissa MacConnell: The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above. Based on the project area mapped with your request, a query of the NCNHP database indicates that there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary. Please note that although there may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within the project boundary, it does not imply or confirm their absence; the area may not have been surveyed. The results of this query should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat exists. In the event that rare species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so that we may update our records. The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report. If a Federally -listed species is found within the project area or is indicated within a one -mile radius of the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here: https://www.fws.ciov/offices/Di rectory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37. Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission. The NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional correspondence if a Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Clean Water Management Trust Fund easement, or Federally -listed species are documented near the project area. If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance, please contact Rodney A. Butler at rodney.butler@)rcdcr.aov or 919-707-8603. Sincerely, NC Natural Heritage Program 4 � 1 . , ;. , MAIL SEf-tVACLCLrd( �k Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area Hearthstone Luxury Homes - Lexington Lot 2 - Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign Project No. A61909.00 July 31, 2019 NCNHDE-9879 No Element Occurrences are Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area No Natural Areas are Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area Managed Areas_ Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area N Managed Area ame ti Owner Owner Type B. Everett Jordan Dam and Lake US Army Corps of Engineers Federal Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at htt� •//ncnhde natumaerve.org/conLel3tZhelo. Data query generated on July 31, 2019; source; NCNHP. Q2 Apr 2019. Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database. Page 2 of 3 NCNHDE-9879: Hearthstone Luxury Homes - Lexington Lot 2 - Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign r� 1:21,376 ❑ Project Boundary 0 0.175 0.35 0.7 ml Buffered Project Boundary 0 0.275 0.55 1.1 km Managed Area (MAREA) Page 3 of 3 Sources: Esn, HERE. Garmin, Inteh ap, !memo, p Corp, GESCO, LISC49, FAO, NM NRCAN, C 13—, IG,N, Mdeater NL, Ordnance Survey, E5n Japan, MET, Esri China (Hong Kong), (s) OpenSreetMap wncibuters, and the CIS user community Please Note. This Parcel Has A State Issued Septic Permit Please contact the State of NC directly, if you have-guestions regarding the septic system on this Property. Cr 1p T.�jtjQ Michael F. Easley, Governor William G. Ross Jr., Secretary North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources {] ►K Coleen H. Sullins. Director Division of Water Quality December 21, 2007 MR. ANDY SIEGNER TIT, R.S. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIRECTOR CHATHAM COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH PO Box 130 PITTSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA 27312 Subject: Permit No. WQ0031593 Highway 751 Subdivision Lot'#2 Surface Irrigation System - SFR Chatham County Dear .W Siegner: The Aquifer Protection Section has issued a permit approving a non -discharge Single Family Residence wastewater disposal system for Lot 2 at the Highway 751 subdivision owned by Village Investment, LLC. Condition I.16 of the permit requires the property on which this wastewater disposal system is to be installed to be subdivided so that Lot 2 is separated from the overall subdivision property prior to the start of construction of the system. A copy of the deed and a plat or survey map of the property is to be submitted to our office, however, we also request that a Construction Authorization Permit NOT be issued by your office until the deed for Lot 2 has been recorded with the appropriate land recording office. If you have any questions regarding this request, please do not hesitate to contact me at duane.leith@ncmail.net or (919) 715-6186. Thank you for your cooperation. Cc: Raleigh Regional Office, Aquifer Protection Section David Ferrell, Village Investment, LLC APS Central File WQ0031593 Aquifer Protection Section 1636 Mail Service Center Internet: www.acwateraualitv.ore Location: 2728 Capital Boulevard An Equal OpportunitylAffinrmtive Action Employer— 50% Recycledl10% Post Consumer Paper Sincerely, Duane Leith APS-Animal Unit i� -Carolina Atumlly Raleigh, NC 27699-1636 Telephone: (919) 733-3221 Raleigh, NC 27604 Fax 1: (919) 715-0588 Fax 2: (919) 715-6048 Customer Service: (877) 623-6748 0� A r Z� Michael F. Easley, Governor Q William G. Ross Jr., Secretary North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources Colcen H, Sullins, Director p 13ivision of Water Quality December 21, 2007 Mr. David Ferrell Village Investment, LLC 1600 Morn isville Carpenter Road Cary, North Carolina 27519 Subject: Permit No. WQ0031593 Highway 751 Subdivision Lot #2 Surface Irrigation Facility Chatham County Dear I& Ferrell: In accordance with your permit application request received April 11, 2007 and additional information received October 12, 2007, and December 5, 2007, we are forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0031593, dated December 21, 2007, to Village Investment, LLC for the construction and operation of the subject single family wastewater treatment and surface irrigation facilities. This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until November 30, 2012 and shall be subject to the, conditions and limitations as specified therein. Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements in this permit. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting and maintaining the required operational information will result in future compliance problems. Please pay particular attention to permit condition I.15. which requires that an adequate water supply well be installed prior to the start of construction of the disposal system under this permit. Also, please pay particular attention to permit condition I.16. which requires recording of the deed for this lot prior to the start of construction of the disposal system and submittal of a copy of the deed to the Aquifer Protection Section of the Division of Water Quality prior to the, start of construction of the disposal system. An extension shall be requested, by the permittee, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of this permit. Upon receipt of the request the Commission will review the adequacy of the facility described therein and, if warranted, will extend the permit for such period of time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. If any parts, requirements, or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, you have the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within thirty (30) days following receipt of this permit. This request must be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of'Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made this permit shall be final and binding. N�ocn�et1rtcarp a Vaklru�y Aquifer Protection Section 1636 Mail Service Center Raleigh. NC 27699.1636 Telephone: (919) 733-3721 Internet: www.nowateraualitv.ora location: 2729 Capital Boulevard Raleigh, NC 27604 Fax 1: (919) 715-0588 Fax2: (919) 715.6048 An Equal Oppolunily(Aftirmative Action Employer— 501A Recydedll0% Post Consumer Paper Customer Service: (877) 623-6748 One set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you. Please contact Duane Leith by email at duane.leith@ncmail.net or by phone at (919) 715-6186 if you need additional information concerning this matter. Sincemly, .p,, GIj. Coleen H. Sullins cc: Chatham County Health Department Raleigh Regional Office - Aquifer Protection Section Technical Assistance and Certification Unit Gary MacConnell, P.E., MacConnell & Associates, P.C. G. Christopher Murray LSS„ Soil &. Environmental Consultants, PA Andy. Siegner a RLS., Environmental Health Director (with letter):. APS Central Files (WQ0031593) LAU Files NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMMSION DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES RALEIGH SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE SURFACE IRRIGATION PERMIT In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO Village Investment, LLC Chatham County FOR THE construction and operation of a 480 gallon per day (GPD) surface irrigation wastewater treatment and disposal system consisting of a 1,500 gallon baffled septic tank with effluent filter, a partially in -ground &Z Treat 60 square foot by 3 foot deep synthetic media wastewater treatment filter with a 2,400 gallon recirculation tank and 30 GPM recirculation pump, a 4,650 gallon storage/pump tank, a 27 GPM pump with a high water alarm light and buzzer, two 10 GPM ultraviolet light disinfectioh units installed in series, a 17,298 square foot drip irrigation area consisting of 6 zones of 2,160 to 3,645 square feet each with 4 drip lines 141 to 313 feet long on a 3 foot spacing and all - associated piping and appurtenances, to serve the Village Investment, LLC residence located at Lot 2 in the Village. Investment Subdivision, Hwy 751, Apex, North Carolina, 27502, with no discharge of wastes to the surface waters, pursuant to the application received -April 11, 2007, and additional information received October 12, 2007, and December 5, 2007, and in conformity with the project plan, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources and considered a part of this permit. This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until November 30, 2012 and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and limitations: I. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 1. Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a certification must be received from a professional engineer certifying that thg permitted facility has been installed in accordance with this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting materials. If this project is_ to be completed in�pbases and partially certified, you shall retain the responsibility to track further construction approved under the same permit, and shall pLovide a final certificate of completion once the entire project has been completed. Mail the Certification to the Groundwater Protection Unit,1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636. 2. The Raleigh Regional Office, -telephone number (919) 791-4200, shall be notified at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of operation of the installed facilities so that an in -place inspection can be made. Such notification to the regional supervisor shall be made during the normal office hours from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays. 3. The surface irrigation facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so that there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contamination of ground waters, which will render them unsatisfactory for normal use. In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance conditions or failure of the irrigation area to adequately assimilate the wastewater, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective actions including those actions that may be required by the Division of Water Quality, such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater treatment and disposal facilities. 4. The issuance of this permit shall not relieve the Permittee of the responsibility for damages to surface or ground waters resulting from the operation of this facility. 5. A leakage test shall be performed on the. septic tank and storage/pump tank(s) to insure that any exfiltration occurs at a rate, which does not exceed twenty (20) gallons per twenty-four (24) hours per 1,000 gallons of tank capacity. The Engineer's Certification will serve as proof of compliance with this condition. 6. If excavation into bedrock is required for the installation of the septic tank, recirculation tank, pump tank or other components, the excavation shall be lined with a 10-mil synthetic liner. 7. A sanitary tee and filter shall be installed on the effluent pipe of the septic tank. The Engineer's Certification will serve as evidence that these specifications have been met. 8. The residuals generated from these treatment facilities must be disposed in accordance with General Statute 143-215.1 and in a manner approved by the Division. 9. Diversion or bypassing of the untreated wastewater from the treatment facilities is prohibited. 10. The following setbacks shall be maintained: a. 100 feet between the wetted area and any residence or places of public assembly under separate ownership, b. 50 feet between the wetted area and property lines, c. 100 feet between wetted area and wells, d. 100 feet between the wetted area and drainage ways or surface water bodies, e. 50 feet between the wetted area and public right -of ways, f. 100 feet between the wetted area and any swimming pool, g. 15 feet between the wetted area and any building foundation or basement, h. 100 feet between the treatmenttstorage units and any wells, with the exception of monitoring wells, and i. 50 feet between the treatment units and property lines. 11. The pump tank(s) shall have functional audible and visual high water alarms that are external to any structure. 12. The disposal system shall be connected to a rain or moisture sensor that shall indicate when wastewater application is not appropriate in accordance with Condition H(4). 13..The existing vegetation on the drip irrigation site shall not be cleared nor disturbed except to the extent necessary to install the dripline. 14. All tank access risers shall extend at lest six (6) inches above finished grade and shall be provided with properly secured covers. 15. The water supply well for the site shall be installed and determined to be adequate to meet the requirements of the proposed residence prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. 16. The subdivision of the property on which this wastewater disposal system is to be installed shall be completed and the deed for this lot recorded with the local land recording authority prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. A copy of the deed and a plat or survey map of the property shall be. submitted to the Groundwater Protection Unit of the Aquifer Protection Section, at 1636 Mail Servioe "Center, Raleigh, ;North CardIina 27699-1636 prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. U. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RE UIREMENTS 1. The facilities shall be properly maintained and operated at all times. 2. Upon classification of the wastewater treatment and surface irrigation facilities by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission (WPCSOCC), the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator to be in responsible charge (ORC) and one or more certified operator(s) to be back-up ORC(s) of the facilities in accordance with 15A NCAC 8G .0201. The ORC shall visit the facilities in accordance with 15A NCAC 8G .0204 or as specified in this permit and shall comply with all other conditions specified in these rules, 3. A suitable year round vegetative cover or leaf litter cover shall be maintained over the disposal area. 4. Irrigation shall not be performed during inclement weather or when the ground is in a condition that will cause runoff. 5. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent wastewater runoff from the irrigation field. 6. The application rate shall not exceed a cumulative loading of 18.95 inches over any twelve (12) month period at an instantaneous application rate not to exceed 6.10 inches per hour. 7. The facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent the discharge of any wastewater resulting from the operation of this facility. 8. No type of wastewater other than that from the Village Investment, LLC, Lot 2 residence at the Village Investment, LLC subdivision, located on Highway 751 in Apex, North Carolina, zip code 27502, shall be emitted onto the irrigation area. 9. No traffic or equipment shall be allowed on the disposal area except while installation occurs or while normal maintenance is being performed. 10. The irrigation field shall be fenced with at least a two -strand wire fence. 11. Wastewater treatment units open to the atmosphere shall have restricted access and pump control panels shall be locked. 3 12. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire treatment and disposal system including, but not limited to, the following items: a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned at the same frequency of the septic tank. b. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked every week. The lamp shall be cleaned and/or replaced as necessary to ensure proper disinfection. c. The storage, pump, and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly. Any sludge or scum layer accumulating in the pump/storage tank(s) shall be removed at the same interval as the septic tank is cleaned out. d. The system shall be inspected monthly to make certain of the proper operation of the drip line, that the vegetative growth allows a proper drip pattern, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no surface runoff, and that no objectionable odors are being generated. III. MONITORING AND REPORTING REOUMEMENTS 1. Any monitoring deemed necessary by the Division to insure surface and ground water protection will be established and an acceptable sampling reporting schedule shall be followed. 2. The Permittee shall maintain records of all maintenance performed on the system and irrigation area, as required in Condition H(12) for a minimum of five years. This information shall be provided to the Division upon request. 3. Noncompliance Notification: The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Raleigh Regional Office, telephone number (919) 791- 4200, as soon as possible; but in no case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following: a. Any process unit failure, due to -known or unknown reasons, that renders the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment, such as mechanical or electrical failures of pumps, emitters, etc.; or b. Any failure of a pumping station or treatment facility resulting in a by-pass directly to receiving waters without treatment of all or any portion of the influent to such station or facility. Occurrences outside normal business .hours may also be reported to the Division's Emergency Response personnel at telephone number (800) 858-0368 or (919) 733-3300. Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letterform within five (5) days following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report must outline the actions taken or proposed to be taken to ensure that the problem does not recur. IV. INSPECTIONS 1. Adequate inspection, maintenance, and cleaning shall be provided by the Permittee to insure proper operation of the subject facilities. 4 2. Any duly authorized officer, employee, or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect any property, premises or place on or related to the disposal site or facility at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this permit, may inspect or copy any records that must be maintained under the terms and conditions of this permit, and may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate. V. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. This permit shall become void unless the facilities are constructed in accordance with the conditions of this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting data. 2. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the application and other supporting data. 3. This permit is not transferable, In the event there is a desire for the facilities to change ownership, or there is a name change of the Permittee, a formal permit request must be submitted to the Division accompanied by documentation from. the parties involved, and other supporting materials as may be appropriate. The approval of this request will be considered on its merits and may or may not be approved.. 4. Upon the availability of a municipal or regional sewerage collection system, the subject wastewater treatment facilities shall be abandoned and all wastewater discharged into the municipal or regional sewerage system. 5. Failure to abide by the conditions and limitations contained in this pennit may subject the-Permittee to an enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143- 215.6A to 143-215.6C. 6. The issuance of this permit does not preclude the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other government agencies (local, state, and federal), which have jurisdiction. 7. This permit may be revoked if the Permittee fails to abide by the conditions of the "Operation and Maintenance Agreement" previously signed by the Permittee. 8. The Permittee shall retain a set of approved plans, specifications and operation and maintenance manual of the subject facility for the life of the project. 9. The Permittee shall pay the annual administering and compliance fee within 30 days of being billed by the Division. Failure to pay the fee accordingly may cause the Division to initiate action to revoke this permit as specified by 15A NCAC 2T .0105 (e)(3). 10. The?ermittee, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of this permit, shall request its extension. Upon receipt of the request, the Commission will review the adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will extend the Permit for such period of time and under such conditions and limitations, as it may deem appropriate. W Permit issued this the 21st clay of December, 2007, NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION Coleen H. Sullins, Director ®® Division of Water Quality By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission Permit Number WQ0031593 Permit No. WQ0031593 December 21, 2007 ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION Partial Final I, , as a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, leaving been authorized to observe (periodically, weekly, full time) the construction of the project, Project Name Location and County for the Permittee hereby state that, to the best of my abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the construction such that the construction was observed to be built within substantial compliance and intent of this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting materials. Signature Registration No. Date 7 V I C I NIT'Y MAP BK 2060 PG 0547 FILED ELECTRONICALLY CHATHAM COUNTY NC LUNDAY A. RIGGS13ER REGISTER OF DEEDS FILED Aug 14, 2019 AT 03:45:25 PM BOOR 02060 START PAGE 0547 Erro PAGE 0549 INSTRUMENT M 08042 EXCISE TAX $500.00 ML :1 Yi1 10"To]MIM.V1f"i".VF St/1t7J7��YY'i1]ftlE Excise Tax: $500 Parcel Identifier: Verified by County on the day of ----, 20 Mail/Box to: Grantee This instrument was prepared by: William T. Hutchins, Jr. (without benefit of title examination) Brief description for the Index: Lot 2, Lexington Subdivision, Book 1417, Page 156, Chatham County Registry THIS DEED made effective as of the 13 _ day of —August 2019, by and between GRANTOR Western Wake Investments, Inc., a North Carolina corporation Mailing address: c/o David S. Ferrell 1600 Morrisville -Carpenter Rd. Cary, NC 27519-8633 GRANTEE Donald C. Jackson, Trustee of the Donald C Jackson Revocable Trust and Katherine M. Jackson, Trustee of the Katherine M. Jackson Revocable Trust and Emma G. Jackson and spouse, Ismael A. Hernandez Cruz ALL as Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship 533 W Saddle River Road Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458 Enter in appropriate block for each Grantor and Grantee: name, mailing address, and, if appropriate, character of entity, e.g. corporation or partnership. The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shalt include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include singular, plural, masculine, feminine, or neuter as required by context. WITNESSETII, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell, and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that certain lot, parcel of land, or condominium unit situated in Chatham County, North Carolina, and more particularly described as follows: BEING all of Lot 2 as shown on the plat by Withers & Ravenel Kenneth Close Surveying dated May 1, 2006 entitled "Subdivision Map of Lexington Subdivision" and recorded in Plat Book 2008, Page 290, Chatham County Registry. NC Bar Association Fonn No. 3 0 Revised 7/2013 Printed by Agrxcuiem with the NC Bar Association KC: 36R64M North Carolina Bar Association — NC Bar Fonn No. 3 North Carolina Association of Realtors, Inc. — Standard Form 3 submitted electronically by "Getter Law" in compliance with North Carolina statutes governing recordable documents and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Chatham County Register of Deeds. BK 2060 PG 0548 The property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 1417, Page 156, Chatham County Registry. All or a portion of the property herein conveyed does not include the primary residence of a Grantor. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto belongingto the Grantee in fee simple. And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor has done nothing to impair such title as Grantor received, and Grantor will warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons claiming by, under or through Grantor, other than the following exceptions: Ad valorem taxes for 2019 and subsequent years, utility easements, unviolated restrictive covenants that do not materially affect the value of the Property; and matters as shown on recorded plats. KC: 368645h9 BK 2060 PG 0549 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has duly executed the foregoing as of the day and year first above written. Western Wake Investments; Inc. Z'O/C arol' a tporation (SEAL) David . Ferr ll, President t _ _ County, North Carolina I certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day acknowledging to me that he/she signed the foregoing document: David S. Ferrell Date: -' 2Z 2o49 20 (Affix Official Seal below) KC: 368645A Official Signature of Notary Public Notary Public Print Name: 'Tk.4," My commission expires: t\ 7 c. z- pubx CHATHArt,: COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT Division of Environmental Health March 8, 2007 David Ferrell 1600 Morrisville -Carpenter Rd. Cary, NC 27519 Re: Application for Improvement Permit. Property location: Highway 751 Lot 2 Parcel number: 17760 Dear Mr. Ferrell: The Chatham County Health Department, Environmental Health Division on February 13, 2007, evaluated the above -referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application the site is to serve a 5-bedroom residence, with a design wastewater flow of 600 gallons per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule. 1900 and related rules. Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rules .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a ground absorption sewage system. Therefore, your request for an improvement permit is DENIED. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the following: Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940) -,XL-Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941) X Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942) X Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943) Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944) Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945) Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950) Other (R.ule .1946) These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water or inside your structure. The site evaluation included consideration of, possible site modifications, and modified, innovative or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property. Holly Coleman,R.S. Interim Public Health Director 80 East Street, PO Box 130, Pittsboro, NC 27312 Phone: 919-542-8208 Fax.- 919-542-8288 Page 2 of 2 For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no improvement permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c). However, the site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this rule is enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE. You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an informal review by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources regional soil specialist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local health department. You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of Administrative Hearings or call the office at (919) 733-0926 or from the OAH web site at www.oah.state.nc.us/form.htm, The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and 150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.G. General Statute 130A-335 (g) provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located. Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER The date of this letter is March 8, 2007. Meeting the 30-day deadline is critical to your right to a formal appeal. Beginning a formal appeal within 30 days will not interfere with any informal review that you might request. Do not wait for the outcome of any informal review if you wish to file a formal appeal. If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are required by law (N.C. GeneraI Statute 150B 23) to send a copy of your petition to the North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources. Send the copy to: Office of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, 1601 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699- 1601. Do NOT send the copy of the petition to your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local health department will NOT satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 15OB-23 that you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, NCDENR, You may call or write the Chatham County Public Health Department at (919) 542-8208 if you need any additional information or assistance. Enclosures Sincerely, � 9,97' 1 Thomas 1. oyce R.S., L.S.S. Soil Scientist Holly CoIemanA.S. Interim Public Health Director 80 East Street, PO Box 130, Pittsboro, NC 273 l2 Phone: 919-542-820g Fax: 919-542-8288 State of North Carolina Department of Environmental Quafity I)WjR Division of Water Resources s1r's� NON -DISCHARGE PERMIT OWNERSHIP/NAME CHANGE Dlvislon of Water Resources FORM: NDPONC 06-16 1. EXISTING PERMITTEE INFORMATION: 1. Permittee's name: Western Wake Investment. Inc. 2. Signature authority's name: David Ferrell per__ . N NAC. t1 !—.0O1Title: President 3. Permittee's mailing address. 1600 Morrisville Cementer Road City: Cffly State: NC Zip: 27519-_ 4. Permittee's contact information: Phone number: (212) 29_0-4 Email Address: david(a omerf Tell.com 5. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval —, i NCAC Q2T .0 i 20: Has the Permittee or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following? a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or ' ' � ? ❑ Yes or N No b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or N No c. Has urrpaid civil penalty where ail appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? [] Yes or 0 No d. Is noncompliant with an existing non discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? ❑ Yes or N No e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with -CAC LQ.Liu._ ? ❑ Yes or N No 11. FACILITY INFORMATION: 1. Facility name: Lot 2 Lexk ugt m Surface Drip E-Z Treat S stem 2. Facility's physical address: 117 Lexington Drive City: Apex State: NC Zip: 2?523-i County: Chatham Coun III. PERMIT INFORMATION: 1. Existing permit number: WQ0031593 and most recent issuance date: October 1 2016 2. Existing permit type: Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation 3_ Reason for the permit application: Change of Ownership 4. Has the facility been constructed? ❑ Yes or N No IV. APPLICANT INFORMATION: 1. Applicant's name: Hearthstone Luxpry Homq , LLC 2. Signature authority's name: Jeff Logsdon per 1 A.NCAC 02T 0104(b) Title: President 3. Applicant's mailing address: P.O. Box 97816 City: Ralei State: NC Zip: 27624-_ 4. Applicant's contact information: Phone number•_ (91 D 90! -_ZW Email Address: TLogsdon@Arhaines.com 5. Demonstration ofhistorical consideration for permit approval —! SA NG�►C U2T .O1Z0: Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following? a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or ;i.5. 14j-AlJ, ? Q Yes or 0 No b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or N No c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or N No d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? F� Yes or ® No e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with „.w:�►� v4,� ev dha,.: ? ❑ Yes or ® No FORM: NDPONC 06-16 Pagel of2 Existing Permittee's Certification per SA NC A q2T fLY-M1° attest that this application for (Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item 1.2.) emu►-Fc Ire fir• (f acility name from Application ItC11111,1.) has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that prior to reissuance of the permit into the Applicant's name, any discharge of wastewater from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an enforcement action that may include civil penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. 1 will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition of the existing permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned as incomplete. I further certify that the existing Permittee or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where A appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per. _. NOTE — In accordance with General Statutes *3- lMA and , 43e21 s 110, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or eer�ificadon it any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,0 ll as i ' ens +. up to $25,O00 per violation. Signature: _ Date: Applicant's Certification per ISA IYCAC 02T _g166fb1; I, + (Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item IV.2.) Facility name from Application Item IL 1.) attest that this application for has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that after reissuance of the permit into the Applicant's name, any discharge of wastewater from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an enforcement action that may include civil penahies, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify that the Applicant or any ablate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per '1 C ML-Q` NOTE — In accordance with General Statutes 13-213.6A and 115,' , any person. who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not tv exceed 510,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000per violation. Signature: _ Date: —t d (tq- FORK NDPONC 06-16 Page 2 of 2 3/1/2018 North Carolina Secretary of State Search Results • Upload a PDF Filing - Order a Document Online - Add Entity to My Email Notification List • View Filings • File an Annual Report/Amend an Annual Report • Print an Amended a Annual Report form • Print a Pre -Populated Annual Report form Limited Liability Company Legal Name Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Information Sosld: 1174577 Status: Current -Active Annual Report Status: Current Citizenship: Domestic Date Formed: 11/4/2010 Fiscal Month: December Registered Agent: Logsdon, Jeff J Addresses - Mailing 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 Reg Mailing PO Box 97816 Raleigh, NC 27624 Company Officials Principal Office 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 Reg Office 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh, NC 27612 All LLCs are managed by their managers pursuant to N.C.G.S. 57D-3-20. Manager Jeff J Logsdon 5718 Belmont Valley Court Raleigh NC 27612 https://www.sosnc.gov/online_services/search/Business_Registration Results 1/1 Hearthstone Luxury Domes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NGDFQjDWR Nov l 21619 Non -Discharge Permitting Unit low Reduction (Separate Document) MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 j2ECEKD/NCDEQ/DWR Nov 12 IN Non -Discharge Perrnming'JO TRANSMITTAL LETTER TO: Christyn L. Fertenbaugh, P.E. Environmental Engineer PERCS Unit Division of Water Resources Department of Environmental Quality 512 N. Salisbury Street, Rm. 9255 Raleigh, NC 27604-1170 FROM: Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. DATE: July 30, 2019 RE: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC — Single Family Residence Flow Reduction Application Package of Lot 2 Lexington Dr., Apex, 27523 (WQ0031593) MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No. A61909.00 NOTES: Please find enclosed one original and two copies of the flow reduction application package for the above mentioned single family home. If you have any questions, please give me or Annie Foxworth a call. Thank you. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 Flow Reduction Chatham County, North Carolina Application Package Project No.: A61909.00 Date: July 30, 2019 _.4Aq C Z Of. SEAL 17069 Documents Prepared By: MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Full Service Consulting Engineers P.O. Box 129 1101 Nowell Road, Suite 118 Morrisville, NC 27560 Raleigh, NC 27607 *(:C(NNELL & AssoCum% P.C. Telephone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 P. O. Box 129 Morrisville, NC 27560 MAcCONNELL & ASSOCIATES, P.C. Technical Memorandum 1101 Nowell Road Suite 118 Raleigh, NC 27607 To: NCDEQ Reviewer Date: July 30, 2019 Client: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC From: Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. Subject: Flow Adjustment Project: No. A61909.00 This technical memorandum is a request for a design daily flow exemption to a residential dwelling using low flow fixtures as provided for in Session Law 2013-413 (House Bill 74) and Session Law 2014-120 Section 53 which relates to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1949. Neither the State nor local health department shall be liable for any damages caused by an engineered system approved or permitted pursuant to Session Law 2014-120 Section 53. Lot 2 in the Lexington (formerly Highway 751) Subdivision of Chatham County has an existing 4-bedroom single family residence surface irrigation permit. The owner (Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC) wishes to convert the existing 4-bedroom permit into a 5-bedroom permit. A 20 percent flow reduction is requested so that the home may be permitted as a 5-bedroom residence without needing to increase the size of the drainfield. A separate redesign application package is being submitted concurrently. The proposed facility will have an E-Z Treat treatment system and surface drip irrigation with sufficient disposal area for the design flow. The proposed treatment system is sized for the unadjusted flow of 600-GPD. Please note that a mother-in-law suite integrated into the main residence is counted as one bedroom per NCDEQ policy on other projects. The drainfield is sized for the disposal flow (design flow) of 480-GPD. A copy of the existing permit, plat, and floor plan can be found in the Existing Information Section of this application package. This request is for a Flow Reduction per provisions provided in Session Law 2013-413 and Session Law 2014-120. Typically, the basis for the design flow is provided in 15A NCAC 02T and prior regulations. The applicable regulations which preceded the 15A NCAC 02T rules and which served as the basis in determining flow in the 15A NCAC 02T rules: dates well before the The Energy Policy Act of 1992 which established maximum flow rates for various fixtures in a nationwide effort to reduce both energy and water use. The flows which were established in the Act have recently been further reduced through the WaterSense program, which allows for labeling of fixtures which meet minimum criteria and conserve water. 1 The table below identifies the type of fixture, flows for fixture (and washer) for the basis of the rule when the rule was implemented (Flow A) and flows for fixtures which will be used (Flow B). The savings or water conservation from both the rule based flows and proposed conditions is presented in both flow and percent below. Table 1. Savings of water from rule based flows with flows of proposed low -flow fixtures. Base/Rule Proposed A to B A to B Fixture No. Units % Flow A Flow B Savings Savings Kitchen Faucet 2 GPM 3.0 1.8 1.3 42% Bathroom Faucet 9 GPM 3.0 1.5 1.5 50% Showerhead 7 GPM 5.5 2.0 3.5 64% Toilet 7 GPF 3.5 1.6 1.9 54% Washer 1 GPL 32.0 18.5 13.5 42% Notes: Federal EPA Standard of 1992. Kitchen faucets are exempt per current standard Excludes: bar faucet, laundry room faucet, and tubs which are rarely used. Documentation for the above values is presented at the end of this discussion. The documentation includes: 1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule. 2. Typical indoor water use. 3. Proposed Bathroom Faucet and supporting documentation including historical flow rates. 4. Proposed Showerhead and supporting documentation including historical flow rates. 5. Proposed Toilet and supporting documentation including historical flow rates. 6. Proposed Clothes Washer and supporting documentation including historical flow rates. 7. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings Based on the rules based flows, the projected flows would be: Unadiusted Design Flow per Rule f 15A NCAC 18A and prior regulations) Description No. Flow/Unit Total Residents 5 120 GPD 600 GPD Total 600 GPD Using the information presented above on flow A and B, the projje ted water use is presented in the table below. The savings presented are from fixture rates when the rules were made effective in comparison to the flow rates with the proposed fixtures. Please note, the Owner plans to 2 install all fixtures (and clothing washer) in the proposed residence as provided in the attached information or with fixtures of like flow rates. Table 2. Projected flow with proposed low -flow fixtures % Base Flow % Savings Adjusted Fixture Use GPD Savings GPD GPD Kitchen Faucet 6% 36 42% 15 21 Bathroom Faucet 10% 60 50% 30 30 Showerhead 19% 114 64% 73 41 Toilet 28% 168 54% 91 77 Clothes Washer 22% 132 42% 56 76 Leaks & Other 15% 90 0% 0 90 Total 100% 600 44% 264 336 56% The projected flow of 336-GPD is nearly one half of the design flow which we have found to be typical in newer homes. We are requesting a 20 percent reduction or a design flow for irrigation of 480-GPD. The treatment system will be designed for the organic loading or non -adjusted flow of 600-GPD. Analysis of wastewater shows that with the flow reduction, the waste is not considered high strength at presented below: Table 3. Analysis of wastewater concentration Base Flow Concentration Reduced Flow Concentration High 220 Strength (1-.20) BODs 220 mg/l 275 mg/1 350 mg/1 TSS 220 mg/l 275 mg/1 350 mg/1 The effluent from the septic tank is expected to be similar to a non -reduced flow effluent. Based on this analysis, the proposed modifications of changing fixtures provide sufficient remaining capacity for the proposed surface drip irrigation system. We respectfully ask for acceptance of this proposal. 3 Table of Contents 1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule. 2. Typical indoor water use. 3. Proposed fixtures. 4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for fixtures and washer. 5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings. 6. )Existing Information. 1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule. ISA NCAC 18A .1949 SEWAGE FLOW RATES FOR DESIGN UNITS (a) In determining the volume of sewage from dwelling units, the flow rate shall be 120 urallons par day per bedroom The minimum volume of sewage from each dwelling unit shall be 240 gallons per day and each additional bedroom above two bedrooms shall increase the volume of sewage by 120 gallons per day. hi determining the number ofbedroorns in a dwelling unit, each bedroom and any other room or addition that can reasonably be expected to function as a bedroom sball be considered a bedmom for design purposes. When the occupancy of a dwelling unit exceeds two persons per bedroom, the volume of sewage shall be determined by the maximum occupancy at a rate of 60 gallons per person per day. (b) Table No. I shall be used to determine the minimum design daily flow of sewage required in calculating the design vohrrM of sanitary sewage systems to serve selected types of establishments. The minimum design volume of sewage from any establishment shaIl be 100 gallons per day. Design of sewage treatment and disposal systems for establishments not identified in this Rule shall be determined using available flow data, water -using fixtures, occupancy or operationpatterns, and other measured data. TABLE NO. I TYPE OF ESTABLISHMENT DAILY FLOW FOR. DESIGN Airports 5 gal/passenger (Also R.R. stations, bus terminals —not including flood service facilities) Barber Shops 50 gaUehair Bess, Cocktail Lounges (Not including food service) 20 gaVseat Beauty Shops (Style Shops) 125 gal/chair Bowling Lanes 50 gmane Businesses (other than those listed elsewhere in this table) 25 gaUamployee Camps Construction or Work Camps 60 gal/person 40 gel/person (with chemical toilett) summer Camps 60 gaifperson Campgrounds — With Comfort Station (Without water and sewer hookups) 100 gallc ampsite Travel Trailer/Reraeational Vehicle Park (With water and sewer hookups) 120 gal/space Churches (Not including a Kitchen, Food Service Facility, Day Care: or Camp) 3 gal/mat Churches (With a Kite but; not including a Food Service Facility, Day Care, or Camp) 5 gal/mat Country Clubs 20 gal/nembar Day Care Facilities 15 gal/pc n Factories (Exclusive of industrial waste) 25 gaUpersoo/shilt Add for showers 10 vd*rsontshift Food Service Facilities Restaurants 40 ga1/seat or 40 gal/15 ft2 of Ong area, whichever is greater 24 hour Restaurant 75 gal/seat Food Stands (1) Per 100 square feet of food stand floor space 50 gal (2) Add per food employee 25 gal Other Food Service Facilities 5 gallmeal Hospitals 300 Marinas 10 gal/boat slip With bathhouse 30 gaUboat slip Meat Markets (1) Per 100 square feet of market floor space 50 gal (2) Add per market employee 25 gal Motewotels 120 gal/room With cooking facilities 175 gaVroom Offices (per shffl) 25 gal/person Residential Care Facilities 60 gaUperson Rest Homes and Nursing Homes With laundry 120 gaI/bed Without laundry 60 gaYbed Schools Day Schools With cafeteria, gym, and showers 15 gal/student With cafeteria only 12 gal/student With neither cafeteria nor showers 10 gal/student Boarding Schools 60 gal/person service Stations 250 gWwater closet or urinal 24hour Service Stations 325 gal/water closet Stores, Shopping Centers, and Malls (Exclusive of food service and meat markets) 120 gal/1000 fr2 of retail sales area Stadium, Auditorium, Theater, Drive-in 5 gal/seat or space Swimming Pools, Spas, and Bathhouses 10 gaI/person 01 ATl *&ig Awlksewape flow malt granted by Ik local health ftgLWIMt a= a SbM§ Qg agVodfWig &b2aragmaphs (e)(1I tiuous h (cN21 that a sewa s seem is adeouate to meet actual daily water 2MWWfion from a facility kIWmded in Para() of is Rule. (1) Documented data from that facility or a comparable facility justifying a flow rate redaction shall be submitted to the local health department and the State. The submitted data shall consist of at least 12 previous consecutive monthly total water coition readings and at least 30 consecutive daily water consumption readings. The daily readings shall be taken during a pmjected normal or above nohmnal sewage flow month. A peaking factor shall be derived by dividing the highest monthly flow as indicated from the 12 monthly readings by the sum of the 30 consecutive daily water consumption readings. The adjusted design daily sewage flow shall be determined by taking the numerical average of the greatest ben percent of the daily readings and multiplying by the poaking factor. Further adjustments shall be made in design sewage flow rate used for sizing nitrification fields and pretreatment systems when the sampled or projected wastewater characteristics exceed those of domestic sewage, such as wastewater from restaurants or meat markets. (2) An adjusted daily sewage flow rate may be granted contingent upon use of extreme wader -conserving fixtures, such as toilets which use 1.6 gallons per flush or less, spring -loaded faucets with flow rates ofone gallon per minute or less, and showerheads with flow rates of two gallons per minute or less. The amount of sewage flow rate reduction shall be determined bythe local health department and the State based upon the type of fixtues and documentation ofthe amount of How reduction to be expected from the proposed facility. Adjusted daily flow rates based upon use of water -conserving fxtrea shall apply only to design capacity requirements of dosing and distribution systems and nitrification fields. Minimum pretreatment capacities shall be determined by the design flow rate of Table I of this Rule. History Note, Authority G.S. 130A-335(e); E...� July 1, 1982, ,Amended E ..Ia ua 11990: lanuary 1 1984. 2. Typical indoor water use. 702017 Indoor Water Use at Home Indoor Water Use at Home gracelinks.org1124findoor-water-use-at-home Shutterstockaom Fortunately. when we want Trash, dean water, all most of us have to do is turn an a faucet. On average. our direct Indoor water use (water you use from your top, toilet, dishwasher, arc.) adds up to about 60 gallons of water a day per person. Here's how Indoor water use breaks down; • Toilets (28 percent) • Washing Machines (22 percent) • Showers and Baths (19 percent) • Sinks (16 percent) • Household Leaks (14 percent) That last number Is surprising — it's almost 10 gallons of water per parson per day lost to leaky toilets and feucats. Conserving Water with Water-E(14clent Toilets, Showerheads and More Fortunately, saving wader around the house is easier today than war before. Newer (tow -flow) toilets, showerheads and tests are designed to be more efficient then older models and can save your household galleons every day. For example, older toilets use up to 7 gellorw par flush, whereas low -flow toilets use 1.5 gallons or low. Likewise, older showerheads flow over 4 gallons per minute, while low -flow models can flow as low as 1.5 gallons per minute, Be careful what showerhead you purchase, though, because some rochrres, especially those with multiple nozzles. exceed the federal limit of 2.5 gallons per minute. If you use one of those, consider pitting back your shower time. Check out EPA's WaterSense webaite for wader- and energy- saving products. In addition, you can find energy- and water -saving appliances like dishwashers and washing machines through DOE's ENERGY STAR label. By switching to water -saving fixtures and appliances you can reduce your indoor water use by a third on average. Heating is a Water and Energy Hogl In most households water heating is a huge energy user, after indoor hosting and cookng, appliances, electronics and lighting. So sadly, long hot showers waste both waterand snwgyl Although modem fixtures and appliances are a great way to save gallons, it's still important to simply tum off the tap. By taking simple steps to reduce your water use at home you can save gallons, energy and dollars every day! To find lots of ways to save water and energy vislt the Water Saving Tips page. •+o- Did You Know? Washing dishes by hand takes about 20 gallons per bad but Energy Star dishwashers only use 4 to 6 gallons_ Even standard machines use only 6 to 8 gallons. If you do wash dishes by hand, turn off the tap until you're ready to rinse. 3. Proposed fixtures and washing machine. 0 / t 19978-SD-DST 9178-DST Submitted Model No.: Specific Features:_ E 4 3/4" ' Clearance to Back Splash 83/' (121 m (234mm) (mm) I (378 mm) (92 mm) 2„ 7 718" (51 MM) (20C mm) - 7 I" _ —f.' ' �►I I IF 2 6 MM) 3 1 1/4 �► (32 mm) :� min. F F 213/16" 21 /2" 1 3/8" (71 mm) (64 mm) Max. Deck (2(x I-3 a Sze 8. (203 MM) 33 1/2, 0 318" (2 0 /8" Thickness (851 MM) 35 (889 mm) 1 1/6 " Dia. (27 mm) Compression Fittings I i J ryi l ��h I 4x 1 3/8" Hole Size z vr' (64 mm) Max. Deck Thickness (20 3mm) Centers 10 3 " — (273 mm) I _ i Gs mC Ilylll �I) W ❑la t, Gllan es In speCItICHIIons and malerlals and (2) to change or discontinue models, bath without notice or obligation. imensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability. DSP-K-19978-SD-DST Rev. C KITCHEN FAUCETS ■ Leland® Collection ■ Single Handle Pull -Down FEATURES: • DIAMOND Seal® Technology • Touch -Clean® Sprayhead • MagnaTitev) Magnetic Docking STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: • Maximurn 1.8 gpm Q 60 PSI, 6.8 IJMin @ 414 kPa • One, two, three or four hole mount (escutcheon included) • Diamond coated ceramic cartridge • 3/8" O.D. straight, staggered PFX supply lines • Spout rotates 360` • Red/blue indicator markings • Two -function wand: Aerated stream or spray • Dual integral check valves in sprayer • Quick Snap® connect hoses WARRANTY • Lifetime limited warranty on parts (other than electronic parts and batteries) and finishes - or, for commercial users, for 5 years from date of purchase. • 5 year limited warranty on electronic parts (other than batteries): or, for commercial users, for I year from the date of purchase. No warranty is provided on batteries. COMPLIES WITH: ASME AI12.18.1 / CSA B125. 1 • ASME A112.18.6 ®Indicates compliance to CC/fASI AI 1 T Verified compliant with 25% weighted average Pb content regulations. D E LTA FAUCET COMPANY 46%t - - _- ._ _ ••_I�.CAN I TOWNSEND@ TWO -HANDLE WIDESPREAD LAVATORY FAUCET MODEL NUMBER: ❑ 7353.841 Townsend Widespread Metal Speed Connect® pop-up drain. Metal lever handles. -14-1116" (357 mm) 4„ (102 mm) 8" I (203 mm) 7-5/16" I _ (186 mm)��-- I �1_ m j50mm)J 1-1/16" DIA.� +--- 1-1/2" MAX. 4-1/4"(107 "SURFACE (29 mm)(38 mm) mm)(104 mm)m) FLEXIBLE HOSE FLEXIBLE HOSE GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Cast brass valve bodies with flexible hose connections for 6" to 12" (152 mm to 30 5mm) installations. 1/4 turn washerless ceramic disc valve cartridges. Cast brass spout. Cast brass inlet shanks and 24" stainless steal braided flexible supply hoses with 3/8" compression connectors. 20 inch (500 mm) long flexible stainless steel drain cable is pre -assembled to faucet body. Metal Speed Connect® drain body with 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) tail piece. 1.2 gpm/4.5 L/min. maximum flow rate. — 6" to 12" — (152 to 305 mm) FLEXIBLE 1-1/4" OD (32 mm OD) PRODUCT FEATURES: 3-7/8' (99 mm) Brass Construction: Durable. Ideal for prolonged contact with water. Provides the finest surface for application of all finishes. Ceramic Disc Valve Cartridge: Assures a lifetime of smooth handle operation and drip -free performance. Exclusive Speed Connect Metal Drain: • Fewer parts. Installs in less time. • No adjustments required - seals the first time, every time. • Flexible stainless steel cable - installs effortlessly in tight spaces. Lead Free: Faucet contains < 0.25% total lead content by weighted average. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION Two-handlewidespread lavatory faucet shall feature cast brass valve bodies with flexible hose connections for 6" to 12" installations. Shall also feature 1/4 turn washerless ceramic disc valve cartridges. Shall also feature a metal drain body with stainless steel cable actuation. Fitting shall be American Standard Model #7353.841.___. © 2016 AS America. Inc. 2/16 i CODES AND STANDARDS These products meet or exceed the following codes and standards: ANSI A117.1 ASME A112.18.1 NSF 61/Section 9 and Annex G CSA B125.1 Product Number Description TOWNSEND@ TWO -HANDLE WIDESPREAD LAVATORY FAUCET 7353.841 Townsend Widespread with Metal Speed Connect° pop-up drain. Metal lever handles. & L�Meets the American Disabilities Act Guidelines and ANSI A117.1 Requirements for the physically challenged. © 2016 AS America, Inc. FLOW RATE* 1.4 1.2 Uj [ F/ 1.0 0.8 LU a 0.6 0 0.4 J J < 0.2 0.0 0 20 40 60 80 INLET PRESSURE (PSI) 'Flow rates shown are for mixed hot and cold. Finish Options Polished Chrome PVD Polished Nickel Legacy Bronze PVD Satin Nickel 002 013 278 295 2/16 CHATFIELDTM 1 HANDLE TUB/SHOWER WITH 3-FUNCTION SHOWERHEAD More Function. • Better Shower Experience. V.0 ^ MULTI -FUNCTION Thermal Shock Protection VALVE MAINTAINS SHOWER'S WATER TEMPERATURE IF SUODEN CHANGES IN WATER ➢RESSURE OCCUR 1 yjMETME ^se WaterSenseO Certified s� SAVES 30% MORE WATER THAN 61 4T Ru THE STANDARD FLOW OF 2.5 EPA GALLONS PER MINUTE 7413508.002 Chrome finish. SKU# 1001-514-903. 7413508.295 Brushed Nickel finish. SKU# 1001-515-028. 7413508.278 Legacy Bronze finish. SKU# 1001-515-033. Effortless elegance, leading -edge style and thoughtful innovation combine to make American Standard faucets the perfect choice for those who are unwilling to sacrifice style for performance. GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Cast brass valve body. Washerless 47 mm ceramic disc valve cartridge with temperature control. Hot limit safety stop. Pressure balancing cartridge maintains constant output temperature in response to changes in relative hot and cold supply pressures. 112" female I.P.S. inlets/outlets. Easy clean showerhead has 1.8 gpm/ 6.8 L/min flow restrictor. Metal lever handle. Rough -in plaster guard designed for use as thin -wall mounting adaptor. I.P.S. diverter tub spout. PRODUCT FEATURES: • Solid cast brass valve body: — Durable, ideal material for prolonged contact with water. • Ceramic Disc Valve Cartridge: — Assures a lifetime of smooth handle operation and drip -free performance. • Pressure Balancing Valve: — Maintains output temperature in response to changes in relative hot and cold supply pressure. — Diaphragm system engineered to eliminate cross flow and spool "thumping". — Avoids failure due to mineral deposits - ideal for use with hard water. • Adjustable Hot Limit Safety Stop: — Limits the amount of hot water allowed to mix with cold. — Reduces the risk of accidental scalding. • Integral Plaster Guard and Mounting Plate: — Plaster guard designed to protect valve during installation and to serve as a mounting plate for thin wall installations. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION: Bath/shower fitting shall feature 3-function showerhead with Max. 1.8 gpm (6.8 Limin) Max flow rate. Fitting shall be American Standard Model 9 7413508.002, SKU# 1001-514-903. Model # 7413508.295, SKU4 1001-515-028. Model # 7413508.278, SKU# 1001-515-033. © 2018 AS America Inc. 3/18 i CHATFIELDTM 1 HANDLE TUB/SHOWER WITH 3-FUNCTION SHOWERHEAD CODES AND STANDARDS These products meet or exceed the following codes and standards: ANSI A117.1 ASME A112.18.1 CSA B125.1 FLOW RATE* f spout +*- Shower 8 Ld Z 6 W w 4 Z a 2 0 20 40 60 80 100 INLET PRESSURE (PSI) Flow rates shown are for mixed hot and cold. Product Number Description 7413508.002 1-Handle Tub/Shower. Metal lever handle. Ceramic Disc Valve. 3-Function showerhead. Chrome finish. SKU #1001-514-903. 7413508.295 1-Handle Tub/Shower. Metal lever handle. Ceramic Disc Valve. 3-Function showerhead. Brushed Nickel finish. SKU #1001-515-028. 7413508.278 1-Handle Tub/Shower. Metal lever handle. Ceramic Disc Valve. 3-Function showerhead. Legacy Bronze finish. SKU #1001-515-033. — Meets the American Disabilities Act Guidelines AM ANSI A117.1 Requirements for the v physically challenged. NOTE: TO AVOID SHOWER RISE OR OTHER RELATED ISSUES, DO NOT USE PEX CONNECTIONS ON ANY OF THE OUTLETS. PART OF L I X I 02018 AS America Inc. 3/18 TOTO® CST744S(G) Drake° Close Coupled Toilet, 1.6GPF FEATURES • G-Max® flushing system • Optional SanaGloss® ceramic glaze - SanaGloss glaze prevents debris, and mold from sticking to ceramic surfaces, leading to fewer chemicals and less water in cleaning. • Close coupled commercial grade, high performance toilet • Elongated front bowl and tank set, less seat • Chrome trip lever • 12" Rough -in, less supply MODE • CST744SG Elongated bowl, SanaGloss, 12" rough -in, less seat • CST744S Same as above less SanaGloss • CST744SB* Same as CST744S with bolt down lid (special order) • CST744SD* Same as CST744S with insulated tank (special order) • CST744SDB* Same as CST744S with bolt down lid & insulated tank (special order) • CST744SR* Same as CST744S with right hand trip lever (special order) COMPONENTS • C744E - Elongated Front Bowl • ST743S - Tank and Cover only • ST743SB - Tank and Cover only (bolt down lid) • ST743SD - Tank and Cover only (insulated tank) • ST743SDB - Tank and Cover only (bolt down lid and insulated tank) • ST743SR - Tank and Cover only (right hand trip lever) • SS114 SoftClose® seat (sold separately) • SS204 SoftClose® seat (sold separately) • SC134 commercial seat (sold separately) • SC534 commercial seat (sold separately) COLORS/FINISHES • Standard #01 Cotton #03 Bone #11 Colonial White #12 Sedona Beige #51 Ebony PRODUCT SPECIFICATION The two-piece G-Max flushing system toilet shall be 1.6GPF/6.0LPF. Toilet shall have high -profile tank, elongated front bowl and chrome trip lever. Toilet model CST744SG shall have SanaGloss ceramic glaze. Toilet shall be TOTO Model CST744S_. U'MAX CODES/STANDARDS • Meets and exceeds ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 • Certifications: IAPMO(cUPC), State of Massachusetts , City of Los Angeles, and others • Code compliance: UPC, IPC, NSPC, NPC Canada, and others CST744S(G) SPECIFICATIONS • Water Use • Flush System • Min. Water Pressure • Water Surface • Trap Diameter • Rough -in • Trap Seal • Warranty • Material • Shipping Weight • Shipping Dimensions 1.6 GPF/6.OLPF G-Max 8 psi (static) 10-1A x8-1/2" 2-1/8" 12" 2-3/8" One Year Limited Warranty Vitreous china C744E(G) - 52lbs ST743S - 35lbs C744E(G) 29-1/2"Lx 16"W1 x 10-1/4"W2 x 18-1/4"H ST743S 20-1/8"L x 8-1/4"W x 15-1/2"H 1 5-1/2" (140M,?�� }}1 14" (355mm) r - r 18-1/2" (470mm) 28" 1710mmi (30mm) 14-5/8" (370mm) 12" (305mm) Drake° Close Coupled Toilet, 1.6GPF INSTALLATION NOTES Back -to -Back Toilet Installations: TOTO recommends the use of a nationally listed, double sanitary tee-wye only, in vertical waste stacks, in accordance with the stipulations noted in the majority of nationally recognized plumbing codes. i Double Combination Wye / 118 Bend Double Sanitary Tee! Sanitary Cross YES I E—N-0-1 19-1/2" (494mm)-1 T)-T f 28-1/2" I (724mm) 1/2" Supply ,8„ (202mm) l / / TOTO® These dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Ph: (888) 295-81341 Fax: (800) 699-48891 www.totousa.com # SS-00351 v.04 Printed in U.S,A. 10 TOTO USA 04112 1 Printed on recycled paper 0 ENERGY STAR® Program Eligibility Criteria for Clothes Washers as of December 20, 2005 Below are the product criteria for ENERGY STAR qualified clothes washers. A product must meet all of the Identified criteria to be labeled as ENERGY STAR qualified by its manufacturer. 1) Definitions. a) Modifigg Energy Factor ME : The present energy efficiency measure for all clothes washers. MEF is the quotient of the cubic foot capacity of the clothes container divided by the total clothes washer energy consumption per cycle, with such energy consumption expressed as the sum of the machine electrical energy consumption, the hot water energy consumption, and the energy required for removal of the remaining moisture in the wash load. The units are cubic feet per kWh per cycle (fe/kWh/cycle). The higher the value, the more efficient the clothes washer. MEF must be determined by the J1 test procedure (see below). b) VV_hter I*a (MF): The present water efficiency calculation that allows the comparison of clothes washer water consumption independent of clothes washer capacity. The term is expressed as "@,,fly:? t&Z_ -z - � Ar- &bit fi& WF is the quotient of the total weighted per -cycle water consumption divided by the capacity of the clothes washer. The lower the value, the more efficient the clothes washer. WF has not been incorporated into the Federal standard but is included in the 2007 ENERGY STAR criteria. 2) Qualifying Products; The current DOE federal standard (NAECA) for clothes washers includes five product classes: i) Top loading a 1.6 it (compact) ii) Top -loading > 1.6 0 (standard) ho Top-loading/semi automatic iv) Front -loading v) Suds -saving Only standard sized (> 1.6ft'), front- or top -loading clothes washers are eligible for the ENERGY STAR clothes washer program. 3) ENERGY s_TAR c r teria: Only those products listed in Section 2 that most the criteria below may qualify as ENERGY STAR. AR MEF > 1.42 1U a 1.72 ►A/F < 8.0 Federal -front loadino MEF> 1.04 MEF? 1.26 ENERGY STAR Program Requimments and Criteria for Clothes Washers Page 3 of 4 As of December-20, 2005 Samsung: WA50K86**A* Specifications Brand Name: Samsung Model Number: WA50K86**A* Load Configuration: Top Load Volume (cu. ft.): 5.0 Integrated Modified Energy Factor (IMEF): 2.38 US Federal Standard (IMEF): 1.29 Annual Energy Use (kWh/yr): 120 Integrated Water Factor (IWF): 3.7 US Federal Standard (IWF): 8.4 Annual Water Use (gallons/yr): 5458 Connected: No Paired ENERGY STAR Clothes Dryer No Available: Date Certified: 2015-11-30 Markets: United States, Canada ENERGY STAR Model Identifier: ES_1023593_WA50K86**A*_02092018060252_70172127 ENERGY STAR Certified: Yes (__._— Additional Model Information Captured On: 07/29/2019 4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for fixtures and washer. E: rn 16. Vlat r5ensci High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement WaterSenseo High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement I. Introduction The WaterSense program released its High -Efficiency Lavatory' Faucet Specification (specification) on October 1, 2007, to promote and enhance the market for water -efficient lavatory faucets. The goal of this specification is to allow consumers to identify and differentiate products in the marketplace that meet this specification's criteria for water efficiency, and performance. This specification addresses lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet accessories in private use, such as those found in residences, and private restrooms in hotels and hospitals. Since these types of faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such as face washing and razor rinsing, WaterSense believes that maximum flow rates can be reduced enough to impact national water consumption while at the same time not negatively impacting user satisfaction. This specification is not intended to address kitchen faucets, which have a very different set of uses and performance criteria, or public restroom faucets (e.g., airports, theaters, arenas, stadiums, offices, and restaurants), which already have national performance standards and criteria to which they should conform. 11. Current Status of Faucets WaterSense estimates that currently there are 222 million residential lavatory faucets in the United States. This estimate is based on an assumed one-to-one ratio of lavatory faucets to residential bathrooms? In addition to the existing stock, approximately 25 million new faucets are sold each year for installation in new homes or replacement of aging fixtures in existing homes.4 Of these 25 million faucets, roughly two-thirds of those are lavatory faucets (approximately 17 million units). Residential lavatory and kitchen faucets account for ' Lavatory is the terminology used in the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and ASME Al12.18.1 to describe the types of faucets to which the standards apply. in this specification, lavatory means any bathroom sink faucets intended for private use. 2 Accessory, as defined in ASME 112.18.1, means a component that can, at the discretion of the user, be readily added, removed, or replaced, and that, when removed, will not prevent the fitting from fulfilling its primary function. For the purpose of this specification, an accessory can include, but is not limited to lavatory faucet flow restrictors, flow regulators, aerator devices, laminar devices, and pressure compensating devices. 9 U.S. Census Bureau, American Housing Surveys for the United States, 1970-2003. 4 Business Trend Analysts, 2006. '200512006 Outlook for the U.S. Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings Industry." <www.mindbranch.cam/catalog/pri"roductpage.jsp?code=R225-358> Version 1.0 1 October 1, 2007 EPA WaterSense High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement approximately 15.7 percent of indoor residential water use in the United States5—equivalent to more than 1.1 trillion gallons of water used each year. The Energy Policy Act of 1992 originally set the maximum flow rate for both lavatory and kitchen faucets at 2.5 gallons per minute (gpm) at 80 pounds per square inch (psi) static pressure. In 1994, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Al 12.18.1 M-1994—Plumbing Supply Fittings set the maximum flow rate for lavatory faucets at 2.2 gpm at 60 psi. In response to industry requests for conformity with a single standard, in 1998, the U.S. Department of Energy adopted the 2.2 gpm at 60 psi maximum flow rate standard for all faucets (see 63 FR .13307; March 18, 1998). This national standard is codified in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at 10 CFR Part 430.32. As a point of reference, the maximum flow rates of many of the pre-1992 faucets range from 3 to 7 gpm. Other than the aforementioned maximum flow rate standards, there currently are no universally accepted performance tests or specifications (e.g., rinsing or wetting performance standards) for faucets. III. WaterSense High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Scope cope The WaterSense program developed this specification to address criteria for improvement and recognition of water -efficient and high-performance lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet accessories. WaterSense labeled lavatory faucet accessories can be incorporated into the design of new faucets to control the flow rate and provide the mechanism for meeting this specification's criteria, or can be purchased separately and retrofit onto existing older faucets to provide water efficiency and performance. This specification focuses solely on the category of lavatory faucets intended for private use because of the differences in the uses and performance expectations between private lavatory faucets and kitchen or public restroom faucets. Lavatory faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such as teeth brushing, face washing, and shaving. For these activities, discussions with faucet manufacturers and water utility representatives provided a general consensus that a reduction in the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm (the current federal water -efficiency standard) to 1.5 gpm, as established by this specification, is not very noticeable for most users. The most noticeable differences are increased wait times when filling the basin or waiting for hot water. While decreasing a faucet's maximum flow rate increases user wait time for these activities, WaterSense determined the potential water savings gained from the primary use of lavatory faucets (i.e., washing and rinsing) outweigh any potential inconvenience caused by increased wait times and will not negatively impact overall user satisfaction. Kitchen sink faucets were excluded from this specification because the different uses and user expectations require other considerations for defining performance. One major performance consideration is a kitchen faucet's ability to effectively rinse dishes. Kitchen faucets also are commonly used for pot or container filling, and significantly increased wait times might not be acceptable to most users. WaterSense determined that reducing the maximum flow rates of kitchen faucets would create issues of user satisfaction and be counter to its program goals of 5 Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo. Residential End uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water Engineering and Management. American Water Works Association. 1998. Version 1.0 2 October 1, 2DO7 High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement increasing efficiency while maintaining or improving performance. In order to maintain user satisfaction and ensure a high level of performance, a maximum flow rate greater than what is suitable for lavatory faucets might need to be considered for kitchen faucets. Some type of wetting or rinsing performance test also might need to be included. In addition, there is an emerging area of research and development in multiposition control lever faucet technologies that offer users "high" and "low" settings for different activities. While performance data are not yet available, these technologies might prove to be effective in using water more efficiently. For these reasons, WaterSense intends to evaluate the possibility of developing a WaterSense specification for kitchen faucets at a later date. Public restroom and metering faucets (faucets that are set to discharge a specific amount of water or run for a specified period of time for each use) also were excluded from this specification because of their differing uses and performance expectations and because standards governing their maximum flow rate already exist. Public restroom faucets, for example, are used almost exclusively for hand washing or simple rinsing, compared to lavatory faucets in homes and in other private bathrooms that face a myriad of uses. As a consequence, the maximum flow rate for these public restroom and metering fixtures can be set significantly lower than the flow rate for private lavatory faucets without negatively impacting user satisfaction. Also, a separate set of standards already apply to these types of fixtures. Codified in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at 10 CPR Part 430 (specifically §430.32(o) Faucets) are standards setting the maximum flow rate for metering faucets at 0.25 gallons/cycle. Section 5A.1 and Table 1 of ASME Al 12.18.1/CSA B125.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings also establish the maximum flow rates for public lavatory (other than metering) faucets at 0.5 gpm. As a consequence, this category of faucet is not covered by the current specification. If WaterSense decides to address water efficiency and performance for these types of faucets, it will do so under a separate specification at a later time. Water -Efficiency and Performance Criteria The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm at an inlet pressure of 60 psi. Lowering the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm to 1.5 gpm (both at 60 psi) represents a 32 percent reduction, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated goal of improving efficiency by at least 20 percent. Even when installed in systems with high water pressure (up to 80 psi), faucets designed to this specification will have maximum flow rates of approximately 1.75 gpm, which still represents a greater than 20 percent increase in efficiency. WaterSense chose to specify a test pressure of 60 psi to maintain consistency with the current industry standard (ASME Al12.18.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings) to which all faucets sold in the United States must comply. The requirements of this specification are also in harmony with other International standards. The Joint Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand Committee established standards for the rating and labeling of water -efficient products (ASiNZS 6400:2005). As part of the standard, water -efficient faucets are rated on a scale of 1 to 6 based on maximum flow rates. Under this system, comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets would receive a 5 out of 6 star rating, meeting criteria for maximum flow rates between 4.5 liters per minute (Umin) (1.2 gpm) and 6.0 L/min (1.6 gpm). Version 1.0 3 October 1, 2007 High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement Meeting or exceeding user expectations via the establishment of performance criteria for WaterSense labeled products is an important aspect of the WaterSense program. From the outset of discussions with interested parties, WaterSense was aware that performance of water - efficient lavatory faucets is affected by low water pressures. To ensure user satisfaction with WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets or lavatory faucet accessories across a range of possible user conditions. WaterSense has established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi in the specification. In developing these water -efficiency and performance criteria, WaterSense evaluated comments received during the draft specification's public forum and public comment period (see Response to Issues Raised During Public Comment on February 20O7 Draft Specification for WaterSensesM Labeling of High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucets). WaterSense also considered user satisfaction data generated from four high-efficlency lavatory faucet retrofit studies and the impact of pressure changes on product flow rates for various types of lavatory faucet accessories. WaterSense established a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm at 60 psi because interested parties that provided comments on the draft specification generally agreed that a flow rate of 1.5 gpm would provide no noticeable difference for most users. In addition, data collected from retrofit studies demonstrate a high level of user satisfaction with high -efficiency lavatory faucets that have maximum flow rates of 1.0 and 1.5 gpm. Aquacraft, Inc. conducted retrofit studies in Seattle, Washington (2O00)6 and East Bay Municipal Utility District (EBMUD), Califomia (2003)' in which they replaced existing lavatory faucet aerators with 1.5 gpm pressure compensating aerators. In the Seattle study, 58 percent of the participants felt their faucets with the new aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and 50 percent stated they would recommend these aerators to others. In the EBMUD study, 80 percent of the participants felt their faucets with the new aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures, and 67 percent stated they would recommend these aerators to others. A third Aquacraft, Inc. retrofit study conducted in Tampa, Florida (2004)8 replaced existing lavatory faucet aerators with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators. The participants in this study were receptive to an even higher -efficiency fixture, with 89 percent saying their new aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and would recommend them to others. Seattle Public Utilities also provided WaterSense with survey results of customer use and satisfaction with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators distributed through the utility's direct -mail showerhead and faucet aerator pilot program. According to its survey, 94 percent of the participants that received the free aerators installed them and only 2 percent disliked the aerators and removed them.a s Seattle Home Water Conservation Study., The Impacts of High -Efficiency Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single -Family Homes, December 2000. 7 Water Conservation Study: Evaluation of High -Efficiency Indoor Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single - Family Homes in the East Bay Municipal Utility District Service Area, July 2003. 8 Tampa Water Department Residential Water Conservation Study: The Impacts of High -Efficiency Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in SinglG-Family Homes, January 2004. 9 Seattle Public Utilities. "Showerhead/Aerator Pilot Program Summary." Unpublished. Version 1.0 4 October 1, 2007 High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement WaterSense established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi for several reasons. First, WaterSense felt this minimum flow rate was reasonable to ensure user satisfaction in homes with low water pressure based on comments that were received regarding the draft specification. Second, WaterSense received comments from several utilities regarding programs In which 1.0 gpm lavatory faucet aerators are provided to customers. These products have shown a high level of user satisfaction, and WaterSense wants to recognize these products and the efforts of the utilities to ensure that additional water savings can be achieved through such programs. Third, WaterSense wants to avoid restricting design options to the extent possible. The specification leaves open the possibility for the use of fixed orifice flow control devices (with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm) instead of restricting manufacturers to the use of pressure compensating devices. Under the specification, a 1.5 gpm maximum flow rate fixed orifice aerator could qualify for use of the label (according to currently available product specifications and flow curves). Pressure compensating devices with maximum flow rates between 1.5 and 1.0 gpm could also qualify for the use of the WaterSense label (according to currently available product specifications and flow curves). WaterSense believes that this approach allows for the greatest degree of design freedom for manufacturers and supports existing utility programs, while still ensuring a high level of performance and user satisfaction. In order for high -efficiency lavatory faucets to effectively emerge in the market following the release of the final version of this specification, the market must ideally be equipped to produce the faucets or faucet technology that the specification requires. WaterSense is not currently aware of any lavatory faucets on the market with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm. There are, however, several types and models of faucet components and accessories currently available that have the capability to control the flow to the level that is required by this specification. As a result, WaterSense is confident that faucets and faucet accessories that meet the requirements of this specification can be readily brought to market. Potential Water and Energy Savings To estimate water and energy savings that can be achieved by products that meet this specification, WaterSense examined the Seattle (2000) and EBMUD (2003) Aquacraft retrofit studies, which provided actual water consumption reductions generated by the Installation of high -efficiency, pressure -compensating 1.5 gpm aerators on lavatory faucets. WaterSense expects the results under this specification to be similar to what was found In these two studies. These studies indicate that installing high -efficiency aerators can yield significant reductions in household water consumption. Post faucet retrofit, the weighted average daily per capita reduction in water consumption achieved was 0.6 gallons per capita per day (gcpd), It is important to note that in both of these studies, kitchen faucets in each household were retrofitted with 2.2 gpm pressure compensating aerators. While these retrofits contributed in part to overall reductions in household water consumption, the retrofits simply brought those kitchen sink faucets up to current water -efficiency standards, therefore, WaterSense decided to set aside this confounding influence in order to estimate the water savings. Assuming the average household consists of 2.6 people, this equates to an average annual household savings of approximately 570 gallons of water (see Calculation 1). Version 1.0 5 October 1, 2007 High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement Calculation 1. Average Household Water Savings 0.6 gpcd • 2.5 people/household - 365 days = 570 gallons annually Extrapolated to the national level, ,potential estimated water savings could be as great as 61 billion gallons annually (see Calculation 2). These estimates clearly demonstrate the significant water savings potential of high -efficiency lavatory faucets and accessories. Calculation 2. National Wafer Savings 570 gallyear • 107,574,00010 occupied residences w/ plumbing fixtures = 61 billion gallons Based upon these estimates, the average household could save more than 70 kWh of electricity (see Calculation 3) or 350 cubic feet of natural gas (see Calculation 4) each year. National savings could exceed 3 billion kWh hours and 20 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of natural gas each year (see Calculations 5 and 6). Calculation 3. Eleciricity Saving Per Household (570 gal/year - 0.70) - (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 70 kWh of electricity per year Calculation 4. Natural Gas Savings Per Household (570 gal/year - 0.70) - (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 0.35 Mcf (350 cubic feet) of natural gas per year Calculation 5. National Electricity Savings Potential (61,000,000,000 gal - 0.70 - 0.40) - (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 3 billion kWh of electricity nationwide Calculation 6. National Natural Gas Savings Potential (61,000,000,000 gal • 0.70.0.56) - (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 20 million Mcf of natural gas nationwide = 20 Bcf of natural gas nationwide These calculations are based upon the following assumptions: a Approximately 70 percent of faucet water used in a household is hot water (Tampa and Seattle Aquacraft studies). a 42,788,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences In the United States heat their water using electricity." • 60,222,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat their water using natural gas.12 10 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-4 page 5. 11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-5, page 6_ 12 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing + Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-5, page 6_ Version 1.0 6 October t, 2007 High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement • Water heating consumes 0.1765 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming: o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTUAb • ° F o 1 gallon of water = 8.34 lbs o 1 kWh = 3,412 BTUs o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1201 F (A 65 ° F). o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient, electric hot water heater. Calculation 7. [(1 gal 1.0 BTUAbs ° F) (1 KWh/3,412 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) - 650 F] / 0.90 = 0.1765 kWh/gal Water heating consumes 0.8784 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated assuming. o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTU/lb • ° F 0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs 0 1 Therm = 99,976 BTUs o Incoming water temperature Is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (0 65 ° F) o Water heating process Is 60 percent efficient, natural gas hot water heater Calculation 8. [(1 gal • 1.0 BTU/Ibs - ° F) (1Therm/99,976 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) • 650 F] / 0.60 = 0.009053 Therms/gal Calculation 9. 0,010428 Therms/gal - 1,000 gal • 1Mcf/1O.3O7 Therms = 0.8784 Mcf/kgal Cost Effectiveness and Payback Period The average homeowner retrofitting their lavatory faucets with WaterSense labeled high - efficiency lavatory faucet accessories (e.g., aerator, laminar flow device, flow restrictor) will realize accompanying $3.26 savings on water and wastewater cost annually due to lower water consumption (see Calculation 10). Calculation 10. Annual Water and Wastewater Cost Savings 570 gallons/year - $5.72/1,000 gallons13 = $3.26/year Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the average household with electric water heating may save an additional $6.65 (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh), for a combined annual savings of $9.91. The average household with natural gas water heating, may save an additional $4.56.(0.35 Mcf/year - $13.O41Mcf), for a combined annual savings of $7.82. '3 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey. American Water Works Association. 2004. Version 1.0 7 October 1, 2007 EPA WaterSense High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification Supporting Statement Assuming that the average household has two lavatory faucets', replacing the aerators in each lavatory faucet with a WaterSense labeled aerator would save $1.63 per faucet on annual water and wastewater costs. The average payback period for the replacement of two lavatory faucet aerators would be approximately 10 months for those with electric water heating and 12 months for those heating with natural gas (See Calculations 11 and 12). Calculation 11. Average Payback Period (Electric Water Heating) $8.00 / 0.26/year + (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh)] = 0.8 years (-10 months) Calculation 12. Average Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating) $8.00 / [$3.261year + (0.35 Mcf/year - $13.04 /Mcf)] =1.0 years (-12 months) These calculations are based upon the following assumptions: • WaterSense labeled retrofit devices retail for $4.00 each. • Average cost of electricity Is $0.095/kWh15. • Average cost of natural gas is $13.04/Mcf'6 Unit Abbreviations: Bcf = billion cubic feet BTU = British thermal unit F = Fahrenheit gal = gallon gpcd = gallons per capita per day gpm = gallons per minute kgal = kilogallons kWh = kilowatt hour Ibs = pounds L/min = liters per minute Mcf = thousand cubic feet psi = pressure per square inch WaterSense assumes that the cost of new faucets manufactured and sold as WaterSense labeled fixtures will not increase significantly since in many cases the manufacturer will simply need to substitute the current flow regulating device with a similar, more efficient rated device. In many cases this will be as simple as switching from the current 2.2 gpm aerator or laminar flow device to a comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled device 14 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U-S. Census Bureau_ American Housing Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-3 page 4. 15 Average Retail Price of Electricity to Ultimate Customers by End -Use Sector, Energy Information Administration. <wwwr.ela.doe.gov/cneaf/electdcfylepa/epat7p4.html> 16 Short -Term Energy Outlook, Energy Information Administration. <wvvw.eia.doe.gov/steo> Vers9on 1.0 8 October 1, 2007 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads WaterSensee Specification for Showerheads 1.0 Scope and Objective This specification establishes the criteria for showerheads labeled under the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSenseo program. It is applicable to showerhead fixture fittings, inclusive of: • Fixed showerheads that direct water onto a user (excluding body sprays) for bathing purposes; and • Hand-held showers, a subset of showerheads that are moveable devices for directing water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be installed on a support to function as a fixed showerhead. When used in this document the term "showerhead" shall also include hand-held showers. This specification is designed to ensure sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of user satisfaction with showerhead performance. 2.0 General Requirements 2.1 The showerhead shall conform to applicable requirements in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA 8125A.' 2.2 If the showerhead has more than one mode, all modes must meet the maximum flow rate requirement outlined in Section 3.1.1 and at least one of the modes, as specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements outlined in this specification. 2.3 The showerhead shall not be packaged, marked, or provided with instructions directing the user to an alternative water -use setting that would override the maximum flow rate, as established by this specification. Any Instruction related to the maintenance of the product, including changing or cleaning showerhead components, shall direct the user on how to return the product to its intended maximum flow rate. 3.0 Water -Efficiency Criteria 3.1 The flow rate of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the procedures In ASME All 12.18.11CSA B125.1 and shall meet the following criteria: 3.1.1 The manufacturer shall specify a maximum flow rate value (rated flow) of the showerhead. This specified value must be equal to or less than 2.0 gallons per minute (gpm) (7.6 liters per minute [Umin]). ' References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of those standards. Versfon 1.0 1 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads 3.1.2 The maximum flow rate shall be the highest value obtained through testing at flowing pressures of 20, 45, and 80 f 1 pounds per square inch (psi) (140, 310, and 550 ± 7 kilopascal [kPa]), when evaluated in accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(b). This maximum flow rate shall not exceed the maximum flow rate value specified in Section 31.1. 3.1.3 The minimum flow rate, determined through testing at a flowing pressure of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) and when evaluated in accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(a), shall not be less than 60 percent of the maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1. 3.1.4 The minimum flow rate shall be the lowest value obtained through testing at flowing pressures of 45 and 80 ± 1 psi (310 and 550 ± 7 kPa), when evaluated in accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(a). This minimum flow rate shall not be less than 75 percent of the maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1. 4.0 Spray Force Criteria 4.1 The spray force of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix A and shall meet the following criteria: 4.1.1 The minimum spray force shall not be less than 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons [N]) at a pressure of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) at the inlet when water is flowing. 5.0 Spray Coverage Criteria 5.1 The spray coverage of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix B and shall meet the following criteria: 5.1.1 The total combined maximum volume of water collected in the 2- and 4- inch fin.] (50-, 101-millimeter [mm]) annular rings shall not exceed 75 percent of the total volume of water collected, and; 5.1.2 The total combined minimum volume of water collected In the 2-, 4-, and 6-in. (50-, 101-, 152-mm) annular rings shall not be less than 25 percent of the total volume of water collected. 6.0 Marking In addition to the marking requirements in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA 8125.1, the following markings shall apply: Version 1.0 2 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads 6.1 The product shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm and Umin as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification. 6.2 The product packaging shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm and Umin as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification. 6.3 The product packaging shall be marked with the minimum flow rate value in gpm and Umin at 45 psi, calculated in Section 3.1.4 as 75 percent of the manufacturer's specified maximum flow rate value, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification. 6.4 Flow rate marking shall be in gpm and Umin in two or three digit resolutions (e.g., 2.0 gpm [7.6 Umin]). 7.0 Effective Date This specification is effective on February 9, 2010. 8.0 Future Specification Revisions EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification would be made following discussions with industry partners and other Interested stakeholders. 9.0 Definitions Definitions within ASME All 12.18.1/CSA B125.1 are included by reference ASME — American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME PTC — American Society of Mechanical Engineers Performance Test Codes ANSI —American National Standards Institute CFR — Code of Federal Regulations CSA — Canadian Standards Association ISA — International Society of Automation Version 1.0 3 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads Statement WaterSense® Specification for Showerheads Supporting Statement Introduction Showering is one of the leading uses of water inside the home, representing approximately 17 percent of annual residential indoor water use in the United States. This translates into more than 1.2 trillion gallons of water consumed each year',Z. The WaterSense program released Its final specification for showerheads on March 4, 2010, to capitalize on this opportunity to further improve the nation's water and energy efficiency by raising consumer awareness and promoting the use of more efficient showerheads. The intent of this specification is to help consumers identify those products that have met EPA's criteria for water efficiency and performance. WaterSense collaborated with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)fCanadian Standards Association (CSA) Joint Harmonization Task Force to develop the specification criteria for high -efficiency showerheads. This task force is open to the public and comprises a wide variety of stakeholders, including showerhead manufacturers, water and energy utilities, testing laboratories, consultants, and other water -efficiency and conservation specialists. Their participation, resources, and expertise enabled WaterSense to evaluate showerhead efficiency and performance and develop meaningful testing protocols that can effectively differentiate showerhead performance. Prior to the task force's work there were no universally accepted criteria for measuring showerhead performance. Federal water -efficiency legislation and national performance standards only establish product flow rates that dictate water consumption —.they do not address what makes a satisfactory, or unsatisfactory, shower. Now, with this specification, WaterSense and the task force have bridged this consumer information gap by incorporating performance requirements for products seeking to earn the WaterSense label. The requirements address flow rates across a range of pressures, spray force, and spray coverage, three key attributes of showerhead performance, according to consumer testing. These new requirements are designed to ensure a high level of performance and user satisfaction with high -efficiency showerheads. IL Current Status of Showerheads With nearly 110 million occupied housing units in the United States3 and an average of two showerheads per household4, WaterSense estimates that there are 220 million showerheads ' Assumes a per capita shower use of 11.6 gallons. See Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo. Residential End Uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water Engineering and Management. American Water Works Association. 1998. Page 102. 2 According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are 300 million persons in the United States. 'See U.S. Census Bureau and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development's American Housing Survey for the United States. 2007. 4 Mayer and DeOreo, op. cit., 99. Version 1.0 1 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads .._.._ __ _ S�porting_State{nent currently installed in homes across the United States. WaterSense also estimates that approximately 10 percent of the existing 220 million showerheads are replaced each year due to wear, remodeling, or other reasons. This means that the vast majority of these existing showerheads have flow rates equal to or less than the federal standard of 2.5 gallons per minute (gpm), which was mandated by the Energy Policy Act (FPAct) of 1992. With normal replacements and units sold for new construction, WaterSense estimates that approximately 25.6 millions new showerheads are sold each year. Since Congress enacted the federal requirements in the early 1990s, manufacturers have gone on to develop showerheads that use significantly less water than the flow rates set in EPAct 1992. These high -efficiency showerheads can save at least 20 percent compared to standard fixtures, resulting in a potential savings of more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead per year. III. WaterSense Specification for showerheads oe This specification applies to showerheads and hand-held showers. Showerheads are fixed devices for directing water onto a user for bathing purposes. Hand-held showers, a subset of showerheads, are moveable devices for directing water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be installed on a support to function as a showerhead. Multiple showerheads are eligible to receive the WaterSense label provided the showerheads are sold in combination in a single device intended to be connected to a single shower outlet. Further, each showerhead must meet all of the requirements of the specification and the entire multiple -head system must meet the maximum flow rate requirement of the specification in all possible operating modes. Body sprays are excluded from this specification because their function and design are wholly different than that of a showerhead or hand-held shower. Retrofit devices, Including aftermarket flow control devices, are also excluded because the intent of the specification is to recognize and label complete, fully functioning fixtures or fittings, and not individual components. Genera! Re uirements Many showerheads are sold with multiple modes to provide the user with options for different spray types (e.g., misting, massaging, or pause). WaterSense wants to maintain manufacturing flexibility and consumer choice for multiple mode showerheads, thus the specification addresses these types of showerheads by requiring all modes to meet the maximum flow rate requirement (i.e., no mode can exceed 2.0 gallons per minute [gpm]) and at least one of the modes, as specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements contained in the specification, including the maximum and minimum flow rates, spray farce, and spray coverage requirements. Water -Efficiency Criteria 5 Units sold for replacement is based upon a 10 percent natural replacement rate. Units sold for new construction is based on 1,797,000 new housing starts per year based on the average number of new housing starts from 2003 2007.from U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1. www.census.uov/-,rod/2008oubs/hl5O-O7.i-,,df. Version 1.0 2 March 4, 2010 ETA -___-- WaterSense Specification for Showerheads �,. __. 5upportin�-Statement The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 2.0 gpm (7.6 liter per minute [Umin]). WaterSense settled on this flow rate after examining the range of products currently available on the market. This maximum flow rate represents a 20 percent reduction from the current federally allowable maximum flow rate of 2.5 gpm established by EPAct 1992, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated water -efficiency goal. The specification also includes minimum flow rate requirements at 80, 45, and 20 pounds per square inch (psi) of pressure (the upper, mid, and lower range of potential household pressures) to ensure performance and user satisfaction under a variety of household conditions. Specifically, at 45 and 80 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 75 percent of the showerhead's maximum "rated"6 flow rate value. This minimum requirement Is specified at both 45 and 80 psi because some showerheads that are designed to compensate and adjust for changes in water pressure will actually produce maximum flow at 45 psi and not at 80 psi. As a result, WaterSense wants to ensure that this minimum flow rate requirement is met at both pressures. Likewise, at 20 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 60 percent of the showerhead's maximum rated flow rate value. Table 1 below provides some examples of the allowable minimum flow rates for showerheads with various rated flow rates. Defining minimum flow rate requirements in this manner ensures that the showerhead is designed to provide consistent flow across a range of pressures. Table 1. Example Minimum Flow Rates showerhead :Rated Flow Rate Minimum Allowable Flow Rate 80 i 45 psi 20 psi 2.0 gpm 1.5 gpm 1.5 Rpm 1.2 gpm 1.75 qpm 1.3 gpm 1.3 gpm 1.1 gem 1.5 gpm 1.1 gem 1.1 gpim 0.9 9pm 1.0 gpm 0.8 gpM 0.8 gpM 0.6 gpm WaterSense is requiring both the maximum and minimum flow rates of the showerhead to meet the testing and verification protocols for sampling outlined in the Code of Federal Regulations (see 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix 8, Steps 6[b] and 6[a], respectively). The U.S. Department of Energy currently uses the sampling plan outlined in the CFR for assessing compliance of showerhead flow rates with EPAct 1992 requirements, and thus referencing it in this specification provides specific and familiar guidance to third -party certifying bodies for determining whether a showerhead meets the flow rate requirements established by WaterSense. Performance Criferfa Establishing performance -based criteria for WaterSense labeled showerheads is critical to ensuring user satisfaction and maintaining the integrity of the WaterSense label. Prior to this specification, however, there were no universally agreed -upon testing protocols for showerhead performance or measures that adequately defined user satisfaction. WaterSense worked with e The 'rated" flow rate is the showerhead's maximum flow rate, as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing, and in compliance with this specification. Version 1.0 3 March 4.2010 Water5ense Specification for Showerheads -_--_-- _..---•.—__ __-_ Supporting Statement the task force to determine, through its expertise and supported by consumer testing, the key performance attributes of showerheads. To measure those attributes in a laboratory setting, the task force undertook an intensive effort to develop test protocols. The spray force and spray coverage requirements contained in the specification are a result of these efforts. Both test protocols subsequently underwent several iterations of round robin testing in various laboratories by multiple manufacturers and independent third -party certifiers in order to ensure that the procedures are repeatable and the results reproducible. Laboratory test data were then compared back to the consumer test data for a variety of showerheads to determine the specific performance levels that are included in the specification. These performance levels define the boundaries for user satisfaction for both spray force and spray coverage. The spray force component of the specification requires a showerhead's spray force to be at least 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons IN]) at an inlet pressure of 20 psi when the water is flowing. The testing procedure, described in Appendix A of the specification, is a pass/fail test that assesses the relative force of the shower spray through the use of a force balance fixture. The force balance fixture is equipped with a force target on one side that receives the shower spray and counterbalancing weights on the other side, set to the specified force (i.e., 2.0 ounces). As the shower spray hits the force target, the force balance fixture measures the rotation angle of the balance at the pivot point of the two sides (the spray and counterbalancing weights). If the shower spray force Is greater than the specified minimum, it will overcome, or move, the counterbalancing weights to or beyond the point of balance, achieved when the angle rotates within 0.1 ° of zero or past it. Under this scenario the showerhead would pass the force requirements. If the showerhead's force is less than the specified minimum, it will not overcome the counterbalancing weights and the angle of balance will not rotate within 0.1 ° of zero or past it. Under this scenario, the showerhead would fail the force requirements. The target force of 2.0 ounces specified in the specification represents the lower bounds of user satisfaction based on results from consumer tests using a variety of showerheads. The spray coverage component of the specification, as described in Appendix B of the specification, requires the use of an annular ring gauge consisting of a series of concentric rings, starting with a 2-inch diameter center ring and each successive ring increasing in diameter by 2 inches out to 20 inches. The showerhead is positioned and turned on directly above the surface of the annular ring gauge. The relative amount of water captured in each set of concentric rings provides a representation of the distribution of the spray pattern and can be used to evaluate the showerhead's spray coverage. Simultaneous to the development of the test apparatus, WaterSense gathered consumer test data to determine user preferences with respect to spray coverage. Data showed general dissatisfaction with showerheads that spray with a hollow spot in the center or that have too much water flowing in the center to form a very narrow beam. Thus the criteria contained in the specification were crafted to capture and disqualify showerheads with these types of coverage characteristics. Specifically, to meet the spray coverage requirement, the total volume of water collected in the two center rings (out to 4 inches) cannot exceed 75 percent of the total collected water volume (i.e., the showerhead cannot deliver all its water through a narrow beam in the center). In addition, the total combined volume of water collected in the three center rings (out to Version 1.0 4 March4, 2010 EPA W. aterSertse ___ WaterSense Specification for Showerheads SuPpr,rting Statement 6 inches) must be at least 25 percent of the total collected water volume (i.e., the showerhead cannot have a hollow spot in the center). Markincr With this specification, WaterSense has adopted a new approach to product and package flow rate marking. The requirements are designed to clarify and clearly indicate which maximum flow rate value the manufacturer is to use. At the outset of certification, the manufacturer specifies a maximum flow rate value ("rated" flow rate), not to exceed 2.0 gpm, which is subsequently verified through testing. WaterSense requires the manufacturer to mark the product and product packaging with this rated flow rate value, so that the information provided to the consumer is both informative and accurate. In addition to marking the product and packaging with the maximum rated flow rate, the product packaging (but not the product itself) must also be marked with the showerhead's minimum flow rate at 45 psi. This minimum flow rate is calculated as 75 percent of the manufacturer's specified maximum flow rate value and is subsequently verified through testing. The purpose of this marking requirement is to assist installers in properly matching showerheads and automatic -compensating mixing valves for installation in order to provide protection against thermal shock and scalding events (see Section V below for more information). Potential Water and EnerQy Savfngs Note: Refer to Appendix A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates. Showerheads with a flow rate of 2.0 gpm or less have the potential to save significant amounts of water both individually and at the national level. Replacing standard showerheads with WaterSense labeled showerheads could save more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead or 2,300 gallons of water per household per year. Based upon the amount of water saved, the average household could save 300 kilowatt hours (kWh) of electricity or 1,500 cubic feet of natural gas that would otherwise be required to heat the water. Nationwide, if WaterSense labeled showerheads were purchased for all normal showerhead replacements and installed in all new construction, WaterSense estimates that water savings could reach 30.3 billion gallons per year. National energy savings could exceed 1.6 billion kWh of electricity and 10.9 million cubic feet (Mcf) of natural gas each year - Cost -Effectiveness (Vote: Refer to Append&A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates. The average homeowner retrofitting his or her showerheads with WaterSense labeled showerheads will realize an accompanying $14 savings on water and wastewater costs annually due to lower water consumption. Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the average household with electric water heating may save an additional $36, for a combined annual savings of $50. The average household with natural gas water heating may save an additional $18 for a combined annual savings of $32, Version 1.0 5 March 4.2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads �.,__ Sup_portin�.5tatetnent If the average showerhead costs $30 retail, the average payback period for the replacement of two standard showerheads per household with WaterSense labeled models would be approximately 14 months for those with electric water heating and about two years for those heating with natural gas. IV. Certification and Labeling WaterSense has established an independent third -party product certification process, described on the WaterSense Web site at www.eaa.Rovlwatersense/partners/certlfication.html. Under this process, products are certified to conform to applicable WaterSense specifications by accredited third -party licensed certifying bodies. Manufacturers are then authorized to use the WaterSense label in conjunction with certified products. V. Otherlssues etailed Drawings fvr the Force Balance Test Apparatus As the specification indicates, the spray force performance requirement Is measured via a force balance test apparatus. This force balance test apparatus was developed by the task force specifically for the purpose of determining a showerhead's compliance with the specification's force requirements; therefore it is not a readily available or mass-produced piece of testing equipment. In addition, the test apparatus needs to be manufactured with very specific tolerances to ensure the results are repeatable and reproducible in any laboratory setting. WaterSense has made available the specification drawings to facilitate the construction of this test equipment. Detailed drawings for the force balance test apparatus are available on the WaterSense Web site at www.eva.gov/watersense/Xroducts/Showerheads.html. Health and Safety In developing this specification, WaterSense and the task force considered potential negative Impacts of reducing the flow rate on consumer satisfaction, including potential health and safety issues once these products are installed in the plumbing system. Of particular concern is the potential for increasing the risk of thermal shock or scalding as shower flow rates are reduced. Thermal shock or scalding can be caused when a hot- or cold -water -using device is activated (e.g., flushing the toilet or running the dishwasher) while the shower is running. Water is diverted away from the shower, causing a pressure drop in either the hot or cold water supply line to the shower. As a consequence, the balance of hot and cold water is shifted either to a hotter or colder temperature mix. This sudden change in temperature can either cause a user to abruptly move away from the shower stream, potentially resulting in an injury or fall, or if the temperature increase is severe enough, scalding can occur. To mitigate the risks of temperature -related shower injuries, most U.S. plumbing codes require showers to be outfitted with individual automatic -compensating mixing valves that comply with either the American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE)1016 orASME Al 12.18.1/CSA 13125.1 standards. An automatic -compensating mixing valve is a device that is installed as part of the shower's flow control that helps to regulate water temperature; it is not part of the showerhead itself. The valve works either through balancing the incoming hot and cold water Version 1 _G 6 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads _ _ wportimag. %,atement pressures or through controlling the mixed outlet temperature with a thermostatic element that can maintain water temperature to within +/- 3.6°F. Despite advances in plumbing codes and mixing valve technology, thermal shock and scalding risks are still present under two scenarios. First, automatic -compensating mixing valves are currently only required to be tested and certified at a flow rate of 2.6 gpm at 45 psi. When these devices are outfitted with a showerhead that has a lower flow rate, there may not be adequate assurance that the valve is sensitive enough to provide the required protection, This is potentially true for all showerheads, as standard showerheads are currently tested and certified at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 80 psi. Second, not all homes are equipped with an automatic - compensating mixing valve. The risks are of particular concern for showerhead retrofits in homes built prior to 1987. As a part of the development of the criteria for showerheads, WaterSense and the task force evaluated the link between flow rate and temperature deviations associated with pressure and temperature changes. The task force gathered and presented data to compare the temperature profiles that result from a drop in hot and cold water pressure for both standard and high - efficiency showerheads under the two risk scenarios: (1) installation with various types of automatic -compensating mixing valves (thermostatic, pressure balancing, or combination) designed for a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 45 psi and (2) installation without the protection of an automatic -compensating mixing valve. The data showed that the risks are present for showerheads of all flow rates, but that more efficient showerheads are more sensitive to sudden changes in water pressure. As a consequence, a temperature change in water exiting the shower may be amplified when the pressure within the cold water or hot water supply plumbing suddenly changes. Ultimately, WaterSense and the task force came to the conclusion that the thermal shock and scalding risks cannot be fully addressed through the specification for showerheads. First, there is a clear disconnect between the showerhead and automatic -compensating mixing valve compatibility, as the products are tested at different pressures (80 psi and 45 psi, respectively) and currently automatic -compensating mixing valves are only tested at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm. Second, the potential temperature of the hot water is controlled by the design of the hot water heater and delivery system, which can discharge water well in excess of the code required 140°F due to "layering" and the location of the thermostat at a point that is not necessarily the location of the hottest water. Because of the interrelated nature of these three components in the plumbing system, the control of the risks cannot solely rest on the design of the showerhead. In fact, the showerhead itself has very little, if any, control over the outlet water temperature. To the extent possible, WaterSense has addressed this issue in the specification by requiring manufacturers to mark the product packaging with the minimum flow rate at 45 psi as determined by testing at that pressure. This is a vital step toward providing the information necessary to "match" the showerhead with a compatible automatic -compensating mixing valve that Is rated to perform at the same flow rate and tested pressure. In addition, industry is currently working to harmonize automatic -compensating mixing valve standards and showerhead standards to address potential incompatibilities of these plumbing system components. This will go a long way toward addressing the risks of thermal shock and scalding associated with the Installation of a WaterSense labeled showerhead, indeed with all Version 1.0 7 March4, 2010 iir 4 Water"5ense Specification for Showerheads W^tom?r11er - - -- _Suppo[trlg Statement showerheads, particularly in new construction. WaterSense is also educating consumers and program partners regarding the issue and associated risks so that consumers can continue to make informed purchasing decisions. Version 1.0 8 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads ._ _._. SupAo_rting St�tefrte�t Appendix A: Calculations and Key Assumptions Potential Water Sayings Calculations Assumptions: • Average actual flow rate for an existing showerhead is 2.22 gpm' (the average flow rate is less than the standard rated flow rate of 2.5 gpm most likely because the products are rated at 80 psi, but installed in homes with less pressure) • Average shower duration is 8.2 minutes" • The average person takes 0.67 showers per day' • A WaterSense labeled showerhead reduces the flow rate by 20 percent • An estimated 10 percent of existing showerheads are replaced each year due to wear, remodeling, or other reasons • There are an estimated 1,797,000 new housings starts per year based on the average number of new housing starts from 2003-2007 Equation 1. Annual Water Savings Potential from Replacing a 2.5 gpm Rated Showerhead (((2.22 gpm — (2.22 gpm x (1-0.2))) x 8.2 minutes/shower x 0.67 showers/person/day x 2.6 people/household x 365 dayslyear) = 2,300 gal/household/year (2,300 gal/household/year 12 showerheads/household) = 1,200 gaVshowerhead/year Equation 2. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm Showerheads (1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million existing showerheads) = 260 billion gal/year Equation 3. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with WaterSense Labeled Showerheads (1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million showerheads * 0.10) = 26 billion gal/year Equation 4. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled Showerheads in New Construction (1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 1,797,000 annual new housing starts x 2 showerheads/household) = 4.3 billion gal/year Unit Abbreviations: gal = gallon gpm = gallons per minute psi = pressure per square inch Potential Energy Savings Calculations ' Mayer and ©eOreo, Op. cft., 102. e Calculated based upon an assumed 17.2 gallons per shower and 11.6 gallons per day for showering. Slbid.) U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1. www.census.gov/prod/2008pubslhlSO- 07.pdf. Version 1.0 9 March 4, 2010 Lin 6 11Va tu 5 f--n , WaterSense Speciffcation for Showerheads S�ppot�n�.. statement Assumptions: Approximately 73 percent of showerhead water used in a household is hot water10 42,239,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat their water using electriciv 1 60,998,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences In the United States heat their water using natural gas11.92 e Water healing consumes 0.18 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming: o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Stuhb x ° F 0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs 0 1 kWh = 3,412 Btus o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 0 F) o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient for electric hot water heaters Water heating consumes 0.88 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated assuming: o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Btu/Ib x ° F 0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 lbs 0 1 Therm = 99,976 Btus o Incoming water temperature is raised from 551 F to 120° F (A 65 ° F) o Water heating process Is 60 percent efficient for natural gas hot water heaters Electricity Equation 5. KWh Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F [(1.0 Btullbs x ° F) (1kWh/3,412 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 650 F] 10.90 = 0.18 kWh/gal Equation 6. Electricity Saving Potential per Household (2,300 gaUyear x 0.73) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 300 kWh of electricity per year Equation 7. National Electricity Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm Showerheads (260 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 14 billion kWh of electricity nationwide Equation 8. National Electricity Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with WaterSense Labeled Showerheads (26 billion galfyear x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 1.4 billion kWh of electricity nationwide Equation 9. National Electricity Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled Showerheads in New Construction 10 DeOreo, William B., and Peter W. Mayer. The End Uses of Hot Waterin Single Family Homes From Flow trace Analysis. 2000. Aquacraft, Inc. 11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing Survey forthe United States_ 2007. 2008. Table 1A-5, page 7 12 Ibid. Version 1.0 10 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads SupportLng,Statement (4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0,40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 230 million kWh of electricity nationwide Natural Gas Equation 9. Therms Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F [(1.0 Btu/Ibs x ° F) (1 Therm/99,976 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 65' F] 10.60 = 0.009 Therms/gal Equation 10. Converting Therms to Mcf 0.009 Therms/gal x 1,000 gai/kgal x 1 Mcf/10.307 Therms = 0.88 Mcf/kgol Equation 11. Natural Gas Savings Potential per Household (2,300 gal/year x 0.73) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 1.5 Mcf (1,500 cubic feet) of natural gas per year Equation 12. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Replacing Alf 2.5 gpm Showerheads (260 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 94 million Mcf of natural gas nationwide Equation 13. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with WaterSense Labeled Showerheads (26 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 9.4 million Mcf of natural gas nationwide Equation 14. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled Showerheads in New Construction (4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) =1.5 million Mcf of natural gas nationwide Unit Abbreviations: Bcf = billion cubic feet Btu = British thermal unit F = Fahrenheit kgal = kilogallons kWh = kilowatt hour Ibs = pounds Mcf = thousand cubic feet Cost -Effectiveness Calculations Assumptions: • Price of water and wastewater is $6.0611000 gallons 13 2009 Price of electricity is $0.12JkWh14 • 2009 Price of natural gas is $11.98/Mcf 5 13 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey, American Water Works Association, 2006. 14 U.S. Department of Energy, v w .eia.doexovlcneaf/electricit /e�)rn/tables 3.htmi. Version 1.0 11 March 4, 2010 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads — ___.Supporting 5taternervt Equation 15. Annual Household Water and Wastewater Cost Savings 2,300 gallons/year x $6.06/1,000 gallons = $14/year Equation 16. Annual Household Electricity Savings (300 kWh/household/year * $0.12/kWh) = $36/year Equation 17. Annual Household Natural Gas Savings (1.5 Mcf/household/year * $11.98/Mcf) = $181year Equation 18. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Electricity Savings ($14/year + $36/year) = $60/year Equation 19. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Natural Gas Savings ($14/year+ $18/year) = $321year Equation 11. Average Full Payback Period (Electric Water Heating) ($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household)1$50/year = 1.2 years (-14 months) Equation 12. Average Full Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating) ($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household) / $32/year = 1.9 years (- 23 months) 16 U.S. Department of Energy, www.eia.doe.gov/steo, Version 1.0 12 March 4, 2010 EPA 4 WaterSencl" WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Version 1.2 June 2, 2014 1 16 )'aterSefiw WaterSense" Specification for Tank -Type Toilets WaterSenseo Specification for Tank -Type Toilets 1.0 Scope and Objective This specification establishes the criteria for a tank -type high -efficiency toilet under the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program. It is applicable to: Single -flush, tank -type gravity toilets Dual -flush, tank -type gravity toilets Dual -flush, tank -type flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets - Tank -type, flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets • Tank -type electrohydraulic toilets • Any other tank -type technologies that meet these performance specifications The specification is designed to ensure both sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of user satisfaction with flushing performance. 2.0 General Requirements 2.1 The toilet shall conform to applicable water closet requirements in ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1,' except as otherwise indicated In this specification. 2.2 If the toilet has dual -flush capabilities, it shall conform to requirements in ASME A112.19.14. 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria 3.1 Single -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR 429.30. For single -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush volume when tested in accordance with ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1. 3.2 Dual -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR 429.30. For dual -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes shall be tested in accordance with ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1 and ASME Al 12.19.14. 3.3 Samples with average flush volume in excess of 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter) greater than their rated flush volume shall be deemed to fail testing requirements due to excessive flush volume.z ' References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of that standard. z For example, fixtures rated at 1.28 gallons per flush (the maximum flush volume) but flushing at greater than 1.38 gallons (5.2 liter) when adjusted in accordance with the water consumption test procedure In ASME Al 12.19.2lCSA 845.1 shall be deemed to have 'Failed' the requirements of this specification. Version 1.2 1 June 2, 2014 WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets 3.4 Samples with average flush volumes less than or equal to 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter) greater than their rated flush volume shall be adjusted, if possible, to their rated flush volume prior to performance testing. 3.5 Samples with average flush volumes less than their rated flush volume shall be tested at measured volume and this volume shall be recorded on the test report. 4.0 Flush Performance Criteria 4.1 Toilet model performance is identified as either a "pass" or "fail" depending upon whether it can successfully and completely clear all test media from the fixture in a single flush in at least four of five attempts. Flush performance testing shall be conducted in accordance with the waste extraction test protocol provided in ASME Al 12.19.2/GSA 845.1. 5.0 Product Marking 5.1 Toilet fixtures shall be marked in accordance with requirements in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1 with the exception identified in Section 5.1.1 below. 5.1.1 Toilet bowls intended to be used with tanks of varying consumption levels (e.g., 1.6 and 1.28 gallons per flush) shall be marked with a dual consumption marking or a consumption range, as Indicated in ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1; however, toilet bowls shall not be marked with the words "or less" to indicate compatibility with tanks of varying consumption levels. 5.2 Toilet tanks shall not be packaged, marked, nor provided with instructions directing the user to an alternative water use setting that would override the rated flush volume, as established by this specification. Any instruction related to the maintenance of the product shall direct the user on how to return the product to its rated flush volume. 6.0 Effective Date This specification is effective on June 2, 2014. 7.0 Future Specification Revisions EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification would be made following discussions with industry partners and other interested stakeholders. 8.0 Definitions Definitions within ASME Al12.19.2/CSA 1345.1 and ASME Al 12.19.14 are included by reference. Version 1.2 2 June 2, 2014 WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Pressure -assist toilet: A wafer closet that uses a flushometer tank as a flushing device, as defined in ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1. Rated flush volume: The maximum flush volume, as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification. Version 1.2 3 June 2, 2014 WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Appendix A; Requirements for WaterSense Labeling The following requirements must be met for products to be bear the WaterSense label. 1.0 WaterSense Partnership The manufacturer" of the product must have a signed partnership agreement in place with EPA. 2.0 Conformity Assessment Conformance to this specification must be certified by an EPA licensed certifying body accredited for this specification in accordance with the WaterSense Product Certification System. 3.0 Clarifications 3.1 Adjustability Toilet tanks with adjustable water use settings that can be identified and activated by a user or plumbing professional to override the rated flush volume, as established by this specification, do not comply with the intent of this specification or the WaterSense program and do not qualify for use of the WaterSense label. 3.2 Tanks and Bowls Manufactured and Sold by Different Companies WaterSense requires every combination tank and bowl to be tested and certified for conformance to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides the expected water efficiency and performance. Wall -hung bowls and in -wall carrier systems manufactured and sold by different companies can earn the WaterSense label, provided that the combination unit is tested and certified. However, since these products might not necessarily be sold as a unit, WaterSense has established some additional certification requirements that these products must meet in order to earn the WaterSense label. Both manufacturers must agree to have their products tested and certified together in order for the tank and bowl combination to receive the WaterSense label. Certification Listing In order to control the use of the WaterSense label, EPA is requiring each manufacturer (e.g., the tank manufacturer and the bowl manufacturer) to obtain a certification listing with one of EPA's licensed certifying bodies to show that the toilet, formed by the combination tank and bowl, was certified for oonformance to the specification. The listings must identify both components, along with the respective manufacturers' names, s Manufacturer, as defined in the WaterSense program guidelines, means: "Any organization that produces a product for market that might be eligible to meet WaterSense criteria for efficiency and performance. Manufacturers can also produce'private label' products that are sold under the brand name of a separate organization, which is treated as a separate partnedapplication from the original product manufacturer.' in the case of private labeling, the private labeling organization that ultimately brands the product for sale must have a signed WaterSense partnership agreement in place with EPA. Version 1.2 A-1 June 2, 2014 WaterSense' Specification for Tank -Type Toilets brand names, model names, and model numbers by which the products are identified and sold. Separate listings will allow the licensed certifying body to directly authorize each manufacturer to use the WaterSense label on their tanks or bowls. Note that though a certification listing is required for each manufacturer, WaterSense is not requiring the combination toilet to be tested more than once. The licensed certifying body must ensure that the listing Information is complete prior to issuing the certification and the WaterSense label to either manufacturer. As an alternative to separate listings, and at the discretion of the licensed certifying body, the manufacturer of one of the components (e.g., either the tank or bowl manufacturer) can become listed as an additional company under the certification listing of the manufacturer of the corresponding component (e.g., the bowl or tank). However, both components, along with the respective manufacturer's names, brand names, model names, and model numbers by which the products are identified and sold, must be identified under both the certification file owner's listing and the additional company's listing. This will ensure that there is no confusion about which products were certified in combination to earn the WaterSense label. 3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling Though every combination tank and bowl must be tested and certified for conformance to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides the expected water efficiency and performance, in some cases the tank and bowl might be packaged individually and/or sold separately. To ensure that it is clear to the purchaser that a particular combination tank and bowl is labeled, EPA is providing clarification regarding how the packaging must be maiiked and how the WaterSense label must be used. These marking and labeling requirements apply to tanks and bowls made by the same company and those made by different companies, as is the case for some wall -hung bowls and in -wall carrier systems. Manufacturers must adhere to the following product packaging marking and labeling requirements for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold individually: • In all cases, the toilet tank and toilet bowl packaging must bear the WaterSense label. • Toilet bowl packaging must indicate all of the specific brand names, model names, and model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart tanks it can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type toilet. For example, the toilet bowl packaging might say: "This [insert description of bowl] is WaterSense labeled when used with [list brand names, model names, and model numbers, as applicable, of the tank(s) that the bowl can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type toilet]." Version 1.2 A-2 June 2, 2014 - 1'... t ill+ater5ense WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Product specification sheets or other product documentation for both the toilet tank and bowl must indicate all of the specific brand names, model names, and model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart products (e.g., the bowl or tank) that the product can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type toilet. Note that for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold together as a unit, the packaging must bear the WaterSense label. Version 1.2 A-3 June 2, 2014 ' IV. 4 Summary of Revisions to the WaterSense WaterSenseo Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Summary of Revisions to the WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets Version 1.2 The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program is announcing the release of Version 1.2 of its WaterSense Specification for Tank -Type Toilets (specification). The purpose of this document is to summarize the revisions made to the specification, share the reasoning for the changes, and provide a timeline for compliance with the new requirements. It is important to note that EPA considers the revisions made in Version 1.2 of the specification to be minor in nature. The revisions are meant to provide clarification of the existing requirements and do not materially affect the scope, performance, or efficiency requirements. The revisions also do not affect the status of existing certified, WaterSense labeled tank -type toilets. Background WaterSense released its initial Tank -Type High -Efficiency Toilet Specification in January 2007 and issued the first revision to the specification in May 2011. Since that time, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and Canadian Standards Association (GSA) have revised ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1 Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures to include the waste media extraction test, fill valve integrity test, and tank trim adjustability test protocols established in the WaterSense Spedfication for Tank -Type Toilets. To align with the revised ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA 845.1 standard, to the extent possible, WaterSense is issuing Version 1.2 of the specification. The changes to the specification, described in this document, will ensure consistency and reduce redundancy in toilet testing for manufacturers seeking the WaterSense label. WaterSense has also taken this opportunity to make some additional minor revisions to the specification to align it with the other WaterSense product specifications. All of the revisions contained in Version 1.2 will ensure that tank -type toilets receiving the WaterSense label are certified and labeled consistently, in accordance with EPA's intent, and will continue to meet consumer expectations for efficiency and performance. Section 2.0 General Requirements EPA has revised the title of the section from "Summary of Criteria'° to 'General Requirements. This change does not affect the specification's original scope of objective, but rather aligns the organization of the specification with other WaterSense product specifications. Similarly, to align with other WaterSense product specifications, EPA has revised the content of Section 2.0 to provide the general and overarching requirements that products must meet to earn the WaterSense label, rather than a summary of the specification requirements. This section now indicates that all tank -type toilets shall conform to the applicable water closet requirements in ASME All 12.19.2(CSA B45.1, and all dual -flush tank -type toilets must conform to applicable requirements within ASME All 12.19.14 Six -Liter Water Closets Equipped With a June 2, 2014 J r J VA Summary of Revisions to the Wa i e r S t` n s e WaterSense' Specification for Tank -Type Tot Lets Dual Flushing Device. This change now more fully and clearly aligns the specification with the requirements of the guiding national standards for tank -type toilets. Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria Flush Volume Measurement Requirements The majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally provided in Appendix A of the specification, is included In the recent revisions to the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. The fixture performance testing protocol is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the specification. However, the ASME/CSA standard does not address the average flush volume limits that dictate whether a toilet is deemed to pass or fail the flush volume test or whether the flush volume should be adjusted to complete the test. As a result, WaterSense has retained these requirements in the specification. As discussed below, Appendix A was removed from the specification because a majority of the requirements are now redundant with the A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard; therefore, WaterSense moved these flush volume limit requirements to Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent. Section 4.0 Flush performance Criteria Testing Protocol Reference In Version 1.1 of the specification, the fixture performance testing protocol was identified in Appendix A. Since the protocol is now included in the recent revisions to the ASME At 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, WaterSense has updated Section 4.0 Flush Performance Criteria to reference compliance with the standard rather than Appendix A (Appendix A has been subsequently deleted). In addition, under Version 1.1, this section summarized the test media requirements. It also stipulated that the protocol was only applicable to single -flush toilets and to the full flush option of dual -flush toilets. These requirements are also covered in the referenced standards and, therefore, WaterSense removed them from this section to minimize redundancy. In addition, In the development of the revised ASME Al 12.19.21CSA B45.1 standard, there was consensus that the casing used for the test media did not materially affect the results of the test. Either cased or uncased media were deemed acceptable for performance testing. In view of this decision and because of the desire for the WaterSense specification to be consistent with the standard, EPA has determined that performance testing using cased or uncased media is acceptable under this specification. This allowance is included by reference to the standard. Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume Adjustabifity (Version 1.1) Section Removal June 2, 2014 . 0.1 6 Summar y of Revisions o s to the Wa 1 e i S e n s t WaterSense® Specification for Tank -Type Toilets In Version 1.1 of the specification, Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume Adjustability included testing protocols intended to limit the flush volume adjustability of certified tank -type toilets. These testing protocols Included the fill valve Integrity test protocol (Appendix B of Version 1.1 of the specification) and the tank trim adjustability testing protocol (Appendix C of Version 1.1 of the specification). These testing protocols were adopted by the ASME All 12.19.2fCSA B45.1 standard, which is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the specification. Therefore, WaterSense removed these requirements from the specification to minimize redundancy. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent. Section 5.0 Product Marking Tank Marking Requirements Toilet tank marking requirements identified in ASME All 12.19.5 Flush valves and spuds for water closets, urinals, and tanks (referenced in Version 1.1 of the specification) require manufacturers to permanently mark or label the tank with information pertaining to the appropriate flush valve replacement parts. These requirements have subsequently been incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA 845.1. Therefore, WaterSense updated the specification to reference compliance with the toilet fixture marking requirements identified in the ASME All 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. Bowl Marking Version 1.1 of the specification allowed toilet bowls to be marked in a manner that indicated compatibility with flush volumes below 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf). This requirement was Intended to alleviate confusion because many manufacturers were marking their toilet bowls with a 1.6 gpf flush volume despite compatibility and certification with tanks that flush at lower volumes (e.g., 1.28 gpf). The revisions to ASME All 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 now include provisions clarifying the marking requirements for bowls that are compatible with lower (or varying) flush volumes. Specifically, the standard allows toilet bowls to be marked using the words "or less," a dual consumption marking, or a consumption range. WaterSense is incorporating by reference the bowl marking requirements from the ASME/CSA standard, which will provide clarity on the appropriate ways to mark bowls that are compatible with a range of flush volumes. However, WaterSense is taking exception to the allowance for the use of the words "or less." Placing a marking on the bowl that identifies a maximum flush volume along with the words "or less" could imply that the bowl is compatible with tanks of any flush volume, potentially below the minimum the flush volumes with which the bowl was certified to perform. Section 8.0 Definitions Referenced Standards June 2, 2D14 Summaryof Revisions to the Vva i er 7e 11 S c WaterSense* Specification Tank -Type Toilets WaterSense has removed the reference to ASME A112.19.5, as the marking requirements have been incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1. Aefinitlons WaterSense has removed the definition of an electrohydraulic toilet because it is incorporated by reference in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1. WaterSense has revised the definition of a pressure -assist toilet to use language consistent with definitions included in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1. WaterSense has revised the definition of rated flush volume to be consistent with the definition included in other WaterSense product specifications. The new definition clarifies that the rated flush volume is specified by the manufacturer and verified through testing to ensure compliance with the specification. Appendix A: Fixture Performance Testing Protocol (Version 1.1) Section Removal As mentioned previously, a majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally provided in Appendix A of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. One exception is the flush volume measurement limits that dictate whether the toilet passes, fails, or should be readjusted for testing. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently moved these requirements to Section 3.0 and has removed the entirety of Appendix A from the specification. This change does not affect the specfication's original requirements or intent. Appendix B: Fill Valve Integrity Test Protocol (Version 1.1) Section Removal As mentioned previously, the fill valve integrity test protocol, originally provided in Appendix B of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently removed the entirety of Appendix B from the specification. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent. Appendix C: Tank Trim Adjustability Testing Protocol (Version 1.1) Section Removal As mentioned previously, the tank trim adjustability testing protocol, originally provided in Appendix C of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has June 2, 2014 ; "., 4 Summary of Revisions to the 1 ry B� aterSQn,L WaterSense" Specification for Tank -Type Toilets subsequently removed the entirety of Appendix C from the specification. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent. Appendix A: Requirements for WaterSense Labeling Section .3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling Section 3.3 of Appendix A provides additional product packaging marking and labeling requirements for toilet tanks and bowls that are packaged and sold individually. Version 1.1 prohibited the WaterSense label on toilet bowl packaging that indicated compatibility with flush volumes greater than the rated flush volume identified in this specification. WaterSense developed that requirement to prevent confusion about whether a bowl with an advertised flush volume higher than the maximum allowed by the specification was actually labeled. The new bowl marking requirements identified in ASME Al12.19.21CSA B45.1, and now incorporated by reference in the specification, should eliminate this confusion as toilet bowls can be marked with a dual consumption marking or a consumption range to indicate compatibility with multiple flush volumes. Therefore, EPA is now requiring the toilet tank and bowl packaging, in all cases, to bear the WaterSense label. Timeline for Compliance with Version 1.2 of the Specification Version 1.2 of this specification goes into effect June 2, 2014. EPA is providing manufacturers with a six-month grace period to begin complying with the new requirements. By December 2, 2014 all certification activities must be completed in accordance with Version 1.2 of this specification, in order for tank -type toilets to earn the WaterSense label. The existing licensing agreements between EPA and the licensed certifying body will remain in full force and effect. June 2, 2014 7r512417 Clothes Washer I Home Water Works } l Clothes Washer I l Crisp, Clean Clothes Without the Waste Washing laundry is a significant use of water in the average home; accounting for _ 15% to 40% of the overall water consumption Inside the typical household of four I persons. The average American family washes almost 400 loads of laundry each ; year. r i i Water Factor I Because washers come in various sizes and capacity, the water efficiency of - - clothes washers is rated using the term "Water Factor" to accurately compare watery use. Water Factor (WF) Is measured by the quantity of water (gallons) used to wash each cubic foot of laundry. Older Washers An old school washer will use aRproximately 4D to 45,gallons J1514 L to 170.3 L1 of water aer load a hive a water factor of 10 or higher_ A family of four using a standard clothes washer wig generate more than 300loads per year, consuming 12,000 gallons (45.4 m3) of water annually. ii High Efficiency Washers AL water factor of 8 or less. Replacing an old and inefficient clothes washer can reduce this water use by more than 6,000 gallons per year (22.7 m3), save energy, clean the clothes better, and reduce fabric wear. Clothes Washer Water Saving Tips Run full loads only, even if the washer has an adjustable load setting. A fun load is the most efficient way to wash clothes. Replace, the old inefficient clothes washer with a new high -efficiency model to save water and energy. More Information About Clothes Washers Standard Washers The standard top loading clothes washer, using a vertical -axis drum, has changed little from General Electric's design in 1947. The vertical axis design requires enough water in the drum to suspend the fabric In the soapy water while the agitator chums the clothes to help remove dirt and stains. The large amount of water required to.' suspend the fabric in the tub limits the ability for this "Of washer to efficiently use water. Historically, vertical i axis washers consumed 45 gallons per load (170 L), though newer models of the past few years have reduced this to less than 40 gallons per load (151.4 Q. Even the best designs manufactured today require more than 9 gallons (34.1 L) of water per cubic foot of capacity (28.31 L). High -Efficiency Washers High -efficiency front or top loading washers facilitate greater efficiency because they use less water and energy. These high-tech machines are proven to be more effective in cleaning the clothes with less water, and is gentler on the fabric when compared to old -school vertical axis washers. Additional benefits of lower water use are: a) less laundry detergent is required; and, b) less water needs to be heated resulting in energy conservation. Most h tp:rAW-hone-owner-works.DWndoor-useJrbows-washe► V2 M2097 Ck*W Mher I Horne Water Works s • f high-efficiencywashers use only 15 to 30 gallons (56.8 to 113.E L) of water to wash the same 1 amount of clothes as older washers (29 to 45 gallons per load (109.7 to 170 L). The most efficien ' washers use less then 5 gallons 18.9 L capacity. g ( )per cubic foot of ca c' Water Efficiency of Washers 1 The smaller the water factor rating, the more water efficient the clothes washer. AtypicalI residential clothes washer has a capacity of approximately 3 cubic foot, though sizes range from 1.7 cubic feet (48.13 L) to more than 4.2 cubic feet (118.9 L) for the extra large capacity machines. The Water Factor provides a means to directly compare water efficiency of different I shed machines. Efficiency Example Washer A uses 32 gallons of water per load (wash and rinse cycles) with a 4 cubic foot capacity p(t laundry; thus, has a Water Factor rating of 8 (32+4=8). Washer B uses 30 gallons of water (wash and rinse cycles) with a 2.5 cubic foot capacity; thus, has a Water Factor rating of 12 (30+2.5=12). Washer uses water more efficiently (WF=8) than Washer B (VVF=12). Whb Washer A uses slightly more water per load, it can clean 40% more clothes per load. Looking for a New Water Efficient Washer? When buying a new machine, finding the Water factor rating of a clothes washer is not always easy. Though 1 manufacturers measure Water Factors for each model of washer, manufacturers are not required to display the rating on the machine. Fortunately, the Energy Star Program reports Water Factors and enemy ► e Fnr nearlvj MM H9,jN in the rrrarket. - If Listing of High Efficiency Clothes Washers 1 Are you in the market for a new clothes washer? The most recent listings of high -efficiency clothes washer; are provided here: • CEE Clothes Washer Qualifying Product List P( F or EV&D I E Snecificatioes for Residential Clothes W she SE ra 020f 7 Alliance for Water Efficiency, NFP. Ali Rights Reserved. irttpJMnnnv.hame-water-works.wg/indoor-usefdolFtes�sher 2Q 7/S2017 Energy EffklBnt Washing Macf*w I ENERGY STAR OVERNEW The average American farnfiy washes about 200 loads of laundry each year. ENERGY STAR can help families cut their related energy and water costs, ENERGY STAR certified clothes washers use about 26% less energy and 45% less water than regular washers. They have a greater tub capacity which means you can wash fewer foods to clean the same amount of laundry. They are available in front -load and top -load models. ENERGY STAR top -load models utilize new technologies that do not require the tub to fill with water. They clean using sophisticated wash systems to flip or spin clothes through a stream of water. Many have sensors to monitor incoming water levels and temperature. They also rinse clothes with repeated high-pressure spraying instead of soaking them in a full tub of water. Consider the following: Use less ener gy. On average, a new ENERGY STAR certified clothes washer uses 280 kWh of electricity and can save you about $45 a year on your utility bills compared to a standard model. Use less water. 3Y STAR certified dothes washer uses 13 oallons of water per load_ comnarltd to the 2? ae!lons used by a standard mt's machine. Thaa savin more t n 3 000 oellons of water r vea nl Is your washer over 10 years old? it's estimated that there are 76 million top -loading washers, 25 million of which are at least 10 years old, still in use across the country. Washers built before 2003 are significently less efficient than newer models. Together, these inefficient washers cost consumers $29 billion each year in energy and water. If you have a standard clothes washer that is over 10 years old, it's costing you, on average $210 a year. If every cWhes washer purchased in the U.S. was ENERGY STAR certified, we could save more than $4 billion each year and prevent more than 19 billion pounds of annual greenhouse gas emissions, equal to the emissions from more than 1.7 million vehicles. ht0s:/Avww.eneqaplar.gov/productsiappiiance.siebthek_wgshem 1/1 5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings. C1iL COUtkrL Ar�tMt�1+�.a'e. t�rY--.ri Executive Summary Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment Danielle N. McEschin and Ted L. Loudon Student Intern and Professor, respectively, Agricultural Engineering Department Michigan State University The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to flow from dwellings. Th. goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for sizing systems. The data in this document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Intemet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from file data collected by entities in Michigan. The study was restricted to data collected during the years 1950-2000, so that the values determined would be representative of life styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987. A group of studies providing metered home water use rates presented in units of gpd per capita from around the country were reviewed and summarized. When averages were weighted based on the number of homes per study, the overall weighted average per capita daily water use was just under 51 gpd (Table 1). The value of this data is limited by the fact that much of the data was total use, including outdoor water use, and had to have a correction factor applied. Numerous sources containing recommended per capita design flows were reviewed. Most recommendations are in the 50-70 gpd/e range (Table 4). Perhaps the most valuable data is data gathered in Michigan. A study of metered data fiYun 700 homes in southern Michigan showed an average daily use per home of 214.3 gallons. The three bedroom home average was 221.3 gpd (74 gpd/br) and the four bedroom average was 285.5 gpd (71 gpd/br). A study of measured flows from 66 homes in Jackson County showed flows of 56 gpd per bedroom. Average per person flows, averaged over large numbers of people, appear to be in the 50-55 gpd/c range. Average flows expressed per bedroom, for 3-4 bedroom homes appear to be in the 70-75 gpd/br range. While bedrooms do not generate flow, people do, it is common to design on the basis of number of bedrooms since occupancy varies. For large clusters of homes, designing on the basis of 75 gpd/br would appear to be supported by the data available. For an individual home design, a significant safety or peaking factor must be applied. Many of the references consulted suggest a factor of 2 or even 2.5. Use of a high design flow for individual homes helps to compensate for the state of the art in site evaluation and the occasional high water use occupancy. The Technical Advisory Council will produce a companion guidance document providing recommendations for applying this data in design recommendations. Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment Danielle N. McEachin and Ted L. Loudon Student Intern and Professor, respectively, Agricultural Engineering Department Michigan State University Purpose: Rational design of wastewater treatment and dispersal systems is based on the flow that the system must be able to handle. This is usually expressed on a daily flow basis and typically includes a factor of safety which is large for individual home systems and may be reduced as systems are clustered together. The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to flow from dwellings. The goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for sizing systems, The data in this document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Internet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from file data collected by entities in Michigan. Every effort was made to ensure that the data reflect indoor water use, which eliminates most consumptive uses and represents the flow that would be expected in the wastewater system. Because consumptive uses are hard to eliminate completely, particularly in and climates, we restricted our data to the more humid states. One exception is that a study from Deriver, CO is included in which a significant effort was made to eliminate outdoor consumptive uses in the design of the study. The numbers in the Colorado study are higher than those from more humid states but we cannot determine exactly what the reason for this might be. Wherever total water use numbers were encountered they were multiplied by a factor of 0,70 to give indoor water use only. These values are indicated by a *. This factor is based on the findings of multiple studies which measured both indoor and outdoor usage. We restricted our selection of data to include only data collected during the years 1980-2000, so that the values determined would be representative of life styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987, and these are from a study deemed to be sufficiently reliable that we did not wish to exclude it. The data are divided into four tables. Table 1 contains data from literature and internal sources that were obtained through actual measurement. This means that the numbers were derived from meter readings at occupied residences. These numbers are from studies where multiple homes were metered and the indoor water use was determined. Only some of these studies reported indoor water use only. For those where the reported values were total use, the 0.70 factor was used to obtain indoor water use numbers. See footnotes following the tabulated data for the basis of this factor. The study done by the American Water Works Association Research Foundation metered 1188 homes to obtain their data. The Denver Board of Water Commissioners metered 5649 homes in the city and county of Denver. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development has conducted many studies on residential water use. In some of their work, they designed studies to obtain as diverse a group of homes as possible by gathering data on each household through issuing a questionnaire to each resident. Their study entitled "Water Saved by Low -flaw Fixtures" included water meter data from over 200 homes. They also conducted a study of flow from apartment buildings in which they collected data from 23 buildings. The apartments were noted to be especially leaky and they found unusually high per capita water use. The U.S. Geological Survey published a table with water use values for every state. We selected data from the more humid states and applied the 0.70 factor to obtain indoor water use values. Data were collected from homes where the water supply was from both self -supplied (SS) and public -supplied (PS) sources. Table 2 contains data that was found through actual measurement but is presented as gallons per day per home. The Michigan study done by Equinox Inc. for use in the design of the Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision metered over 700 homes in Livingston and Oakland counties and determined average water use per dwelling. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represent flows averaged over multiple single family dwellings and would be representative of flows to be expected from a cluster of homes. The average flow equals 159 GPD/home over 640 homes. The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality study involved determination of metered flows from over 500 homes in Oakland County and Highland Township. Both of these Michigan studies are believed to be highly reliable but resulted in per home flows that were higher. Table 3 contains data found through actual measurement but the values s were presented in the original studies in units of gallons per day per bedroom. This data is from a study done by the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. In this study, 66 homes were metered in Jackson County and the size of home determined so that the data could be presented in terms of a per bedroom water use average. Table 4 contains data from publications which give representative numbers that are recommended for design of wastewater systems. These are not well referenced so it is unclear whether they originally came from actual use studies or are estimates, possibly including a safety factor, that are simply repeated from another publication. These sources were mostly found on the Internet. After the tables are a act of statements and observations gleaned from literature. The effect of income level and household size on water use is analyzed Our reasons for using the 0.70 factor are given, a comparison of self -supplied and public -supplied water use is given. Typical times of peak water use are analyzed as are the effects of metering and water pressure. Conclusions that can be drawn From Table 1, the per capita metered indoor water use data from nationwide studies show an average value of 69 gallons per person per day. The per capita data obtained by applying the 0.70 factor to total water use data found in humid climates shows an average value of 55-2 gallons per day, with a self -supplied average of 50.5, a public -supplied average of 57.7 and a range of 35-86.9. The weighted average per capita water use data for all homes in Table 1 show an overall average use of 50.7 gallons per day, with a selfsupplied use of 51.1 and a public -supplied use of 50.47. The per home metered indoor data in Table 2 shows an average of214.3, with a 3 bedroom average of 221.3, a 4 bedroom average of 295.5 and a range of 140-327. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represents measured flow data from 640 Michigan homes and shows an average of 159 GPD/home, The nationwide data sets show somewhat higher per capita water use. Humid region data suggest that average per capita indoor water use averages between 50 and 70 gpd. Total water use per home averages between 160 and 285 GPD with the larger figure for larger homes. This should be considered a work in progress. We would like to include additional data. If the reader has or is aware of additional data that could be included, we would like to receive it This summary will be modified if additional data are received or otherwise located. Residential Water Consumption Data, From a Variety of Sources Report by: Danielle McEachin Table 1. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in UPD/Person Sponsor Source Study Area of Study Time Period Indoor Type of Per capita use or Dwelling daily Total water use use? AWWA Research hit //tmw.ammaEFcom/exnmisl9o7Bi htm Residential End 12 study sites, Copyright1999 Indoor 1,188 Single- 69.3, Foundation Uses of Water across the U.S. family Including ro'ect#241 homes Leaka e Denver Board of Litke and Kauffman, "Analysis of Residential Use of 16 groups of Data From Indoor 5,649 Single- 64-119 Water Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, CO, 1980-87 homes in the 1980-87 family Mean = Commissioners city and county homes 85.6 of Denver Rhode Island M. A. Horn, P.A. Craft & Lisa Bratton, 'Estimation of Cumberland, Data From Indoor Single- 70 SS Governor's Office of Water Withdrawal and Distribution, Water Use, and Rhode Island 1988 and family (Total) Housing, Energy, Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in Total homes 77 PS and Cumberland, Rhode Island, 1988 (Indoor) Intergovernmental & 90 PS Relations (Total) U.S. Department of Brown and Caldwell, "Residential Water Saved by Nationwide Data from Indoor 200 Single- 66.2 Housing and Urban Water Conservation Projects, Low -flow 1983 family Development, Office Summary Report", 1984 Fixtures homes of Policy Retrofit of Washington, Data From Indoor 23 100** Development and Apartment D. C. 1981 I Apartment Including Research _ Buil ' s buildin s Leakage Table 1. (cont.l Study Area of Study Time Period Indoor use or Total 1 Type of Dwelling Per capita daily Sponsor Source use? water t18e United States Geological Survey }:Uwater.usgsgcvftl-atuseftable5'doabUl 1 Tablel2. Domestic Alabama Data From Indoor Single-family homes 52.5* SS 70* PS Freshwater Use 19" by State (States Arkansas Data Indoor Single-family 61.6* SS chosen with From homes 74.2* PS humidity similar 1990 to that of Connecticut Data Indoor Single-family 52.5* SS Michigan) From homes 49* PS 1990 Delaware Data Indoor Single-family 55.3* SS From homes 54.6* PS 1990 Georgia Data Indoor Single-family 52.5* SS From homes 80.5* PS 1990 Illinois Data Indoor Sirgle-fauWy 58.8* SS From homes 63* PS 1990 Indiana Data Indoor Single-farttily 53.2* SS From homes 53.2* PS 1990 Kenttioky Data Indoor Single-family 35* SS From homes 49* PS 1990 Louisiana Data Indoor Single-family 58.1* S5 From homes 86.8* PS 1990 Maine Data Indoor Single-family 63* SS From homes 40.6* PS 1990 Maryland Data Indoor Single-family 58.1* SS From homes 73.5* PS 1990 Massachusetts Data Indoor Singlc-family 50.4* SS From homes 46.2* PS 1990 Michigan Data Indoor Single-family 51.1* SS From homes 53.9* PS 1990 Mississippi Data Indoor Single-family 35* SS From homes 86.1* PS 1990 Table 1. (cont.l Sponsor Source Study Area of Study I Time Indoor Type of Per Period use or Dwelling capita Total daily use? water use United States bggllwater.rigs.gav/lxeluse/tablestdotab.st.html Tablel2. Missouri Data Indoor Single-family 42* SS Geological Survey Domestic From homes 59.5* PS Freshwater Use 1990 by State (States New Hampshire Data Indoor Single-family 45.5* SS chosen with From homes 49.7* PS humidity similar 1990 to that of New Jersey Data Indoor Single-family 52.5* SS Michigan) From homes 52.5* PS (cont.) 1990 New York Data Indoor Single-family 40.6* SS From homes 83.3* PS 1990 North Carolina Data Indoor Single-family 38.5* SS I From homes 39.9* PS 1990 Ohio Data Indoor Single-family 52.5* SS From homes 37.5* PS 1990 Pennsylvania Data Indoor Single-family 36.4* SS From homes 43.4* PS 1990 Rhode Island Data Indoor Single-family 49* SS From homes 46.9* PS 1990 South Carolina Data Indoor Single -fancily 52.5* SS From homes 532* PS 1990 Tennessee Data Indoor Single-family 45.5* SS From homes 59.5* PS 1990 Vermont Data Indoor Single-family 50.4* SS From homes 56* PS 1990 Virginia Data Indoor Single-family 52.5* SS From homes 52.5* PS 1990 West Virginia Data Indoor Single-family 56* SS From homes 51.8* PS 1990 Wisconsin Data Indoor Single-family 42,7* SS From homes 36.4* PS 1990 Table 1 fc.t_1 Sponsor Source Study Area of Study Time Indoor Type of Per Period use or Dwelling capita Total daily use? water _ United States sgov/wrer nsdsshva.html . Estimated Water Data Indoor Single-family use 70 SS* Ohio Geological Survey Use for Ohio, 1995, From homes 50 PS* by Hydrologic 1995 Cataloging Unit Oakland Data Total 1512 56.7* Michigan Department of Public Health Oakland County Water County, MI From bedroom Use/Population 1991 homes Study 49* 4453 bedroom homes 1864 51.8* bedroom homes 30 5 bedroom 57.4+ homes tvn}on „en — Cfl 7G 39 = Self-sumlied d VPY90P nPT f 4Htf9 1n iMY PS = Public -supplied SS average per capita indoor water use = 51.1 *Converted to Indoor Use From Total Use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use PS average per capita indoor water use = 50.47 *+ This study stared these apartments to have an especially large amount of leakage and Range of per capita water use = 35-100 therefore the numbers from these apartments were not used in any averages Table 2. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/Homc Sponsor Study Area of Study Time Indoor use Type of Dwelling GPD/ Period or Total Home use? Equinox, Inc., Stephens Consulting, Inc_ Daniel C. Schrauben and David R. Beschke, `Basis of Design, Flow Deer Creek Data From 1990 Indoor 3 single-family homes 148 Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision", June Greenock Hills No. 3 Data From 1990 Indoor 20 single-family homes 158 I7,1999. Lake Tyrone Data From Indoor 182 single-family 165 1990 homes Portage Bay Data From Indoor 20 single family 140 1990 homes Runyan Lake Data From Indoor 274 single-family 164 1990 homes Sandy Creek Data From Indoor 5 single-family 154 1990 homes Tanglewood ?? Indoor 136 single-family 145 homes City of Novi Data From Indoor 4 bedroom home 327 1990-1992 City of Novi Data From Indoor 3 bedroom home j 234 1990-1992 f Eagle Ravine Data From Indoor 270 S Single-family 1990 homes Milford BIuffs Data From Indoor 3 bedroom home 222 1990 Milford Bluffs 255 Data From Indoor 4 bedroom home 1990 Settler's Pointe Data From indoor 3 bedroom home i 213 1990 + Table 2. (cont.) Sponsor Study Area of Study Time Period Indoor use or Total use? Type of Dwelling GPD/ Home Equinox, Inc., Stephens Consulting, Inc. Daniel C. Schrauben and David R. Beschke, 'Sasis of Design, Flow Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision", hme 9. (cant.) —T-) Settler's Pointe Data From 1990 Indoor 4 bedroom home 281 Village of Milford ?? Indoor 4 bedroom home 209 Village of Milford ?? Indoor 3 bedroom home 206 Michigan Department of Public Health Oakland County Water Use/Populatian Study Qakland County, MI Data From 1991 Total 3 Bedroom home 197 4 Bedroom home 257 Highland Township, Four Bedroom and Three Bedroom Water Usage Comparison Highland Township Data From 1993 Total 3 Bedroom home 4 Bedroom borne 256 284 Average per home indoor water use (all homes) = 214.3 Average indoor water use (3 bedroom homes) = 2221.3 Average indoor water use (4 bedroom homes) = 285.5 Range of indoor water use (all homes)=140-327 Table 3. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/BR Sponsor Study Area of Study Time Period indoor use Type of Dwelling GPD/ or Total Bedroom use? Michigan Department of Engineering Company Review of One Jackson County Data From Total 66 single-family 56 Public Health Subdivision, Jackson County 1991 homes (3 & 4 bedrooms Table 4. Sources using published numbers {recommended for desiun use) Sponsor Source Study Area of Time Indoor Type of Per capita Study Period use or Dwelling daily Total water use use? Auburn hbgpJ%cimea.ecnvurdue.edu/c ' canverMM?7696 Conserving Alabatna Data Indoor Single- 50-70 University Water, From family Developing 1995 homes Water - Conserving Habits: A Checklist Domestic hagL/freeho-= Lwcb'um-pxam/6eba64886lou/oammum: 'um Planning N/A Last Indoor Single- 75 Wastewater a ]a .hlm Your Water Modified family Systems & System May homes Pump Talk, 2000 R.L. Peeks Pump Sales indoor Single 52.5*-70* Individual httB'/wa•co.smtt.=i.ugEHASTS/seotic.h Water Usage Minnesota Data Sewage and Your From family Treatment On -Site 1990 homes System Sewage t (iST5), Scott Treatment Cozen system Kennewick hon_Uwww.ci.kennewick.wa.as/nw/wvtown htm 32 Tips on Washington Last Indoor Single- 63.75 Public I Water Modified family Works Conservation June homes Department 20M Michigan ]ian:lllurtaes.ecn.Umdae.edulcpi/converiwq?5393 How to Mlehigan Data Indoor Single- 50-70 State Conserve from family University, Water in 1997 homes Extension Your Home and Yard Missouri bW://www.dnr.state.nio-usdelfegidcniial6algzusagsjlLm Department of Natural Resources, Energy Center North http:/hsww.bae.ncsu.edukrbrarirnslextension/nublieat Carolina Cooperative Extension Services Polk County, h_pZ ca olk.ia.m/deoarmwats/conservrkida.asp.htn Department of Water Residential Missouri Last Indoor Single- 50 Energy Modified family Efficiency, Mar. f homes Water Usage 2000 Focus on North I Last Indoor Single- 52 Residential Carolina Modified family Water Mar. homes Conservation 1996 Water Iowa Last Indoor Single- 50 Conservation Modified family for Kids June homes 2000 5 Sponsor Source Study Area of Study Time Indoor Type of Per Period use or Dwelling capita Total daily use? water use Prairie Water'./aspjvnx.con/watedback/voll2nol/c21 at2.htm1 gill Saskatchewan Spring, Indoor Single- SOBS News, Vol. 12, Anderson, 1992 family no. 1 "Water Use homes Trends on the Prairies" Ron Crites and George Tchobanoglous, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater N/A Copyright, Indoor Hi h rise 55 Management Systems, 1999. 1999 Low rise 55 Hotel 40 Newer 70 home Older 50 home Summer 40 cottage Motel 100 w/kitchen Motel w/o 95 kitchen Trailer 40 park United States hero,//www.eoagov/OS 3WDW/wot%Dwmuchhrml How Much N/A Last Indoor Single- 54.5 Environmental Drinking Modified family Protection Water Do We June 2000 homes Agency (EPA), Use in Our Office of Water Homes United States hai-/water.0 Lgvt/autreadt/ttoster3lgrade s wUPage7,html Water N/A Last Indoor Single- 79 Geological Resources Modified family Survey Outreach Mar, 2000 homes Pro �mn University of Home Water Arkansas Data From Indoor Single- 63.75 Arkansas Use 1992 family Mans emerrt homes University of h"p:/Aimmes.een.purdue.edu/cLFilconvermg= Conserving Georgia Data From indoor Single- 50-75 Georgia Waterat 1991 family Home Conserving Maine Data From homes Indoor Single- 45-50 University Of _ ecn u/egilwnvertwg2M Maine Water at 1991 family Home homes or Ordonez, Maryland "Water Conservation In the Home." llnlVeF5lty i btjp'/lcvww.extension.tutm.eduJdistrtbutiot lutbdvelol L Water Use Area of Time Indoor Type of Per Study Period use or Dwelling capita Total daily use? water use Maryland ?? Indoor Single- 50-75 homes 50 of Minnesota and Conservation Modified June 2000 family homes University WIp kermcs.cca Alyson Rhode Data Indoor Single- 50-75 of Rhode McCann and Island From family Island Thomas P. 1991 homes Husband, "Water Conservation In and Around the Home.", 1999. ao — aerr�supPiaea Range of per capita water use for homes = 40-79 PS = Public -supplied ;Converted to indoor use from total use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use In eating Observations on the Effects of Some FaQtors on Water Use Water -conserving toilets were shown to leak more often than non -conserving ones in the "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" study done by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Effects of income level and household size on water use: To determine the effects of income on residential water use, the study "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" by the U.S Department of Housing and Urban Dcvciopmmt compared the average interior water use in gallons per capita -day for each household with the average income range for that household. The scatter plot of this data showed a wide variation of per capita water use within each income range. The average interior water use values for each income bracket were also compared, and showed little or no correlation between income and water use. In this same study, the average interior water use in gped was compared with household size. A wide variation of water usage within each household size was observed. However, the comparison of average interior water use for each group of household sizes did show a decreasing trend in per capita use as the number of people in the arouse increased. LL If outside use were also included in this study, a correlation between income and water use would most likely be observed, due to bigger yard size and pools. In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it was found that Indoor water use correlated best with persons per household and that correlation with assessed value was very low. The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study also showed little or no correlation between assessed value and water use. It is interesting to note, however, that homes with low incomes may not have washing machines or dishwashers, while homes with higher incomes usually do. This could have a great effect on water use. Indoor water use as a function of total water use: Indoor water use is said to be about seventy-five percent of total water use in the document, "Focus on Residential Water Conservation" by the North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service. The book "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems" states that, "If a community has a water system but not a wastewater collection system, the average wastewater flow -rate can be estimated by multiplying the water use by a factor of sixty -eighty percent, depending on the landscaping." This is approximately equivalent to saying that base water use is sixty -eighty percent of total water use. The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study shows a difference between winter and summer water use of sixty-six percent Based on these observations some of the total water use data in the above table was multiplied by a factor of 0.70 to get the indoor water use. The study "Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Cc" states that, "Water used to grow lawns in Denver is forty-two percent of water consumption." This is because Colorado is a very dry state. Times of peak water use: In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it is stated that, "more water is used in the summer, on Sundays, and from 7 a.m.— 9 a.m." On the EPA's website "How Much Drinking Water Do We Use In Our Homes?", it states that The lowest rate of use is from 11.30 p.m. to 5:00 am. There is a sharp rise in use from 5:00 a.m, to noon, with a peak hourly use from 7:00 a.nr- to 8:00 a.m. There is a moderate use from noon to 5:00 p.m., with a lull around 3:00 p.m. There is an increase in use in the evening from 5:00 to 11:00 p.m., with the second minor peak from 6:00 to 8:00 p.m. Metered versus flat rate customers: The study, "Water Saved by Metering", done by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development compares metered customers' water use with that of flat rate customers. Denver is unique because it has both metered and flat rate customers, Since 1957, all new homes have been required to be metered. In spite of this, most customers are flat rate because they pre-existed this policy. Because of this, nearly identical homes in the some area can have different billing systems. To study the effect of metering, one group of twenty-five metered homes and two groups of flat -rate homes (forty-two homes total) were identified, and there water use data collected for a period of three -years. The test groups were selected so those factors such as fire hydrants and downstream water uses were eliminated. Over the three-year period of data collection, water use in metered homes averaged about 453 gallons per day (total, 42% is yard watering), and water use in flat -rate homes averaged about 566 gpd. Thus, metered homes used twenty -percent less water than flat -rate homes, The basic effect of metering is to reduce the amount of water used for irrigation. Therefore, water use would be reduced more in achy area such as Denver than a more humid area. Effect of water pressure on water use: Reducing water pressure can be one means of reducing water use. A decrease in water pressure causes a decrease in water flow related to the square root of pressure drop. Many water use appliances regulate the volume of water they use, eliminating the effect of water pressure. Water pressure does, however, have an effect on water leakage and outdoor water use. The U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development did a study on water pressure entitled, "Effect of Water Pressure on Water Use", in which they studied different pressure zones in Denver, Los Angeles, and Atlanta. They found a difference of about two -three percent in the water use of homes with high compared to low pressure (difference of about 35 psi). Equations Related to Water Use The book, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems", states that the equation for flow from a residence can be given as: Flow, gal/home*day — 40 gal/home*day+ 35 gal/person*day x (number ofpersons/home). The dociunent, "Water Use", given to me by Larry Stephens describes three types of residences, with separate equations for estimating water use. In a Type I residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 800 square feet, or more than two of the following water -use appliances are installed: automatic washer, dishwasher. In a Type I residence the estimated water use is equal to 150 gpd/bedroom, This assumes an occupancy of two people per bedroom, each using 75 gpd. In a Type II residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no more than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type 11 residence is obtained by multiplying 75 times a factor equal to the number of bedrooms plus one. In a Type III residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no more than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type III residence is obtained from the formula: 66+38(nuraber of bedrooms +1). References Anderson, Bill. 2000. Water Use Trends on the Prairies. Prairie Water News Vol. 12, No. 1 (1992) August 2000. <h pVwww.Quan m1}�ix.com/water/back/vol2nol/v2I st2.htm1>. AW WA Research Foundation Webpage. 2000. "Residential End Uses of Water [Project#241 ]" June 2000 <httpt JI Brown and Caldwell. 1984. Residential Water Conservation Projects, Summary Report. USDHUD. University of Georgia. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home. <bttp:/lherrnes.ecn Purdueedu/ceilc9nvedNQ9,6229>. Universityof Maine. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home. < p:Iihennes.een.nuMne.edu/cEi/convertwo7.6453>. Auburn University. August 2000. Conserving Water, Developing Water -Conserving Habits: A Checklist, <http:/(bermes.ecn.purdue•odu/ccgi/convertw.-). 6�6>. Crites, Ran and Tchobanoglous, George, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems", 1999, R. L. Peeks Pump Sales. July 2000, Domestic Wastewater Systems and Pump Talk, -tttp://freehostingLaLwe.bjur�r p.com16eba6488 ftu/p nman webjump(plan hnu>. United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Use of Water in the U. S. in 1990. <hqp' /war: r.usca�ov//watuse/tables/dots .st.bta I>. United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Water Use for Ohio, 1995. <http://oh.water.usgLgov/water usC95huc.htm>. Notch Carolina Cooperative Extension Service. August 2000_ Focus on Residential Water Conservation. <]tttp•//www bae nesu pdulbae%rograms/extension/puhircat/wgwm/he250.htm1. University of Arkansas. August 2000. Home Water Use Management. <]_ttto://hermes.ecn;p3trdue.edu/Cei/convertwg2l541>. Hom, M.A., Craft, P.A., Branton, Lisa. 1988. Estimation of Water Withdrawal and Distribution, Water Use, and Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in Cumberland, Rhode Island. Rhode Island's Governor's Office of Housing, Energy and Intergovernmental Relations. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Water. August 2000. How Much Drinking Water Do We Use in Our Homes. <ltit-Ibmvw.e.eoa.goy/OGWDW/wor/howmucb.html>. Michigan State University Extension. July 2000. How to Conserve Water in Your Home and Yard. <http://bermes.en.purdue.edulcgLkmygrtwg?5373>. Litke and Kauffman. 1988. Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area. Denver Board of Water Commissioners. Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. 1999. Oakland County Water Use/Population Study, 1991, Highland Township Water Use Data,1993, and Jackson County Sanitary Flow Comparison. Missouri Department of Natural Resources Energy Center. August 2000. Residential Energy Efficiency. <httt):/hvww.dnr.state.mo.us/de/residential/watemsage, .hnn>. Schrauben, Daniel and David Beschke. 19,99. Basis of Design Flow Adjustment, Wastewater System Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision. Equinox Inc. June 1999. Polk County, Department of Water Conservation, August 2000. Water Conservation For Kids. �http: www.co.p lk.'a s arirnents/conserv/kids.aso to 1> U of Rhode Istand. August 2000. Water Conservation In and Around the Home. <ht�t ://bermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cei/converlwq'?6425>. University of Maryland. August 2000. Water Conservation In the Home. ttp, emies.een.purdue.edu/ceitconv ?5321>. Unites States Geological Survey. August, 2000. Water Resources Outreach Program Page. <http:Rwater.usas.gov/outreach/ osu telatUade_schooUPage7.html>. Water Usage and Your Onsite Sewage Treatment System. Individual Sewage Treatment System (ISTS), Scott County, MN. July 2000. <h:/Avww.co.scoff.mn.m/EWISTS/septic.htm>. University of Minnesota. August 2000. Water Use and Conservation. <httA://www.eztension.umn.edu/distribution(,youthdevelonmenUcomnonents/0328-05.hsml>. Kennewick Public Works Department. July, 2000. 32 Tips on Water Conser%%tion <httn:Z&rww.ci.kennewick.wa uslpw/watercomltm>. G. Existing Information. Please Note9. This Parcel Has A State Issued Septic Permit Please contact the State of NC directly. if you have -questions regarding the septic system on this Property. �A �FRQ Michael F. Easley, Governor �0 li William G. Ross Jr., Sccretary rNorth Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources p -S Coleen H, Sullins. Director Division of Water Quality December 21, 2007 MR. ANDY SIEGNER III, R.S. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIRECTOR CHATHAm COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH PO Box 130 PInsBORO, NORTH CAROLINA 27312 Subject: Permit No. WQ0031593 highway 751 Subdivision Lot #2 Surface Irrigation System - SFR Chatham County Dear Mr. Siegner: The Aquifer Protection Section has issued a permit approving a non -discharge Single Family Residence wastewater disposal system for Lot 2 at the highway 751 subdivision owned by Village Investment, LLC. Condition I.16 of the permit requires the property on which this wastewater disposal system is to be installed to be subdivided so that Lot 2 is separated from the overall subdivision property prior to the start of construction of the system. A copy of the deed and a plat or survey map of the property is to be submitted to our office, however, we also request that a Construction Authorization Permit NOT be issued by your office until the deed for Lot 2 has been recorded with the appropriate land recording office. If you have any questions regarding this request, please do not hesitate to contact me at duane.leith@ncmail.net or (919) 715-6186. Thank you for your cooperation. Sincerely, �� ffil 311 Duane Leith APS-Animal Unit Cc: Raleigh Regional Office, Aquifer Protection Section David Ferrell, Village Investment, LLC APS Central File WQ0031593 Wa Carolina Xat=14' Aquifer Protection Section 1636 Mail Service Center Raleigh, NC 27699-1636 Telephone: (919) 733-3221 Internet: www.acw&Umuality.org Location: 2728 Capital Boulevard Raleigh, NC 27604 Fax 1: (919) 715-0588 Fax 2: (919) 715-6048 An Equal OpportunitylAffinni" Action Employer— 50%Recycled110% Post Consumer Paper Customer Service: (877) 623-6748 0� WArFR MichaelF. Easley, Governor (�} William G, Ross Jr., Secretary North Carolina Department of Environment and Newel Resources Coleen H. Sullins, Director p Division of Water Quality December 21, 2007 Mr. David Ferrell Village Investment, LLC 1600 Morn isville Carpenter Road Cary, North Carolina 27519 Subject: Permit No. WQ0031593 Highway 751 Subdivision Lot #2 Surface Irrigation Facility Chatham County Dear W. Ferrell: In accordance with your permit application request received April 11, 2007 and additional information received October 12, 2007, and December 5, 2007, we are forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0031593, dated December 21, 2007, to Village Investment, LLC for the construction and operation of the subject single family wastewater treatment'and surface irrigation facilities. This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until November 30, 2012 and shall be subject to the, conditions and limitations as specified therein. Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements in this permit. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting and maintaining the required operational information will result in future compliance problems. Please pay particular attention to permit condition 1.15. which requires that an adequate water supply well be installed prior to the start of construction of the disposal system under this permit. Also, please pay particular attention to permit condition I.16. which requires recording of the deed for this lot prior to the start of construction of the disposal system and submittal of a copy of the deed to the Aquifer Protection Section of the Division of Water Quality prior to the start of construction of the disposal system. An extension shall be requested, by the permittee, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of this permit. Upon receipt of the request the Commission will review the adequacy of the facility described therein and, if warranted, will extend the permit for such period of time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. If any parts, requirements, or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, you have the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within thirty (30) days following receipt of this permit. This request must be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made this permit shall be final and binding. tgtoCarn'na ur'g Aquifer Protection Section 1636 Mail Service Center Raleigh, NC 27699-1636 Telephone: (919) 733-3221 Internet; www.nmeterguality.org Location: 2728 Capital Boulevard Raleigh, NC 27604 Fox 1: (919) 715-0588 Fax2: (919) 715.6049 An Equal OppodunitylAfflrmaWe Action Employer— 50% Recycled110% Post Consumer Paper Customer Service: (877) 623-6749 One set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you. Please contact Duane Leith by email at duane.leith@ncmail.net or by phone at (919) 715-6186 if you need additional information concerning this matter. Sincerely, Coleen H. Sullins cc: Chatham County Health Department Raleigh Regional Office - Aquifer Protection Section Technical Assistance and Certification Unit Gary MacConnell, P.E., MacConnell & Associates, P.C. G. Christopher Murray LSS„ Soil &. Environmental Consultants, PA Andy Siegner. III, RB.S., Environmental Health Director (with letter) APS Central Files (WQ0031593) LAU Files NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES RALEIGH SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE SURFACE IRRIGATION PERAUT In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO Village Investment, LLC Chatham County FOR THE constriction and operation of a 480 gallon per day (GPD) surface irrigation wastewater treatment and disposal system consisting of a 1,500 gallon baffled septic tank with effluent filter, a partially in -ground E-7. Treat 60 square foot by 3 foot deep synthetic media wastewater treatment filter with a 2,400 gallon recirculation tank and 30 GPM recirculation pump, a 4,650 gallon storage/pump tank, a 27 GPM pump with a hibh water alarm light and buzzer, two 10 GPM ultraviolet light disinfection units installed in series, a 17,298 square foot drip irrigation area consisting of 6 zones of 2,160 to 3,645 square feet each with 4 drip lines 141 to 313 feet long on a 3 foot spacing and all associated piping and appurtenances, to serve the Village Investment, LLC residence located at Lot 2 in the Village. Investment Subdivision, Hwy 751, Apex, North Carolina, 27502, with no discharge of wastes to the surface waters, pursuant to the application received,,April 11, 2007, and additional information received October 12, 2007, and December 5, 2007, and in conformity with the project plan, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources and considered a part of this permit. This permit shall be effective from the- date of issuance until November 30, 2012 and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and limitations: I. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 1. Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a certification must be received from a professional engineer certifying that the permitted facility has been installed in accordance with this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting materials. If this project is to be completed in phases and partially certified you shall retain the responsibility to track further construction approved under the same mrmit and shall provide a final certificate of completion once the entire project has been completed. Mail the Certification to the Groundwater Protection Unit, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636, 2. The Raleigh Regional Office,telephone number (919) 791-4200, shall be notified at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of operation of the installed facilities so that an in -place inspection can be made. Such notification to the regional supervisor shall be made during the normal office hours from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State Holidays. 3. The surface irrigation facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so that there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contamination of ground waters, which will render them unsatisfactory for normal use. In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance conditions or fail= of the irrigation area to adequately assimilate the wastewater, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective actions including those actions that may be required by the Division of Water Quality, such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater treatment and disposal facilities. 4. The issuance of this permit shall not relieve the Permittee of the responsibility for damages to surface or ground waters resulting from the operation of this facility. 5. A leakage test shall be performed on the septic tank and storage/pump tank(s) to insure that any exfiltration occurs at a rate, which does not exceed twenty (20) gallons per twenty-four (24) hours per 1,000 gallons of tank capacity. The Engineer's Certification will serve as proof of compliance with this condition. 6. If excavation into bedrock is required for the installation of the septic tank, recirculation tank, pump tank or other components, the excavation shall be lined with a 10-mil synthetic liner. 7. A sanitary tee and filter shall be installed on the effluent pipe of the septic tank. The Engineer's Certification will serve as evidence that these specifications have been met. 8. The residuals generated from these treatment facilities must be disposed in accordance with General Statute 143-215.1 and in a manner approved by the Division. 9. Diversion or bypassing of the untreated wastewater from the treatment facilities is prohibited. 10. The following setbacks shall be maintained: a. 100 feet between the wetted area and any residence or places of public assembly under separate ownership, b. 50 feet between the wetted area and property lines, c. 100 feet between wetted area and wells, d. 100 feet between the wetted area and drainage ways or surface water bodies, e. 50 feet between the wetted area and public right of ways, f. 100 feet between the wetted area and any swimming pool, g. 15 feet between the wetted area and any building foundation or basement, h. 100 feet between the treatmentfstorage units and any wells, with the exception of monitoring wells, and L 50 feet between the treatment units and property lines. 11. The pump tank(s) shall have functional audible and visual high water alarms that are external to any structure. 12. The disposal system shall be connected to a rain or moisture sensor that shall indicate when wastewater application is not appropriate in accordance with Condition H(4). K 13..The existing vegetation on the drip irrigation site shall not be cleared nor disturbed except to the extent necessary to install the dripline. 14. All tank access risers shall extend at lest six (6) inches above finished grade and shall be provided with properly secured covers. 15. The water supply well for the-` site shall be installed and determined to be adequate to meet the requirements of the proposed residence prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. 16. The subdivision of the property on which this wastewater disposal system is to be installed shall be completed and the deed for this lot recorded with the local land recording authority prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. A copy of the deed and a plat or survey map of the property shall be. submitted to the Groundwater Protection Unit of the Aquifer Protection Section, at 1636 Mail Service 'Center, Raleigh, j North Carolina 27699-1636 prior to the start of construction of the wastewater disposal system under this permit. H. OPERATION AND 1VIAIINITENANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. The facilities shall be properly maintained and operated at all times. 2. Upon classification of the wastewater treatment and surface irrigation facilities by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission (WPCSOCC), the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator to be in responsible charge (ORC) and one or more certified operator(s) to be back-up ORC(s) of the facilities in accordance with 15A NCAC 8G .0201. The ORC shall visit the facilities in accordance with 15A NCAC 8G .0204 or as specified in this permit and shall comply with all other conditions specified in these rules. 3. A suitable year round vegetative cover or leaf litter cover shall be maintained over the disposal area. 4. Irrigation shall not be performed during inclement weather or when the ground is in a condition that will cause runoff. 5. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent wastewater runoff from the irrigation field. 6. The application rate shall not exceed a cumulative loading of 18.95 inches over any twelve (12) month period at an instantaneous application rate not to exceed 0.10 inches per hour. ' 7. The facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent the discharge of any wastewater resulting from the operation of this facility. 8. No type of wastevvatpr other than that from the Village Investment, LLC, Lot 2 residence at the Village Investment, LLC subdivision, located on Highway 751 in Apex, North Carolina, zip code 27502, shall be emitted onto the irrigation area. 9. No traffic or equipment shall be allowed on the disposal area except while installation occurs or while normal maintenance is being performed. 10. The irrigation field shall be fenced with at least a two -strand wire fence. 11. Wastewater treatment units open to the atmosphere shall have restricted access and pump control panels shall be locked. 12. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire treatment and disposal system including, but not limited to, the following items: a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned at the same frequency of the septic tank. b. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked every week. The lamp shall be cleaned and/or replaced as necessary to ensure proper disinfection. c. The storage, pump, and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly. Any sludge or scum layer accumulating in the pump/storage tank(s) shall be removed at the same interval as the septic tank is cleaned out. d. The system shall be inspected monthly to make certain of the proper operation of the drip line, that the vegetative growth allows a proper drip pattern, that the 'soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no surface runoff, and that no objectionable odors are being generated. M. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 1. Any monitoring deemed necessary by the Division to insure surface and ground water protection will be established and an acceptable sampling reporting schedule shall be followed. 2. The Permittee shall maintain records of all maintenance performed on the system and irrigation area, as required in Condition ll(12) for a minimum of five years. This information shall be provided to the Division upon request. 3. Noncompliance Notification: The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Raleigh Regional Office, telephone number (919) 791- 4200, as soon as possible; but in no case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following: a. Any process unit failure, due to known or unknown reasons, that renders the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment, such as mechanical or electrical failures of pumps, emitters, etc.; or b. Any failure of a pumping station or treatment facility resulting in a by-pass directly to receiving waters without treatment of all or any portion of the influent to such station or facility. Occurrences outside normal business hours may also be reported to the Division's Emergency Response personnel at telephone number (800) 858-0368 or (919) 733-3300. Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letterform within five (5) days following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report must outline the actions taken or proposed to be taken to ensure that the problem does not recur. IV. INSPECTIONS 1. Adequate inspection, maintenance, and cleaning shall be provided by the Permittee to insure proper operation of the subject facilities. 4 2. Any duly authorized officer, employee, or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect any property, premises or place on or related to the disposal site or facility at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this permit, may inspect or copy any records that must be maintained under the terms and conditions of this permit, and may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate. V. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. This permit shall become void unless the facilities are constructed in accordance with the conditions of this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting data. 2. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the application and other supporting data. 3. This permit is not transferable, In the event there is a desire for the facilities to dhange ownership, or there is a name change of the Permittee, a formal permit request must be submitted to the Division accompanied by documentation from, the parties involved, and other supporting materials as may be appropriate. The approval of this request will be considered on its merits and may or may not be approved, 4.. Upon the availability of a municipal or regional sewerage collection system, the subject wastewater treatment facilities shall be abandoned and all wastewater discharged into the municipal or regional sewerage system. 5. Failure to abide by the conditions and limitations contained in this permit may subject the Permittee to an enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143- 215.6A to 143-215.6C. 6. The issuance of this permit does not preclude the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other government agencies (local, state, s and federal), which have jurisdiction. 7. This permit may be revoked if the Permittee fails to abide by the conditions of the "Operation and Maintenance Agreement" previously signed by the Pemuttee. 8. The Permittee shall retain a set of approved plans, specifications and operation and maintenance manual. of the subject facility for the life of the project. 9. The Permittee shall pay the annual administering and compliance fee within 30 days of being billed by the Division. Failure to pay the fee accordingly may cause the Division to initiate action to revoke this permit as specified by 15A NCAC 2T .0105 (e)(3). 10. The Permittee, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of this permit, shall request its extension. Upon receipt of the request, the Commission will review the adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will extend the Permit for such period of time and under such conditions and limitations, as it may deem appropriate. Perjnit issued this the 21 st day of December, 2007. NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION leen H. Sullins, Director qq Division of Water Quality By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission Permit Number WQ0031593 Permit No. WQ0031593 December 21, 2007 ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION Partial Final I, as a duly registered Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe (periodically, weekly, full time) the construction of the project, Project Name Location and County for the Permittee hereby state that, to the best of my abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the construction such that the construction was observed to be built within substantial compliance and intent. of this permit, the approved plans and specifications, and other supporting materials. Signature Date 7 Registration No. VICINITY MAP OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY Property Owner s): Village Investments Mailing Address: 1600 Morrisville Camenter Road Ca NC 27519 Facility Address: Disposal Method: a SPRAY IRRIGATION One) County: Chatham ✓Q DRIP MR1GATION (Check Permit No. I/We agree to operate and maintain the wastewater treatment system as follows: RECEIVED I DENRI DW4 AQU n sEITKN OCT 1.2 2091 1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire treatment and disposal system including, but not limited to, the following items: a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed. The effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned at the same frequency of the septic tank. b. The sand filter surface shall be raked and leveled every six (6) months and any vegetative growth shall be removed by hand [accessible sand filters only]. c. Check one: El The tablet chlorinator shall be checked every week. Tablets shall be added so as to provide proper chlorination. V The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked every week. The lamp shall be cleaned and/or replaced to.ensure proper disinfection. d. The storage, pump, and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly. The scum layer shall be removed at the same time interval as the septic tank is pumped out. e. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to make certain of proper operation, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no surface runoff, and that no objectionable odors are being generated. Z Failure of the Permittee to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day 3. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface or groundwater regulations will require evacuating the dwelling and may void the permit. I/We understand the abb equ' d agree to these terms as part of the issued permit. M } Siguature(s): Date: 0? *0 4. -040 � 'Sc �9• SFR R Date: Date: �L )I, 1.3/ r) Commission Expiration: Pub& CHATHAN_ COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT Division of Environmental Health March 8, 2007 David Ferrell 1600 Morrisville -Carpenter Rd. Cary, NC 27519 Re: Application for Improvement Permit. Property location: Highway 751 Lot 2 Parcel number: 17760 Dear Mr. Ferrell: The Chatham County Health Department, Environmental Health Division on February 13, 2007, evaluated the above -referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application the site is to serve a 5-bedroom residence, with a design wastewater flow of 600 gallons per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule. 1900 and related rules. Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rules .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a ground absorption sewage system. Therefore, your request for an improvement permit is DENIED. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the following: Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940) X Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941) X Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942) _ X Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943) Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944) Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945) Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950) Other (Rule .1946) These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water or inside your structure. The site evaluation included consideration of, possible site modifications, and modified, innovative or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property. Holly Coleman,R.S. Interim Public Health Director 80 Fast Street, PO Box 130, Pittsboro, NC 27312 Phone: 919-542-8208 ,Pax: 919-592-8288 Page 2 of 2 For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no improvement permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c). However, the site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this rule is enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE. You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an informal review by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources regional soil specialist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local health department. You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Center, Raleigh, N,C. 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of Administrative Hearings or call the office at (919) 733r0926 or from the OAH web site at www.oah,statc,nc.us/fbrmhtm, The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and 1SOB-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 130A-335 (g) provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located. Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER The date of this letter is March 8, 2007. Meeting the 30-day deadline is critical to your right to a formal appeal. Beginning a formal appeal within 30 days will not interfere with any informal review that you might request. Do not wait for the outcome of any informal review if you wish to file a fomnal appeal. If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are required by law (N.C. General Statute 15OB-23) to send a copy of your petition to the North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources. Send the copy to: Office of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, 1601 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699- 160I. Do NOT send the copy of the petition to your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local health department will NOT satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute I5OB-23 that you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, NCDENR. You may call or write the Chatham County Public Health Department at (919) 542-8208 if you need any additional information or assistance. Enclosures Sincerely, sa�t.r� 9'W7r-- Thomas 1, Itoyce R.S., L.S.S. Soil Scientist Holly Coleman,R.S. Interim Public Health Director 80 East Street, PO Box 130, Pittsboro, NC 27312 Phone: 919-542-8208 Fax: 919-342-8188 .i*tftitit+40i4tftftfttttl+t � �++f*1it+tl�tlffii*t*f -l�Itlf!!4f!lttt!► t��ftta 1" = 10Q' 100 0 100 200 PiKLMO M SCALE BI1EETiRLP: 1014M T.1w LOT 2s"PIRR FROJEGTM00. FIELDWORK CM CKRP PRD.R0701lWS: ORAWN BY Low 701 Tro CHAR MODIACY, NOMMO MA mQftA10140.S41SftPkmM 9drq FALL MM .. .`.' .. ....... :rRra ............. . ...... ........ ...:..:..::..:::::. .;.:.:. . RM= VED DEL n 8 Z006 CHATHAM COUNTY FH V"smd8 = [ l-MIM ■ TIM' MAIN LLVM FLOOK t, A Custom f-Im For The Jwkwn FUsIdence 4z= SUDARD �PLAN --------- 71I 1---------------•-- } 1 f � illlllllllll� -� la °! i�° ?;ii�'-3 0� 3•x .dies?1 •' dRi 'x���3 a- �' $P 5a� s �y Y Ej +3�2Ob R �9 � 9aaaos� e nER WE UPPER FLOOR FAN LA Custom Flat For The Jackson Resldence _ - prth uren6ecg `% �,n. 8iANDAIIDPLAN •°`""`°„"`�""" "'°' "` ® ° �rx�Rr °! i�° ?;ii�'-3 0� 3•x .dies?1 •' dRi 'x���3 a- �' $P 5a� s �y Y Ej +3�2Ob R �9 � 9aaaos� e nER WE UPPER FLOOR FAN LA Custom Flat For The Jackson Resldence _ - prth uren6ecg `% �,n. 8iANDAIIDPLAN •°`""`°„"`�""" "'°' "` ® ° �rx�Rr ♦M.uv A i aruu- Not To Scale SETBACKS: (PR 2008 PG 290) FRONT — 40' SIDE — 25' CORNER SIDE — 40' REAR — 25' �N t N/F APEX NURSURIES, INC. D.B. 466, PG. 477 IMPERVIOUS SURFACE AREA DESCRIPTION AREA HOUSE w/ PORCHES 5.594 S.F. GARAGE 814 S.F. DRIVEWAY & WALKS 2,281 S.F. TOTAL (PROPOSED)= 8,689 S.F. LOT AREA= 144,457 S.F. TOTAL (PROPOSED)— 6.07. TOTAL (ALLOWED) =1 6.5% TOTAL (ALLOWED) 9,390 S.F. 1a, 9 RTER ��i'1'fi3.3� SO 14.0d PATIOa ,ws N CaVERm 15.1 N, myp ,1.r POPC11 1 =7 17.0 /r 1 11 SEPTIC ; 1 9.0 „ JA4—CAR o ) i AREA It , P , s.o 's PER PLAN / p3B1.e 1 N o ;, o W 9 11 � o u� 1 o zz.3 I I 147S.F. 74 3.32AC /5D' WELL 105.4 \ EA5EMEN I � EASEM NTC DRAINAGE \ 1 12.0 Cl LEXINGTON DRIVE 60' PUBLIC R/W LINE BEARING I DISTANCE L7 N41'19'14'W 10.08 CURVE RADIUS ARC LENGTHI CH LENGTH I CH BEARING THIS DRAWING DOES NOT C1 �425.155-1381.98' 1 36&95 S672231 E REFLECT AS —BUILT INFORMATION THIS PROPERTY MAY BE SUBJECT TO ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE DEED RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS, RIGHT—OF—WAY, UTILITIES AND PRJUMNARY PLAT RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS WHICH MAY BE OF RECORD OR IMPLIED NOr FOR RBOORDAT11W, M4VHY"= OR $gp& 100 D 100 HOUSE WICAnON PLAT PLAN FOR SCALE: 1' = 100' LEXINGTON DRIVE LOT 2. LEXINGTON SUBDIVISION New Hope Township, Chatham County, North Carolina lM S AMM, PLLC. PROPERTY OF: HEARTHSTONE LUXURY HOMES LLC. 1917 Evans Rood PLAT BOOK 2008� PAGE 290 DEED REFERENCE Cary, North Carolina 27513 Phone (919) 378-9316 Firm License 4 P-0873 DRAWN BY: AP DATE: JULY 1, 2019 Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECENED�NGD�jDWR NonAischa�g �rrnq�t�n9 Ur Operation and Maintenance Procedures Macc, "fiftW -f r --j'Z v� L ,� ?pIr- MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 Operation and Maintenance Procedures shall be as contained in the following Approvals: Innovative Wastewater System No.: IWWS-2015-03-R2 Operation and Maintenance Plan System Background The wastewater treatment and disposal system is designed to treat the generated domestic wastewater from a resident dwelling. The system will consist of one (1) septic tank with effluent filter, one (1) Model 600 E-Z Treat recirculating media filter (treatment unit), one (1) E-Z Treat recirculation tank, one (1) field dosing / storage tank, an ultraviolet disinfection unit, initial and repair irrigation fields with sufficient drip lines, and all the necessary appurtenances. The septic tank will receive the wastewater by gravity flow as it leaves the home. Once the wastewater fills the septic tank, it will exit the septic tank by gravity through an effluent filter. The wastewater then enters the E-Z Treat recirculation tank where it is pumped through the E-Z Treat treatment unit. The E-Z Treat treatment unit removes additional BOD that were not removed in the septic tank and effluent filter. The wastewater then flows by gravity into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank or is diverted to the field dosing/storage tank by means of an effluent bypass valve. Wastewater flowing into the field dosing/storage tank is treated by an ultraviolet disinfection unit prior to entering the tank. Each of these treatment units are described in additional detail below. Se tic E-Z Treat Recirculation and Field Dosing / Storage Tanks: The proposed wastewater treatment system will provide both anaerobic treatment for BOD, nutrient and solids removal in the septic tank. This tank will be provided as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal by Engineer. The tank shall be previously approved by the On -Site Water Protection Section. This tank shall provide greater than 2 days of detention time providing for adequate anaerobic treatment and solids removal from the wastewater. The septic tank will contain a Polylok, Simtech, or approved equal effluent filter to prevent solids from reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank. The E-Z Treat recirculation tank will be provided as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal by Engineer. Septic tank effluent will drain into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank. Wastewater will be pumped from the E-Z recirculation tank onto the E-Z Treat treatment unit, and the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent will flow by gravity into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank or the field dosing / storage tank. The field dosing/storage tank shall be provided as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal by Engineer. The effluent from the field dosing / storage tank will be pumped to the drip irrigation fields. The E-Z Treat recirculation and field storage/dosing tanks will be connected to audible and visible high water alarms. These alarms will alert the operator when too much wastewater has accumulated in the tanks so that he may turn on the pumps to empty the tank. If the property, otherwise specified on the construction drawings, is served by a well system, water will not be used during a power failure. A standby generator shall be provided if stated in the permit statements. Pumps: There are two pumps within the wastewater treatment system. One(1) E-Z Treat treatment unit recirculation pump will be a Sta-Rite'/2 hp pump (Catalog Number STEP 30). One(1) drip field dosing pump will be provided as specified on the construction drawings, or equivalent as approved Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 by the engineer. Both pumps will be connected to control panels. Pump efficiency shall be monitored by recording the amperage supplied to the pump. A sudden decrease in efficiency will indicate that the pump must be replaced. Pump replacement can be accomplished by disconnecting pumps from the power supply and unscrewing them from the attached piping. E-Z Treat Treatment Unit: The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide additional treatment to the septic tank effluent as well as removing suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The treatment unit will be housed in the container provided by E-Z Treat. The E-Z Treat treatment unit will be dosed by a Sta-Rite pump (Catalog Number STEP 30, 1/2hp) with a distribution system placed above the styrene media which will discharge onto the media. The underdrain system will transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent back into the recirculation or field dosing / storage tank. Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit: The ultraviolet disinfection unit will be used to treat the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent before it reaches the field dosing / storage tank. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be E-Z Treat ( Model E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer. Rain Sensor: A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that will receive precipitation (i.e. that is not covered by trees). The sensor will only be used for the drip irrigation pump to cease operations during wet conditions. The field dosing / storage tank will store the treated wastewater for more than five days; however, it may be necessary to override the control system following large precipitation events if the tank is above capacity. During wet conditions, the sensor will send a signal to the pump controls to inactivate the pump. If it becomes necessary to release wastewater from the tank, the Mini-Clik may be turned off and the pump switched on manually. Drip Irrigation System: The drip irrigation fields will be dosed by the field dosing pump. The drip field zoning criteria and drip lines shall follow as specified on the construction drawings. All zones shall operate independently. Each emitter shall be capable of delivering 0.53 gph. Crop Maintenance and Management - The drip area should remain as original condition and be planted with a fescue, rye, or Bermuda grass as needed in compacted areas. The wastewater applied to the trees or grass (if needed) will provide ample moisture and nutrients to promote plant growth. All dead trees if applicable, newly grown vegetation and newly grown trees less than 1 inch shall be removed yearly. System Operation The wastewater treatment system is designed to dose the E-Z Treat treatment unit every 14 minutes to 20 minutes with 34 gallons of septic tank effluent. If less than 34 gallons of wastewater is available, the low level signal will inactivate the pump. The control panel will activate the field Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 dosing pump and associated control valve to dose the drip field. Flow to the drip field is designed for a maximum dose as shown on the construction drawings. The volume dosed is controlled by the "run time" set on the dose run/rest interval timer for each zone. The pump will de -energize if the low water level "pump off' float is activated. The flow meter installed in the hydraulic unit will track the volume of wastewater irrigated. If the high water level "alarm" float switch is activated, the system will energize the audible and flashing alarm fixtures. Once energized, the flashing and audible alarm units may only reset manually. If the alarm light begins flashing after being reset, it means that either there is a clog in the system or the pump has failed. This may be corrected by simply pressing the reset button. If this doesn't energize the pump, the wet well will have to be opened and the pump removed to check for deficiencies or an object that may be clogging the system. If there are no obvious flaws on the pump itself and no objects inside the pump tank, restore the pump and try resetting it again. If the pump still does not work, contact the pump manufacturer. Both the E-Z Treat treatment unit and drip irrigation pump controls shall include, but not be limited to an "auto/manual" system control switch, stop/start switch, non-resetable elapsed time recorder for each pump, and individual pump run lights. Both pump control panels shall contain NEMA 4X enclosures. All supporting control units, if not housed within the pump control panels, shall be in a separate NEMA 4X enclosure. No heavy traffic shall be driven over the treatment units or drip fields at any time. This access is restricted in order to protect the health and safety of people. It is important that the drip area in non -wooded or compacted areas be seeded with grasses or trees to establish vegetation. The vegetation will absorb any nutrients remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated wastewater will promote the growth of the vegetation. The vegetation will absorb any nutrients remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated wastewater will promote the growth of the vegetation. The vegetation will need to be maintained so that it does not interfere .with the performance of the drip irrigation system. System Maintenance To ensure a smooth operating system, regular maintenance shall be performed on each treatment unit. The maintenance for each unit is detailed on the plans and is displayed in the following table. Further system maintenance information shall refer to the manufacturer's literatures. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 Oueration and Maintenance Tasks Unit Frequency Task 3 — 6 months Check for solids accumulation, blockages, or baffle Septic Tank: damage damages, in/exfiltration, pump septage. Septic Tank: solids and 12 months Pump out accumulated solids if necessary, remove scum scum layer. Effluent Filter: Testing 3 — 6 months Check and clean as needed. Effluent Filter: 12 months Replace each time septic tank is pumped. Replacement E-Z Treat Treatment monthly Inspect control/alarm panel, recirculation tank, and E-Z Treat Unit treatment unit (filter pod). weekly Wipe (clean) UV lamp, check intensity and replace lamp Ultraviolet Disinfection when required. Pump Tanks: weekly Check pumps, controls, alarms, elapsed time meters. Pumps and Controls Pump Tanks: 3 — 6 months Check for solids accumulation, or infiltration and Solids and Potential exfiltration. Leaks Pump Tanks: 12 months Remove scum layer when septic tank is pumped. Scum Accumulation 2 — 4 weeks Weed Eat vegetative cover to a minimum height of 4 inches Drip Field: if applicable to ensure vegetation does not interfere with the Vegetation system operation. Drip System: 3 — 6 months Check for leaks in force mains, odors, ponding, and erosion Piping and Distribution to ensure runoff does not occur in drip area. Equipment Pumps, Distribution monthly Check flow meter readout and compare to recorded flows, Piping, and Alarm check pumps for leaks. System Pumps, Distribution quarterly Remove filter covers and inspect for accumulation of debris. Piping, and Alarm System Pumps, Distribution semiannually Remove and lubricate O-Rings on filter canister, replace if Piping, and Alarm damaged. Clean filter discs at hydraulic tubing feed. System annually Remove filter disc cartridge and replace, clean cartridge and store for next annual replacement. Dig along side dripper Pumps, Distribution line and remove small section with emitter, repair with Piping, and Alarm "RAM" couplings and new tubing, inspect removed tubing System for excess slime or buildup. Flush dripper lines with chemical solution as needed. Check and or replace batteries in flow meter. Control Panel and 6-12 Check amp readout and compare to manufacturers Pump Efficiency months instructions. *Tanks should not be pumped during wet conditions. Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Surface Drip Irrigation Redesign MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: A61909.00 E-Z TREAT Re-Circulating Synthetic Filter Operation and Maintenance Manual NSF, i Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I to one or more ofthe following standards: NSF/ANSI 40 NSF/ANSI245 NSF/ANSI 350 ©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 1� u TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 General Instructions 2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements 2.1 Septic Tank 2.2 Re -Circulation Tank 2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms 2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter 2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media 2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress 3.0 Attentior, System Owner and Users 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 n 2.0 General instructioni� E-Z Treat Company requires regular life time inspection and lifetime maintenance of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, as a condition of purchase and ongoing operational compliance. The inspection and maintenance interval should be no less than annually. For NSF listed systems or per applicable state regulatory requirements, the inspection and service interval shall be a minimum of every 6 months for the first two years and at a frequency per state regulations there- after. The mandatory service contract will include a performance based system inspection. The service provider must be trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company or authorized representative. All inspection and maintenance reports must be forwarded, along with any additional documentation, to E-Z Treat Company, the local authorized E-Z Treat Dealer, and all required or designated regulatory agencies. This manual contains a list of the routine maintenance procedures that are required by E-Z Treat Company. Failure to perform the required system maintenance could reduce the desired performance of the system and will void the warranty on the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system. The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system should be inspected by an authorized service provider at start-up and for all inspections thereafter, E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Pods Model 600 Model 1200 Pods can be configured in multiples for higher flow systems. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat r1 2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements 2.1 Septic Tank The septic and re -circulation tank shall be inspected annually to ensure they are oper- ating properly. Remove the access covers over the tank openings to perform the inspection. 1. Verify the lid and riser assemblies are watertight. Check for any damaged, water weeping marks, holes or cracks. The system must remain watertight to perform properly. 2. Remove, clean and replace the outlet effluent filter in accordance with the instructions provided by the effluent filter manufacturer. 3. Inspect the liquid level in the septic tank, it should be level with the bottom of the outlet pipe. 4. Inspect the effluent and scum layers in the septic tank. Look for oil or any other contaminants that are not normal. 5. Verify the tank has received its scheduled pumping and cleaning. Check the solids layer in each of the tanks. If the solids layer is excessive have the tank pumped. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 2.2 Re -Circulation Tank The re -circulation tank shall be inspected annually to ensure it is operating properly. Remove the access covers over the tank openings to perform the inspection. Verify that the lid and riser assemblies are watertight. Check for any damaged, water weeping marks, holes or cracks, the system must remain watertight to perform properly. 1. Inspect the liquid level in the re -circulation tank, it should be level with the bottom of the outlet pipe. 2. At initial system start-up, remove the end caps from the spray manifold. Operate the re -circulation pump by turning the pump control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let the pump run for one minute then turn the pump control to the "OFF" position repeat this procedure three times to flush any construction debris such as dirt or pipe shavings from the spray manifold. Replace the end caps hand tight —do not use wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con- trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position. 3. Inspect the float by-pass valve. Manually start the re -circulation pump and observe the float ball valve, the ball should drop as the liquid in the re -circulation tank drops the effluent returning from the E-Z Treat pod should flow back into the re -circulation tank and should not flow out the discharge pipe. 4. Verify that all the re -circulation pump floats are in good condition, properly secured to the float bracket and are able to move freely within the re -circulation tank. S. Observe the system as it re -circulates. Visually verify all flows through the system. 02017 E-Z Treat CU FM !40! (D et 0 N 3 a 3 0) 5* r+ fD d 3 n ro 3 C 2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms 1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel. Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch Function: Turns power ON or OFF Control: System Setting Switch "MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON" Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float switches and time clock switches "AUTO ON" allows for normal operations dictated by the time clock and float switches. Control. Timer "MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF" Function: Controls run time of re -circulation pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media. Control: High and Low Water Alarm "ALARM ON", "ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE" Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on the audio/visual alarms. "ALARM AUTO" is the normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE" turns off the alarms. Check re -circulation pump. Place the system in the manual mode by turning the recircula- tion pump switch to "ON". The re -circulation pump should begin to supply effluent to the spray nozzles in the treatment pod. 2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw and record the readings. If the readings are beyond the limits of the NEC recom- mendations, have an electrician check the main service line feeding the system control panel. Light will burn Green to indicate re -circulation Pump is OFF. — - Light will burn RED to -- -- - +♦ indicate re -circulation Pump is ON. Rotate dial to desired minutes ON. - Clock face screw will change the clock face from a maximum time of 1.5 units to a maximum of 30 units. Always set the dock face to 30. _1.� - e%rhn#%n t `ir'I~1 Rotate dial to desired minutes OFF. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 3. Place the system in the normal operating mode by turning the re -circulation pump switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer ON/OFF settings are the same as set at system start-up. Record those timer settings in the system log. 4. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF Timer. To accomplish this use a stop watch and verify the length of time the re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the time the re -circulation pump is ON, those times should match the ON/OFF Timer settings in the control panel. Window will display OFF "Sec", "Min" or'Hir. Rotate OFF screw until "Min" appears in window. �i OFF screw displays seconds, minutes or hours. Window will display ON "Sec", "Min" or "Hrr. Rotate ON screw until "Min" appears in window. tON screw displays seconds, minutes or hours. 02017 E-Z Treat 13 M ty O� 3 d 3 CL 3 s_y rt M 7 !v n M 3 G? C ly 5. Confirm the operation of the visual and audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms. The control has an alarm switch clearly marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and Alarm "SILENCE" Place the alarm switch in the "ON" position, you will hear a loud buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE" position the red light and buzzer will go dormant. 6.Once the alarms have been triggered return all settings to their original position of Alarm "AUTO" (If applicable, verify the operation of the telemetry unit by checking the alarm notations on the website.) 2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter 7. Verify the floats are operational by manually raising and lowering the floats to simulate the systems normal operation. Verify proper operation of "High Level Float" by lifting the float while the system T is in the "OFF" time mode, the re -circulation pump should turn on over riding the "OFF" timer, the Visual and Audible alarms should activate. Return the float to its normal position the re -circulation pump will turn off. Reset the alarms and manually lower the "Low Water Float" with the timer in the "ON' mode, the re -circulation pump will turn off and the visual/audible alarms will activate. Return the float to the normal position and the re -circulation pump will run. Reset the alarms. 8. Properly re -install and secure all tank accesses! The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter should be inspected to ensure it is operating properly. Remove the pod cover to perform this inspection. Each E-Z Treat system should be installed with a sample box located on the final discharge side of the treatment system, this sample box is ideal for grab samples. If the installer failed to install a sample box grab samples can be taken from the pump discharge tank. Many state regulations include instructions for taking grab samples those rules and procedures supersede E-Z Treat. 1. Take a grab sample of the effluent check for: a. Odor, the effluent may have an earthy or musty smell there should be no strong or offensive odors present. b. Color, the effluent should be clear and absent of any color. c. Solids, there should be no visible suspended solids d. Solids, let sample set for 15 minutes, there should be no visible settling of solids. e. Test the pH, it should measure 6.9 to 7.5 If there is odor, color or solids clean the media. If the pH is below 6.9 reduce the re -circulation rate by increasing to "OFF" time on the Time Clock Control. Recheck the pH in 90 days. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 2.Observe the spray distribution nozzles during operation. If a nozzle appears to be clogged or if the spray pattern is not uniform, remove the nozzle and clean the nozzle using a pipe stem cleaning brush. 3. Record the pressure reading on the dis- tribution manifold gauge. Compare that pressure to the pressure recorded at the previous inspection. The pressure should read 18 to 25 PSI. a. Verify the pressure gauge on the spray distribution manifold is performing properly. b_ Verify the flow rate at the spray nozzles (it should be 1.75 to 2 GPM). c. Verify the re -circulation pump is the same make and model pump that was specified for the original installation. ©2017 E-Z Treat 13 Q3 O� !lv 7 la 3 al' rt M d n M 3 a C d. Verify the re -circulation pump is per- forming in accordance to the pump manufacturers' specifications including amp draw and flows at specific pressures. e. If the pressure is above the prior record- ing or above the start up setting, open the ends of the distribution manifold lines, manually start the re -circulation pump and allow it to run for 5 minutes. This should flush out the spray distribution lines. If the pressure remains too high, after cleaning the spray nozzles and flushing the spray distribution lines, adjust the pressure to the desired PSI using the ball valve on the main spray distribution supply line. 4. Verify the treatment pod is properly draining by looking down the pod side wall vents, there should be no standing water, the bottom of the pod should be visible. 5. Visually inspect the surface of the treatment media for: a. Holes, tears, loose seams b. Foreign material c. Black color on media (media should have light brown tint) d. Excessive bio mat growth e. Ponding f. Clumping of the media. f. If the pressure/flow is too low check for cracks, breaks or obstructions in the Note: If any of these conditions exist the main distribution supply line. media needs to be cleaned. 2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media Depending upon influent strength and influent volumes, excessive biological growth can accumulate inside and on the surface of the media filter after 7 to 10 years of use. Cleaning of the media is a very simple and easy 10-step process: Step 2: Turn off power to any discharge pump. Step 2: Remove the treatment pod cover and remove the spray distribution manifold. Step 3: Connect wash down hose to the main spray distribution supply line. Step 4: Manually turn on the re -circulation pump. Step 5: Pressure wash the surface of the media mattress, the wash water will drain into the re -circulation tank and will be re -used as wash water. Step 6: Roll the media mattress and wash the sides and bottom of the media mattress. Step 7: After the media is completely cleaned properly place the media mattress in the treatment pod. Step 8: Re -Install the spray distribution manifold. Step 9: Pump out and clean the re -circulation tank removing all the wash down water. Pump out the septic tank. Step 20: Turn on power to discharge system and return the treatment system from "Manual" mode to "Automatic" mode. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress If the filter media is exposed to excessive concentrations of petroleum products, paints, glues, waxes etc. it will become necessary to replace the media. The replacement process it is a very fast and simple. Removing the media mattress should be performed by service agents that are trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company. Step 1: Turn off power to re -circulation pump, discharge pump and controls. Step 2: Pump the septic tank and re -circulation tank to assure continued service by residence during the replacement. Step 3: Remove the spray distribution manifold_ Step 4: Lift the media mattress out of the filter pod. Step 5: Place the mattress into the fiberglass transport container provided by E-Z Treat Company. The container is easily hauled in a pickup truck or on a light duty trailer. Step 6: Install new filter media and replace distribution manifold. Step 7: Reset all system control settings to "AUTO" and turn the main power switch to the "ON" position. Once the mattress is returned to E-Z Treat Company, the styrene material will be sent to the nearest recycling facility for processing. Alternatively, the service provider can transport the mattress to the nearest styrene recycling facility for processing. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 3.0 Attention System Owner and Users CAUTION Do Not open or enter any system components for any reason. If a problem exists or you have questions about your system, call your authorized service provider. ■ Once the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system is installed, a post -construction conference is recommended. This is an opportunity to familiarize the owner with the system. No attempt should be made to adjust any component of this system except by a Certified Operator. O 'a The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system allows the homeowner to receive a high quality, reliable and economical wastewater system that protects the environment. As 0? with any onsite wastewater treatment system, the homeowner should be familiar with basic guidelines which help the system achieve repetitive, reliable performance. Please do not O hesitate to contact your certified operator or E-Z Treat Company with any questions, concerns or comments about your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system. !y QUsers of the System —Remember! To assure proper performance of your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, you should avoid disposing of the following products into your septic tank: Oil & Grease (kitchen waste) r-t (D Water Softener backwash =1 a Wax & resins IN :3 . Petroleum Products 17 a Paint & Paint Solvents N ■ Pesticides 3 . Condoms & sanitary napkins fu ■ Toxic substances (Liquid Plumber, Drano, etc.) C ■ Non -Biodegradable products (cigarette butts, antibacterial wipes, etc.) W • Any kind of septic tank additive (Rid-X, etc.) Owners of the System —Remember! Keep heavy loads and traffic off of your onsite system components and drainfield. Never drive cars or trucks within 10 feet of any system access lids. K Landscaping or future building projects should be planned with the drainfield and drainfield repair area in mind. Do not shovel or blow snow on top of your onsite wastewater system. This will temporarily limit access to your system and could overload and damage the system. a Make sure drainage from the house or around the property is carried away from your onsite system. DO NOT OPEN OR ENTER ANY OF THE TREATMENT SYSTEM TANKS. SEPTIC GASSES CAN BE TOXIC, CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat E-Z►'rr T PO Box 176 Haymarket, Virginia 20168 T 703.753.4770 F 571.248.8837 extreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 E-Z Treat Company, Inc. Residential Applications 2-Year Limited Warranty PO Box 176 Haymarket, Virginia 20168 1. Preamble E-Z Treat Company (herein referred to as "E-Z Treat) is known for researching, designing, and producing innovative products of high quality for the onsite wastewater industry. We are proud to stand behind our E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter. For the purpose of this warranty, "Service Provider" means the legal Certified Operator of the system. This Service Provider shall be currently listed on State and Local records as meeting any applicable requirements required by law and/or Rule. Also, for purposes of this document, "Installer" means the person or company that has installed the system, and "Owner" means the person that has purchased the system or purchased the property serviced by the system. 2. Nature of Warranty E-Z Treat warrants to the Owner that the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter will function within prescribed limits for a period of two years from the date of purchase. E-Z Treat also warrants certian components of the system against materials, workmanship and manufacturing defects for a period of two (2) years from the date of installation. This warranty is in addition to the legal warranties and Owner's rights in accordance to applicable law. The conventional warranty of E-Z Treat is expressly limited to the text in this certificate. Owner is responsible for reasonable care and communication with the Certified Operator. 3. Obtaining Warranty Service To make a claim on this warranty, the Owner should put the request in writing and mail or deliver to an authorized E-Z Treat Certified Operator. The claim will be processed and sent to E-Z Treat headquarters. Any claim must be received no later than two year from the date of purchase of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter. On receipt of this claim, E-Z Treat or their authorized representative will examine the situation at the site and take corrective action where the terms of the warranty apply. 4. Exclusions and Limitations E-Z Treat Company Warranty only extends to replacement parts the labor for installing those parts is not part of this warranty. Any electrical device or electrical component is excluded from this warranty including replacement parts and labor. 33 E-Z Treat is not liable for the dispersal portion of the onsite wastewater system. This portion of the system is evaluated, designed and constructed in accordance with local regulations and is wholly separate from the performance of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter. The following conditions are also excluded from the E-Z Treat warranty: • This warranty does not cover cosmetic damage or damage due to acts of Nature, misuse, abuse, modification, incorrect design or incorrect installation. • The warranty is void if any modifications or repairs are made to the system by anyone other than an E-Z Treat approved agent. • Failure of the Owner to comply with the requirements set forth in the Owner's Manual. • The warranty is void if any system components are repaired or replaced by parts not supplied or approved by E-Z Treat. • This warranty is not applicable to systems not receiving domestic, residential sewage. • The warranty is void if it is found that the Owner has failed to notify E-Z Treat of any change in the use of the property from its original design. 5. Indemnities and Damages E-Z Treat's liability and obligations under this warranty for corrective measures or means of correction shall be limited to the replacement of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter Components. 6. Limitations of Damages E-Z Treat is not liable for any damages sustained by the Owner. E-Z Treat's compensation and indemnification obligations are limited to the provisions of this warranty 7. Transfer of Ownership In the event of transfer of ownership within two years of use, this warranty shall transfer to the new Owner for the remainder of the period under the following conditions: a. The New Owner has a Certified Operator under contract. b. An Inspection of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media shall be conducted prior to transfer. Upon a satisfactory inspection, the Owner shall obtain a written report from the Certified Operator 8. Inspection The Owner shall allow the Certified Operator access to the property and system components for purposes of necessary monitoring and service. If the Owner submits a request of claim under this warranty and it is found to be in error after inspection, a charge for direct expenses will be billed to the customer to cover the cost of the inspection. 9. Priorities of the Warranty This warranty supersedes any contract or understanding, verbal or written, entered into between the Owner, Certified Operator, Installer, or Representative of E-Z Treat. 34 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE It is recommended that the system receive routine maintenance, at least annually Please check your State and local regulations for required frequency of inspection. ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE 1) Remove the filter and clean, or install a clean filter element. 2) Open the field flush valve and flush the field for 5-10 minutes by activating the pump in "manual" position. Close the flush valve (on systems with manual flush valves, close the field flush valve until design field pressure is reached). 3) With the pump in the "manual" position, check the pressure in the drip field by using a pressure gauge on the Schrader valve (located on the air vents), and by reading the pressure gauge located in the Headworks box. The pressure should be close to the same as shown on the initial installation records. 4) Remove the lids on the vacuum breaker and check for proper operation. If water is seen leaking from the top of the vacuum breaker, remove the cap of the vacuum breaker and check for debris. 5) Turn off the pump. 6) Periodically remove and clean the air vents, field flush and filter flush valves_ 7) Visually check and report the condition of the drip field, including any noticeable wetness/variations. 8) Treatment and distribution tanks are to be inspected routinely and maintained when necessary in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations/State regulations. 9) Record the date of inspection as well as readings from elapsed time meter, pump counter, peak counter, high-level counter, power fail counter and any other logs provided in system controls. Double check the settings of the control panel to be sure no one has tampered with them since the last inspection. 10) Reset the controller(s) for automatic operation before leaving. December 2008 Page 18 HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD A drip system has been installed on your property for the dispersal of the effluent from your home. The drip dispersal system consists of a series of 1/z" diameter drip tubing. It is designed to effectively disperse of the treated effluent using a combination of soil absorption and plant uptake. Your drip dispersal system will function for many years with only minimal maintenance being required, provided the following recommendations are followed: ❑ Establish landscaping immediately over subsurface system. This will stabilize the soil and allow for the grass to take up the water. ❑ Do not discharge sump pumps, footing drains or other sources of water to the system, except for the effluent discharge from your treatment system. ❑ Maintain all plumbing fixtures to prevent excess water from entering the dispersal system. ❑ Do not drive cars, trucks or other heavy equipment over the drip dispersal field. This can damage the drip components or the soil and cause the system to malfunction. ❑ Do not drive tent stakes, golf putting holes, croquet hoops, etc. into the dispersal field. ❑ Contact your service company if your alarm should sound. The pump chamber is sized to allow additional storage after the alarm sounds but you should refrain from excessive water usage (i.e., laundry) until the system has been checked. Contact your service company if you notice any areas of excessive wetness in the field. There may be some initial wetness over the driplines following the initial installation. This should stop once the ground has settled and a vegetative cover is established December 200E Page 19 E-Z���,PT Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter UV Installation and Maintenance Guide Note: Maintenance Only Installation is in Equipment Section t NSF, Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I to one or more of the following standards: NSFJANSI 40 NSHANSI 245 NSF/ANSI350 02017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 IN PR R TABLE OF CONTENTS ir��:�i�i.i��i�+r�:i�an utizsur-_iva■ 2.0 UV Light System Maintenance Appendix in &-Z-Tfeat{ C C LU N 4� Q C a fD 2.0 UV Light System Maintenance The UV lamps quartz tubes (housing the lamps) must be cleaned at a minimum frequency of every 12 months. Caution: Do not run UV lamps dry. Caution: Always turnoff the power to the UV system Fill UV housing with water/effluent before any maintenance is performed. Use extreme before turning on power. care when handling the fragile UV lamp assembly. Step 1: Turn power "OFF" to the UV system! Step 2: Unscrew the fitting holding the UV lamp and quartz sleeve. Step 3: Lift the UV lamp assembly upward until it is clear of the housing. Step 4: Using a clean, damp sponge or clean, soft cloth, wipe all residue from the quartz tube. Clean stubborn, dirty areas with a liquid glass cleaning product. Caution: DO NOT scrape or use scouring pads. This may scratch the quartz tube and alter the performance of the UV system. Step 5: Visually inspect each quartz tube for cracks or breaks; replace any UV lamp assembly that is cracked, scratched, or broken. Step 6: Re-insert the UV lamp assembly into the housing and tighten the fitting that holds the UV lamp and quartz sleeve. Caution: (Hand -Tighten Only) DO NOT use wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten. Step 7: Turn power "ON" to the UV system. Call. 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat E Z �-rRF.AT PO Box 176 Haymarket, Virginia 20168 T 703.753.4770 F 571.Z48.8837 eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 Hearthstone Luxury Domes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR NOV 12 1019 Non-Disch fg O permitting Un equipment 1"!e"Wil SEAL 17069 = Z y �.NG1N..�P���� MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM APPROVAL INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM NO: IWWS 2015-03-R2 Issued To: E-Z Treat Company PO Box 176 Haymarket, VA 20168 703-408-2911; Fax: 703-753-5043 Contact: Carl Perry, President Michael Stidham, Vice President For: E-Z Treat Model 600 Pretreatment Systems Approval Date: April 24, 2015 June 15, 2015 Tank Size and Sampling Revisions January 6, 2017 Addition of Single Bulb UV Unit In accordance with General Statute 130A-343, 15A NCAC 18A .1969 and .1970, a proposal by E-Z Treat Company for an approval of subsurface wastewater systems utilizing the E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems has been reviewed, and found to meet the standards of an innovative system when all of the following conditions are met: 1. General A. Scope of this Innovative Approval 1. Design, installation, use, and operation and maintenance guidelines for E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems to meet TS-I and TS-II effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970. Refer to Rule .1970(a) Table VIII —Effluent Quality Standards for Advanced Pretreatment Systems for treatment performance levels. 2. Operation, maintenance and monitoring requirements for E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated subsurface systems to ensure the treatment performance standards are met. B. This Innovative System Approval is applicable to domestic strength sewage systems (non -industrial wastewater) utilizing E-Z Treat Pretreatment Systems that have a design flow not exceeding 3,000 gallons per day (gpd). Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems for facilities with an influent waste strength that exceeds domestic septic tank quality effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970(b) may be proposed by E-Z Treat Company and a North Carolina Professional Engineer to the Department for review and approval on a case -by -case basis, prior to permitting by the local health department (LHD). The system design must include the proposed raw wastewater strength (BODS, COD, TN, TSS, fats, oils and grease, etc.), the expected organic loading rate (in pounds IW W 5-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 2 of 10 of BOD), and hydraulic loading rate on the pretreatment system, and the calculations, references, and any other needed information to support the proposed design. C. Any site utilizing these systems shall have wastewater with sufficient alkalinity to facilitate biological treatment processes. The influent shall not have a pH or toxins that significantly inhibit microbial growth. D. Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems that have a design flow exceeding 3,000 gallons per day may be permitted after approval by the Department on a case -by -case basis in accordance with the Large Systems State Review/Approval Process (Rule 15A NCAC 18A.1938). II. System Description The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of the following components: a Department approved septic tank; a recirculation tank (or chamber); single or multiple E-Z Treat Pretreatment pods; and a final dosing tank (or chamber). Additional treatment may be used to ensure that treatment performance standards shall be met. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a septic tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing chamber. The three tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a recirculation tank, and a final dosing tank. III. Siting Criteria The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall be sited and sized in accordance with Rule .1970 for TS-I and TS-II systems. Drip irrigation systems used with E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be sited and sized in accordance with the manufacturer specific drip approval. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall meet all applicable horizontal setback requirements and be located to prevent surface/subsurface water inflow/infiltration. IV. System Sizing The system sizing criteria shall be based upon the long term acceptance rate specified in the appropriate portion of the rules or the Innovative and Experimental system approval for the type of ground absorption system to be used. V. Special Site Evaluation A special site evaluation may be required based on the proposed ground absorption system. Refer to manufacturer specific drip approvals and Rule .1970(p). VI. Design Criteria A. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria. 1. All tanks, septic, recirculation, and dosing, must be approved by the Department and E-Z Treat Company specifically for use with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system. 2. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a IWW S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 3 of 10 septic tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing chamber. The three tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a recirculation tank, and a final dosing tank. 3. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of a septic tank, a recirculation tank/chamber, a final dosing tank/chamber, and E-Z Treat media pod(s) as specified in Table 1 below. Table 1 — Model 600 and Tank Volumes Design Daily Flow (gpd) Minimum Septic Tank Volume (gallons) Minimum Recirculation/Pump Tank Volume (gallons)** Number of Media Pods < 480 1,000 1,250 1 Model 600 pod 4 Bedrooms 1,000 1,800 1 Model 600 pod 5 Bedrooms 1,250 2,000 1 Model 600 pod 6 Bedrooms 1,500 2,200 2 Model 600 pods 601 — 1,500 V = 1.17Q* + 500 V = 1.17Q + 500 1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons 1,501 — 3,000 V = 0.75Q + 1,125 V = 0.75Q + 1,125 1 1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons *Q — design daily flow "Recirculation/pump tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume. 4. Septic tanks will have an inlet sanitary tee and a Department approved, appropriately sized effluent filter on the outlet end approved by the E-Z Treat Company for use with the E-Z Treat. 5. The minimum required volume in the recirculation chamber/tank prior to discharge to the dosing tank/chamber shall be the design daily flow. 6. The recirculation tank/chamber will contain the recirculating splitter valve or an external splitter box may be used. The recirculation tank/chamber shall have an inlet sanitary tee. The sanitary tee shall be visible and reachable from the riser opening to serve as the influent sampling point. 7. When the recirculation tank and dosing tank are combined, the baffle wall between chambers shall extend to the top of the tank and shall be constructed so that the liquid levels in either compartment are independent. Liquids will not by-pass between compartments except as designated by the system's treatment flow path. 8. The final dosing tank must meet the minimum size requirements of Rule .1952(c)(1). For drip irrigation systems, the requirements of the manufacturer specific drip approval for dosing tanks shall also be met. 9. A drainback configuration without a pump check valve is required for the force main supplying the media pod. 10. Recirculation pump shall be either Sta-Rite Model number STEP 20 or manufacturer approved equal. 11. The E-Z Treat media pod is constructed of a polymer suitable for use in contact with wastewater. The Model 600 pod is approximately 7 ft 4 inches x 4 ft with a surface area approximately of 30 square feet and is 42 inches in depth. The pod is fitted with a weatherproof cover properly secured. The pod is designed and constructed to create channels down the sidewalls to facilitate air flow. The sidewall channels provide airspace to the bottom of the pod. The bottom of the vessel is designed to provide total drainage of the treated effluent back to the recirculation tank/chamber. IW W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 4 of 10 12. As the effluent enters the recirculation tank/chamber, this tank/chamber acts to further separate the septic tank effluent. The effluent entering the recirculation tank/chamber is charged by the recirculation pump to the media pod(s). The effluent is sprayed over the media mattress(es) using a spray manifold of evenly spaced wide-angle spray nozzles. The nozzles are manufactured with a free passage of 0.0625 inches in diameter. The system is set to recirculate effluent through the media pod on an average of 4 to 6 times prior to discharge. 13. The effluent is sprayed on mattress(es) measuring a total area of 30 square feet. The mattress(es) are fabricated from a non -biodegradable, chemically resistant, loose weave polypropylene material. The openings in the weave allows for effluent and air flow while containing the media. The media inside the mattress(es) are made of a styrene material. The specific gravity of this material meets the following criteria: light enough to prevent compaction which results in a loss of effective surface area, and provides a reduction in channeling across the media (short-circuiting). 14. Effluent passes through the media and enters a schedule 40 pipe located at the bottom of the pod. The effluent than gravity feeds back to the recirculation tank/chamber and the process is repeated. 15. The effluent bypass valve or splitter box is piped to intercept filtered wastewater and deliver it to the recirculation tank/chamber or the dosing tank/chamber, based on liquid volumes. 16. The Control Panel for the E-Z Treat System will consist of: recirculation pump on/off timer, discharge pump alarm, and high/low water alarm. Control panels shall meet the requirements of .1952 and shall be approved in writing by E-Z Treat Company for use in their systems. 17. Separate control and alarm circuits will be provided. The E-Z Treat systems will utilize a device for the recording of measurements of daily water flows. The device shall provide a means for determining at least the daily, 7-day, and 30-day flow monitoring requirements of Rule .1970. This information will be stored in the data logger for drip irrigation systems (provided by the manufacturer of the drip irrigation control panel). For pressure manifold and LPP systems, the Aquaworx control panel or manufacturer approved equal shall be used. The operator in responsible charge (ORC) of the system authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available to the LHD with 24-hour notice in the event a direct connection is necessary. 18. The UV disinfection system shall be rated for the appropriate discharge rate from the E-Z Treat pod. The UV disinfection system will be one of the following: a. E-Z Set UV-1000S (single bulb); b. E-Z Set UV-1000 (dual alternating bulbs); or c. Other UV systems specifically approved by the Department and E-Z Treat Company. 19. All access riser hatches shall be secured by approved tamper -resistant hardware approved by the manufacturer or by other means approved by the manufacturer as equal. Riser construction, attachment to tanks and security systems shall be pre -approved by the Department and E-Z Treat Company in accordance with the E-Z Treat specific approvals for the septic tanks and pump tanks, as applicable. 20. Buoyancy calculations shall be completed by a NC Professional Engineer if any parts of the tanks, pods, or other system components are installed in a seasonal high water table. Additional ballast may be required. 21. Influent samples shall be taken from the inlet sanitary tee into the recirculation tank. Effluent samples shall be taken from the final pump doing tank or a spigot or sampling port that is placed on the force main from the final dosing tank. B. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be designed by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a NC Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gallons per day shall be designed by a NC Professional Engineer. 1W W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 5 of 10 VII. Installation and Testing A. A preconstruction conference shall be required to be attended by the designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, engineer (if applicable), installer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, and LHD prior to beginning construction of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system. B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be installed according to directions provided by E-Z Treat Company. Additionally, all E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and components used with, but not manufactured by E-Z Treat Company shall be installed in accordance with all applicable regulations and manufacturer instructions. C. All individuals/companies installing E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be in possession of all necessary permits and licenses before attempting any portion of a new or repair installation. The company/individual must be a Level IV installer and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company. D. Watertightness of the tanks shall be tested by either of the following protocols: 24-hour hydrostatic test or a vacuum test. 1. Hydrostatic Testt, 2 a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes. b. Fill tank with clean water to a point at least two inches above the pipe connections or the seam between the tank and the riser, whichever is highest. c. Measure the water level. d. Allow the tank to sit for 24 hours. e. Re -measure the water level. f. If the water level change is'/2-inch or less or one percent of the liquid tank capacity, the tank passes the leak test. g. If the water level change is greater than t/2-inch, any visible leaks can be repaired and the tank may be topped off with water and allowed to sit for a minimum of one hour. h. The tank passes the leak test if there are no visible leaks (flowing water or dripping in a steady stream) and no measureable drop in water level after one hour. Otherwise, the tank fails the leak test. 2. Vacuum Testa a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes. b. A vacuum of four (4) inches of mercury should be pulled on the tank and held for five (5) minutes. c. During the testing, the tank manufacturer or their representative can seal the tank if it is found to be leaking. d. If the tank is repaired, the vacuum must be brought back up to four inches and held for five minutes. E. The distribution of flow to the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and to the septic tank shall be measured during start-up and set to be in accordance with the system design with start-up settings recorded. Victor D'Amato and Ishwar Devkota, Development of Prefabricated Septic and Pump Tank Construction and Installation Standards for North Carolina. National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24. National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24. IW W 5-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 6 of 10 F. Specified site preparation steps and construction specifications for the ground absorption system shall be strictly adhered to, including specified depth of trenches in relation to site limiting conditions, cover material specifications (if needed), trench installation method, etc. G. The installer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, the engineer or designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall conduct an inspection/start-up of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and all associated system components. The LHD personnel will attend and observe the inspection/start-up. During the inspection/start-up to include: 1. System watertightness testing. 2. Control panel operation and alarm settings. 3. Pump model numbers and time clock settings. 4. Pressure head on the E-Z Treat pod wastewater distribution system. 5. Return flow to the septic tank set per design and recorded, when applicable. 6. Riser hatches have tamperproof bolts, and/or riser lock ring. VIII. Operation, Maintenance, Monitoring, and Reporting A. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be classified, at a minimum, as a Type Va system in accordance with Table V(a) of Rule .1961(b). Management and inspection shall be in accordance with Rules .1961 and .1970. B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems require an operation and maintenance agreement between the system owner and E-Z Treat Company, Inc., its authorized representative, or with an operator authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company as per Rule .1970. The system shall be inspected according to Rule .1961 by a certified subsurface operator authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company according. The ORC shall be either an employee of E-Z Treat Company or authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company to operate and maintain the system. The operator authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company must have proper equipment and training to access and program the control panels on site. C. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be operated and maintained according to the latest version of E-Z Treat Company's O&M manual. D. At each E-Z Treat Pretreatment system inspection the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall, at a minimum, observe, monitor, and record the following: 1. Wastewater level in all the tanks. 2. Sludge, scum, and grease levels in all the tanks. 3. Clogging of effluent filter. 4. Watertightness of tanks, risers, and pipe penetrations at the tanks. 5. Operation of pumps, floats, valves, electrical controls, and alarms. 6. Drainfield pump delivery rate (drawdown test), determination of the average pump run time, and drainfield dosing volume. 7. Any structural damage, accessibility issues, adequate ventilation, excess odors, ponding of effluent, insect infestations, vegetative growth over the drainfield, or surfacing of effluent on the drainfield area. 8. Sample of E-Z Treat Pretreatment system effluent collected from the sampling point to check for effluent clarity and odor and a sample of influent, as required. IW W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 7 of 10 9. Readings from pump cycle counters and run time meters and any water meter readings, as applicable. 10. Current operational set up for TS-II nitrogen removal enhancement (percent returned to septic tank), and recommendation for modifications (if needed). 11. System operating conditions, from the review stored data for indication of 7-day and 30-day flows and flow variances or other abnormal conditions. E. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall also conduct other additional observations, measurements, monitoring, and maintenances activities as specified in the Operation Permit and as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Sampling and "Testing I. All sampling shall be done in accordance with Rule .1970(n)(3) and (5). E-Z Treat systems shall be sampled annually (semi-annually for systems with a design flow of 1,501 to 3,000 gpd). 2. TS-II systems influent shall be analyzed for TKN. 3. Effluent for all systems shall be tested for effluent CBOD5 and NH4-N. Systems specified to meet the TS-II standard shall also have the effluent analyzed for TN (TKN and NO3-N). Systems designed to meet the TS-II standard with design flows of 1,501 gpd to 3,000 gpd shall have the effluent analyzed for fecal coliforms. 4. Additional sampling of effluent or influent may be determined to be necessary by the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company during a system inspection to assist with troubleshooting or to verify system performance. 5. Effluent samples shall be taken from the final dosing tank/chamber or a sampling port located downstream from the final treatment process. 6. Influent samples shall be taken from a sampling port located between the septic tank and recirculation tank/chamber. 7. Adjustments in the monitoring schedule and number of parameters sampled may be proposed by E-Z Treat Company and approved by the Department pursuant to Rule .1970(n)(3)(B) or (C). G. Notification and Performance of Maintenance and Repairs 1. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall alert E-Z Treat Company, the LHD, and the system owner within 48 hours of needed maintenance or repair activities including but not limited to landscaping, tank sealing, tank pumping, pipe or control system repairs, media replacement, and/or adjustments to any other system component. 2. System troubleshooting and needed maintenance shall be provided to maintain the pump delivery rate and average pump run time within 25% of initial measurements conducted during system startup. The ORC authorized in writing by F.-Z. Treat Company shall notify the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD whenever the pump delivery rate efficiency or average pump ran times are not within 25% of initial measurements conducted prior to system start-up. 3. The septic tank will be pumped as needed upon recommendation of the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company and in accordance with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system operation and maintenance instructions. However, at a minimum, the septic tank will be pumped whenever the solids level exceeds 25% of the tank's total liquid working capacity or the scum layer is more than four inches thick. 4. The tanks shall be pumped by a properly permitted septage management firm, and the septage handled in accordance with 15A NCAC 13B .0800. 5. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall notify the LHD, E-Z Treat IW W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 8 of 10 Company, and the system owner in writing whenever repairs are indicated. All maintenance activities shall be recorded in the ORC reports provided to the system owner, LHD, and E-Z Treat Company. H. Reporting 1. The ORC authorizcd in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall provide a completed written report to the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD within 30 days of each inspection. At a minimum this report shall specify: a. The date and time of inspection, b. System operating conditions according to Section VII.D, VII.E, and VII.F. c. Results from any laboratory analysis of any influent and effluent samples, d. Maintenance activities performed since the last inspection report, e. An assessment of overall system performance, f. A list of any improvements or maintenance needed, g. A determination of whether the system is malfunctioning, and the specific nature of the malfunction, h. Any changes made in system settings, based on recommendations of the manufacturer, and i. A summary report of data retrieved from the control panel verifying actual daily, 7-day, and 30-day flows, flow variances, and other operating conditions. IX. Responsibilities and Permitting Procedures A. Prior to the installation of an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system at a site, the owner or owner's agent shall file an application at the LHD for the proposed use of this system. After the LHD conducts a soil and site evaluation, the LHD may issue an Improvement Permit or Authorization to Construct or amend a previously issued Authorization to Construct allowing for the use of a E-Z Treat Pretreatment system. B. The Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct shall contain all conditions the site approval is based upon, including the proposed used of the Innovative system. The Operation Permit will include all conditions specified in the Improvement Permit and the Authorization to Construct. C. When a special site evaluation is required pursuant to Rule .1970(p)(1) or a drip approval, as applicable, an evaluation and written, sealed report from a Licensed Soil Scientist regarding the site shall be provided to the LHD. The report shall contain the infonnation as specified in Rule .1970(p)(2) and "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs". The LHD may request the assistance of their Regional Soil Scientist in evaluating this report prior to permit issuance. D. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed by one of the following: a designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North Carolina Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gallons per day, or as otherwise required for drip irrigation systems, shall be designed by a North Carolina Professional Engineer. E. Prior to issuance of an Authorization to Construct for an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system, a design submittal prepared by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North Carolina Professional Engineer shall be submitted for review and approval by the LHD. The IW W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 9 of 10 design submittal shall include the information required in "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs". F. It is recommended that local authorized environmental health practitioners attend a design training session offered by the manufacturer/authorized representative prior to permitting the system. Also, at the request of the LHD, a Regional Engineer will review the design. G. The designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall certify in writing that the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system was installed in accordance with the approved design prior to Operation Permit issuance. H. A North Carolina Professional Engineer shall certify in writing that a system designed by an engineer was installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications prior to Operation Permit issuance. I. For sites required to be evaluated by a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist (see Section V and IX.C), the health department may specify as a condition on the Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct that a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist oversee critical phases of the drainfield installation and certify in writing that the installation was in accordance with their specified site/installation requirements prior to the Operation Permit issuance. J. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall be present during the final inspection of the system prior to the issuance of the operation permit. The ORC shall be certified as a NC Subsurface Operator and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company. K. The LHD issues the Operation Permit after the following; 1. Field verification of installation completion; 2. Receipt of written documentation from the designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or the engineer, as applicable, that the system has been designed, installed, and is operating in accordance with the approved plans; and 3. All necessary legal documents have been completed, including the contract between the system owner and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company. K. On an annual basis, E-Z Treat Company shall provide a report to the On -Site Water Protection Branch including the number and location of new system installations during the previous year, and effluent data and operator reports for each operational E-Z Treat Pretreatment system installed in North Carolina under this Innovative Approval. Effluent data should be compiled and submitted electronically. If available, a web -based system for data posting of laboratory results should be utilized. These reports shall provide information to the Department based upon the monitoring data and observations made from the Innovative systems installed pursuant to this Approval. This should include an assessment of system performance in relation to the established treatment performance standards; an assessment of physical and chemical properties of the materials used to construct the system, in terms of strength, durability, and chemical resistance to loads and conditions experienced, recommended areas of applicability for the system; and any conditions and limitations related to the use of the system. The report shall also include an updated list of authorized designers, installers, and ORCs. X. Repair of Systems IW W S-2015-03-R2 January 6, 2017 Page 10 of 10 The provisions of 15A NCAC 18A .1961(1) shall govern the use of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment System for repairs to existing malfunctioning wastewater systems. Approved By Date: NSF International 789 N. Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA RECOGNIZES E-Z Treat Haymarket, VA AS COMPLYING WIn-I NSF/ANSI 40, 245, 350 AND ALL APPLICABLE REQUIR.ENMNTS. PRODUCTS APPEARING IN TIM NSF OFFICIAL LISTING ARE AUTHORIZED TO BEAR THE NSF MARK. *Ilk Cee$fleutinn P*vXran nrcrodErcE vr'tx tlertltlenBw Ihogrnm Amsrkan Acvediled by the Sl, In,Wnt undnrds fnet,fur 3tondarda Council ofMondo This cmtiticate is the property of NSF international and must be rstmned upon raqueA This cortifieute remains valid as long as this alienthas products in Listing for t(te referenced standards. For thentast —mat and complete Listing information, please access NSF's website (www.nsf.org). December 18, 2015 L Certificate# CO173948 - 02 Lori Bestervelt F-Xecutive Vice President & CTO NSF International OFFICIAL LISTING NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing conform to the requirements of NSF/ANSI standard 245 - Wastewater Treatment Systems - Nitrogen Reduction This is the Official Listing recorded on December 10, 2015. E-Z Treat P.O. Sox 176 Hagmarket, VA 20618 703-7S3-4770 Facility: Rocky Mount, Nc Rated Capacity Nadel Number Gallons/Day #6DO 600 #1200 1200 Note: Additions shall not be made to this document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International. 1 of 1 789IV. Dixbdty Road. Ann Arbor. Michigan 49I05-9723 USAC0173848 1-800-NSF-M 4Rk , 734-769-8010 %-WW,1:6f erg NSF International OFFICIAL LISTING NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing Conform to the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 350 - Onaite Residential and Commercial Water Reuse Treatment Systems This is the Official Listing recorded on December 16, 2D15. 8-Z Treat P.O. Box 176 Haymarket, VA 20618 703-753-4770 Facility: Rocky Kaant, Na Rated Capacity %del amber Gallons/Day classification Type #600 600 Class R Wastewater #1200 120D Class R Wastewater NOTE; class R Siagle family residential dwellings Note: Additions shall not r-, made to this document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International. 1 of 1 7" N. Dixboro Aaad. Ann Arbor, Michigan 481 OS-9?23 USA C0173848 1-800-NSF- btARK % 734-769-9010 1Vl\'W.315f. org (5)) CAST -A -SEAL® 402/402F Submittal Specification A flexible pipe-tostruclure connector shall be empbyed in the connection of the sanitary sewer pipe to precast strudures. The connector shall be CAST-ASEALO 4021402F as manuMdured by Press -Seal Corporation, Fort Wayne, Indiana, or approved equal. The connector shall be thesole element relied on to assure aflexible, watertight seal of the pipe to the precast structure. The connector shall consist of a rubber gasket and an external take-up damp. The rubber gasket element shall be constructed solely of syn- theftc or natural rubber, and shall meet or exceed the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, The external take-up damp shah be constructed of Series 300 nonmagnetic stainless steel and shah utilize no wells in its construc- tion, The damp shall be installed by torquing the adjusting screw using a PRODUCT SPECIFICATION and SELECTION torque-setthlg wrench available from the connector manufacturer. Selection of the proper size oonnectorfor the structure and pipe requirement, and irtstahation thereof, shall be in strict conformance with the recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Any dead end pipe stubs Installed in connectors shall be restrained from movement per ASTM C 923. The finished connection She# provide sealing to 13 psi (mini- mum) and shall accommodate deflection Of the pipe to 7 degrees (mink mum) without loss of seal. Vacuum testing shah be conducted in strict conformance with ASTM C 1244 prior to bacldill. Other testing shall be conducted in strict conformance with the requirements of the connector manufacturer. CAST-A-SEAL402 F7PESIZE P1PEO.O. RANGE WALLTHICKNESS' APPLICATION 452.0250 1.25' - 2" (31 - 51 mm) 1,5• - 2.75" (38 -7D mm) 2.5" - 6• (64 -150 mm) STANDARD 4'i�'4!!4= '.` 4`(TQD.mm) - ..42'-ti.7'(107•:•1Y9•mm) _ -25""V (64-150-nun) . - STANDARD '_ 452.04D2F1 4' (100 mm) 4.2• - 4.7' (107 -119 mm) 2.5" - CT (54 -102 mm) Closed Few (S4-isoin rII ANQARD CAS ADAPTER 3" (75 mm) 3.2" - 3.6' (81 - 91 mm) -- Use with 4' CAST -A -SEAL PRODUCT PERFORMANCE CAST-A-SEAL4021402F meets andlor exceeds all requirements Of ASTM C 923, Including physical prop- erties Of materials and performance testing, including: • 13 psi minimum in straight alignment • 10 psi at minimum 7°angle • 10 psi minimum under shear load of 150 IbsAn, pipe diameter CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F insets andlor exceeds the requiremertts of the following Standards, Specifica- tions, Codes, and Test Methods. • ASTM C 923 Standard Spedficefitln forRes&nt Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipet and Laterals • ASTM C 1644 Standard Sperdfrcation for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks and Pipes ASTM C 1478 Standard Speorfoation for Storm Drain ReaMllent Connectors Behvem Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Strictures, Pipes and Laterals ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test 1APMO/ANSI Z1000 Standard la Prefabricated Septic Tanks •IAPMOlANSIZ10D1 Standard for Prefabricated Gravity Grease tntenaeptors NPCA Best Practices Manual for Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks NO WR,4 Model Code Framework TYPICAL TESY RESULTS for CAST -A -SEAL 40PA02F (as In ASTIR C 16", C 923• and C 1478) ASTM Test Method Test Requirements Typical Result STS- NO WEIGHT FURIC L D 534, AT 22`C FOR NOWEIGHTLOSS LOSS N 48 HRS NO WEIGHT LOSS NO WEIGHT ACID LOSS GTH D 412 12UU PSI, MIN. 2100 PSI PEAK 0 412 350%, MIN. 525% D 2240 (SHORE A '-5 FROM THE HARDNESS DUROMETER} MANUFACTURERS <2 SPECIFIED HARDNESS DECREASE OF 15%, ACCELERATED D 573, 70s 1'C 13%TENSILE MAX OF ORIGINAL CHANGE, -14% OVEN -AGING FOR 7 DAYS ENSILE STRENGTH, DE. ELONGATION CREASE OF 2046, MAX. CHANGE OF ELONGATION D 395 METHOD B, DECREASE OF 25%, COMPRESSION TEST AT 7D°C FOR 22 HRS' OF ORIGINAL DE- 13% FLECTI ON D471 IMMERSE D.75 INCREASE OF 10% WATERABSORPTION BY 2-IN.SPECIMEN N DISTILLED WATER MAX OR ORIGINAL 8Y 3.5096 AT 70-C FOR 48 hT51 WEIGHT OZONE RESISTANCE D 1171 RATING 0 PASS LOW -TEMP, POINT BRITTLE P D 746 NO FRACTURE AT -40°C PASS TEAR RESISTANCE D 524- METHOD B 2DO LBF11N. (MIN.) 450 LBFAN, Press -Seal believes all information is accurate as of as Publication date. Information, speclficatfons, and prices are an subject to change Without noace. Press -Seal is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012. 63 Fbone: NO-0)43 5 PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION E1alaiksaIes@press-aeal.eom Fax (260j 435 -19081908 Protecting OurPmner's Clean wafer Supply Web: wwwpress-seaLcom k-09001:7908 RrgW.W • ISCMEC 17025Am fffmi (9) CAST-A-S EA L: 4UZI402 F What It Is CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F is a watertight flexible connector that is cast into the structure when the concrete is poured. The connector is folded into the casting position and placed on the reusable heavy-duty solid plastic mandrel that is installed directly to the form. After the concrete is cured, the form is opened, removing the mandrel from the gasket, but leaving the CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F connector embedded in the concrete. The gasket is then simply unfolded at thejobsite and is tightened around the pipe using the sup- plied stainless steel take-up clamp. Why It's Better • Simple cast -in design provides flexible watertight connection, • Eliminates infiltration and exfiltration. • Improves on -site system performance and minimizes maintenance. • Protects groundwater from unintended discharges. • Use in on -site treatment structures, grease interceptors, manholes, wet wells, pump and lift stations, stormwater structures, or any application requiring a flexible watertight connector. CAST -IN BOOT -TYPE CONNECTOR for 1-1/4" to 6"PVC Pipe (32 mm - 150 mm) How It Performs CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F meets or exceeds all requirements of the following Standards, Codes, Specifications and/or Test Methods. ASTM C 1227 1APM0 Z1000 ASTM C 1644 IAPMO Z1001 ASTM C 823 NPCA Best Practices ASTM C 1244 NOWRA Model Code ASTM C 1478 Scuff furdidV Here 7o View More Info On Mis Product On The Web! 10 0 , l 7 Attach mandrel Invert gasket Place gasket Strip form and Invert gasket to outside to outside form into casting and mandrel in mandrel. leaving DP tank, insert pipe and wall. position. form and pour. gasket in place. tighten take-up clamp. rress-timi neueves au mtormabon is accurate as of its publication date. Intormalion, specifKzlions, and prices are all subject to change wUrbut notice- press -Seal is not rsspons!]:ie for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012. 62 Phone; 0)436 19DB PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION Eta: salesftress-seaLcom Fax (260) 436-14D8 Protecting Our Planet"s Clean Water Supply Web: www.press-seal. com ISO 9001:20"RMWMVII. ISWEC J7b25AftWd d EZset by INFILTRATOR EZset by Infiltrator risers and lids are made from glass reinforced polypropylene, providing superior strength and durability. They come in green or black and in 20", 24", and 30" diameters making them ideal for use with any concrete or plastic tank. The slip resistant lids are fastened using stainless steel screws and can be further secured by installing locking rings. 20" Riser System ■ 20" x 6" Risers (Green or Black) ■ 20" x 12" Risers (Green or Black) ■ 20" Lids (Green or Black) W 20" x 6" Riser 20" x 12" Riser 20" Lid i 24" Riser System ■ 24" x 6" Risers (Green or Black) ■ 24" x 12" Risers (Green or Black) • 24" x 18" Risers (Green or Black) ■ 24" Lids (Green or Black) P,lti•.ZIM !a= 30" Riser System ■ 30" x 12" Risers (Green or Black) ■ 30" Lids (Green or Black) 30" x 12" Riser s • 24" x 12" Riser 24" x 18" Riser Adapter Flange 24" Lid 30" Lid - Adhesive Sealant - 20" Locking Rings - 20" Safety Pans - 24" Locking Rings - 24" Safety Pans - 24" Adapter Rings - 30" Locking Rings 11— EZset by INFILTRATOR .125 TYR WALL THICKNESS WALL f 25 TYP. WALLTHICKNESS 6.W S- 2 .37 SCALE 1:6 2.375" 20" x 6" Riser Cutaway 24" x 6" Riser Cutaway I— 21' — — —7 SECTION A SCALE 1 : 6 26.375' 24" x 18" Riser Cutaway .300 25 TVP VIAL THICKNESS 125TYP. WALLTHICKNESS Riser Specifications 20" x 12" Riser Cutaway 24" x 12" Riser Cutaway 32. WALL THICKNESS I 121 12.05" 121 - .I SECTION 300 SCALE 1:6 300 32.375' — 30" x 12" Riser Cutaway INFILTRATOR WATER TECHNOLOGIES, LLC ("Infiltrator") EZset by Infiltrator LIMITED WARRANTY ONE (1) YEAR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP LIMITED WARRANTY (a) This limited warranty is extended to the end user of an EZsat by Infiltrator riser and lid system aid other accessories. An Met system manufactured by Infiltrator, when installed and operated in accordance with Infiltrator's installation instructions and Iocal regulation by a licensed installer, is warranted to you: (i) against defective materials and workmanship for ons (1) yaars after installation. Infiltrator will, at its option, (i) repair the defective product or (ii) replace the defective materials. Infihrstor's (lability specifically axcludeS the cost of removal and/or instalhtlon of the Fsset syStam, (b( In order to exercise its warranty rights, you must notify Infiltrator in writing at its corporate headquarters in Old Saybrook, Connecticut within fifteen (15) days of the alleged defect. (c) YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL LOSSES OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (a) ABOVE. INFILTRATOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, HOWEVER OCCASIONED, WHETHER BY NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THIS LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. ! / 4 Business Park Road P.O. Box 768 Old Saybrook, CT 06475 INFILTRATOR' 8680D-221o4436 860-577-7001 Systems Inc. www.infiltratorwater.com (d) THIS LMITED WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY INFILTRATOR AND SUPERSEDES ANY PRIOR. CONTRARY, ADDITIONAL, OR SUBSEQUENT REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN. INFILTRATOR DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES TO THE GREATEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FINESSE FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHEPWISE ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEAUNG, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, OR USAGE OF TRADE. NO PERSON (INCLUDING ANY EMPLOYEE, AGENT, DEALER. OR REPRESENTATIVE) IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THIS PRODUCT, EXCEPT TO REFER YOU TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THIS WARRANTY IS NOT A WARRANTY OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE, BUT ONLY WARRANTY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE (a) YOU MAY ASSIGN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY TO A SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OF YOUR HOME. (F) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF INFILTRATOR HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CHANGE THIS UNITED WARRANTY IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER, OR TO EXTEND THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS There are certain conditions or applications ove.-which Infiltrator has no control. Defects or problems as a result of such conditions or applications are not the responsibility of Infiltrator and are NOT covered under this warranty. They include failure to install the EZset system in accordance with instructions or applicable regulatory raquiremants or guidance, altering the EZset system contrary to the installation instructions and disposing of chemicals or other materials contrary to oermal EZsst system usage. The above represents the Standard Lim red Warranty offered by Infiltrator. A limited number of states and counties have difer�twarranty requirements. Any purchaser of an Met system should contact Infiltrator's corporate headquarters in Oki Saybrook, Connecticut, prior to such purchase to obtain a copy of the applicable warranty, and should carefully read that warranty prior to the purchase of an EZset system. U.S. Patents: 4.759,661; 5,017,041 5.156,488; 5,336,017; 5,401,116; 5,401,459; 5,511,903; 5,716,163; 5,588,778; 5,839,844 Canadian Patents: 1,329,959, 2,004,564 Other patents pending. Infiltrator, Equalizer, Quick4, and Sidewinder are registered trademarks of Infiltrator Water Technologies. Infiltrator is a registered trademark in France. Infiltrator Water Technologies, is a registered trademark in Mexico. Contour, MicroLeaching, PolyTuff, ChamberSpacer, MultiPort, PosiLock, OuickCut, QuickPlay, Snap Lock and StraightLock are trademarks of Infiltrator WaterTechnologies. PolyLok is a trademark of PolyLok. Inc. TUF-TITE is a registered trademark of TUF-TITE, INC. Ultra -Rib is a trademark of IPEX Inc. © 2013 Infiltrator Water Technologies, LLC. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A. SET01 06131SI am C=21AA /1 —, eW sF . Toll Free: 888-999-3290l�LT Bristle Filter Instructions For STF-110 4" (Installation & Maintenance) Instructions for installation in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of septic tank. • Orient the filter so that the wire handle faces opposite the discharge outlet. • Push filter into top of "Tee" until the 90 degree wire handle touches the top of the "Tee". The filter is now "installed", as shown in the picture to the right. • The flexibility of the STF-110 bristle filter allows it to be used in just about any situa- tion. If you need help with a custom installation please call Sim/Tech Filter toll free at 888-999-3290. Installed Filter Recommended maintenance schedule For maximum protection, it is recommended that the filter be replaced annually. If not, it should be inspected at least once per year. The filter is capable of lasting three years under normal conditions. Such factors as garbage disposals, pets, laundry, etc. may cause the need for more frequent inspection or service. Instructions for performing maintenance in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of septic tank. Before removing filter, one of two options must be performed. These options need to be performed to prevent any outflow of unfiltered effluent from the tank while the filter is removed. tion 1 Insert a STF-130 maintenance sleeve (sold separately) with the handle coupling on the same side of the "Tee" as the outlet hole. Push the sleeve into the "Tee" until the handle coupling hits the top of the "Tee". Do not remove the sleeve until a filter has been put back in the "Tee". Option 2 Have the tank pumped down by a professional septic service company. • After performing one of the options above, remove filter by pulling up on the filter handle. • Place the used filter in the provided plastic bag for proper disposal. • Install a new replacement filter as described in the installation instructions at STF-130 the top of the page. Maintenance If a maintenance sleeve was used (option 1), remove the sleeve from the outlet Sleeve "Tee". Maintenance Sleeve partially inserted into "Tee" U.S. Patent # 6,811,692 The STF=ll0 series Effluent Hit rs !rsatile - dla; dia_ it's Superior Superior to -slotted, uniform designs. Flexible The Best common debri4. it's Simple only choice in effluent filters. STF-7f0-7R in 6 -B' sanitary Tee(mt-a-way) STF-110-7R in pre -oast septic tank with squefa LufflE + ,5uparjer manna Ir of the most common sajift In J"s �W . Yerwattffe sin bas applicaffJonsilbr arAeoilall, Commerdal and rtlal sust-ems and F of taos cond ft ubiirgs "e fbfO brf* L-je.- is %jjTjMe tG JustOl ,:and *ervice, ,eau' iln OUNte s 40th Amilted self-tacklw Awl& ties :I wid �"Iter flintily itn PIOCRWIth noneed for , mr-W m—,b air CON ,and AinlilrMte Ater float-, DRAWN separa wee gar nuww!y sorts OWNS accord to Vzae _arid ;" ,for tom- ;13lter- Blau *Alftwo- mNWrkM_ %wm In "Ostewetw n — Stet ' ff T F .F ,P FE19160F r R d dPI i� Designed after our proven STF-110 effluent filter that currently protects residential septic systems all over the world, the latest additions to this series of filters were designed with more demanding residential, commercial and industrial systems with larger housings and pre=cast tanks with built in square baffles in mind.. We achieve superior filtration of the most common solids found in toda:y's wastewater systems with our non -uniform bristle design. This design Is much more efficient then uniform 1 slotted designs which can pass larger more harmful debris into the system. The flexible salt -locking bristles make it simple to install and service, even in systems with limited access They also held the fitter firmly in place with no need for receiirere or canisters and: eliminate filter float -up, The filters employs a debris separation space which naturally sorts solids accordingto size and ma Th' Ic is ma e ss. s the filter function more emciently and greatly increases its life -span. It also allows for biological maturing which is necessary in all wastewater treatment systems. The STF-110 series filters use triangular polypropylene bristles wound together with a 316 stainless -steel core. This snakes thews durable enough to be servioed, and economical enough to be replaced. This provides an economical solution for protecting and servicing all types of wastewater systems at a fraction of the cost of inferior designs. STF-"' champing sleeve is required to block effluent now whoa setvw,7g without the need to pump down rho tank. ST -770 in 4' sanituy Tee (Out-s-way view) For, the protection and performance of wastewater srystem_5 by wwvv,c—;ar?-�rmtech.com � BBB-999-3290 US Patent #68f FILTER r,s f M,- f FEATURES ❖ Easy, affordable solution for servicing septic tanks Designed with non -directional bristles for unrestricted flow of effluent Allows biological maturing and sloughing to maximize septic tank efficiency Provides well over '/S mile of filtration media with over 319 cu. in. of open area to eliminate clogging 4.6 2,215 sq. in. of filtering surface allow a flow rate of over 1200 GPD, filtering to 1116" diameter ❖ Filtering surface is achieved with unique triangular bristle that more than doubles the filtering surface, with no uniform holes or slots to plug ❖ 90 degree handle for easy installation and removal ❖ Adapts to all types of 4" pipe ❖ Self-locking bristles hold the filter firmly in place, eliminating 'filter float up' ❖ Flexible design makes it easy to install in hard to reach places and makes replacing the filter a breeze Constructed of polypropylene bristles, wound together with a 316 S.S. core ❖ The filters designed shape creates a debris separation space which naturally sorts debris according to size and mass, ensures even filter usage for a long lifespan and maximizes circular flow Order part No. STF-110 STF-130 CAD detail drawing available in DXF format RELATED PRODUCTS STF-110-6W page 4 STF-110-713 page 4 STF-110-BB page 4 STF-130 page 14 STF-4TEE page 14 U.S. Patent # 6, 811, 692 A Zo r A �0 A 30 L A 210 V A 12 125 RADIUS 1.75 — PAGE Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax 231-582-7324 Email simtech@freeway.net Web www.gag-simtech.com f d THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION GARY B. JOHNSON MICHIGAN # 32831 WISCONSIN # E-25985 MINNESOTA # 41217 SIM/TECH FILTER NEW STF-110 DISPOSABLE SEPTIC TANK FILTER THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION The Disposable Septic Tank Filter is constructed as a twisted -in -wire brush with 26" long brush body, le" tip and 2 Y4" long handle end with 90 degree bend_ Brush body will have a major diameter of 4:313" for a length of 9 Y" starting S6" from the 90 degree handle bend, then will transition down to 3 %" diameter over the next 21/2 and held at 3 1/a" diameter for the next 14". There will be a scallop cut into the O.D. in the major diameter beginning 2 %z" from the top, transitioning down to 3 '/2" over the next 2", and then transitioning up to the major diameter over the next 2". The stem will be 11-gauge stainless steel and the fill material will be .012 yellow polypropylene. The filter has a total of 2,962 lineal feet of bristle equaling 35,544 lineal inches of bristle. By calculating the total length x the total perimeter of ShwTech's uniquely shaped bristle, it gives us a filtering surface of 2,215 square inches. Volume of a 4"x26" Septic Tee Volume of the STF-110 Filter Volume as open for fluid p1t of iF/t�,e� GARY B. " J N EER I = "09�S51�ti 32831 VE � r: 326.7 cubic inches 4.265 cubic inches 322.435 cubic inches r GARY R. i JOHNSON E-25985 Ak MIDLAND A .. MICH it. v F� THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF FILTRATION ON THE STF-110 AND THREE OTHER GRAVITY SEPTIC TANK FILTERS • Test was checking for filtering qualities with particulate that could be found in septic tank effluent • This test used five .types of particulate added to a clean tank • The five types of particulate were hair, seeds, tissue paper, lint, and chain saw chips (see table A below) • Test tank was riled manually ever} five minutes while performing tests to represent a large influx of water Water was introduced into the test tank at 210 gallons per hour + Test was run to a 2" head height above outlet flow • Recorded length of time to achieve a 2" head height (see table B below) • Recorded what was caught in a 1500 micron sieve during the total run time (see table B below) • Recorded what was caught in a 600 micron sieve below the 1500 micron sieve during total run time (see table B below) • Recorded particulate caught while changing filters 15 minutes after ending test using manufacturers recommended instructions (see table B below) • Recorded particulate removed with filters themselves (all filters were removed slowly) (see table B below) • All particulate was recorded in grams using a OHAUS Scout II Scale (Serial #131380398) with capacity 400 times 0.1 g (purchased scale 11 /17/01) GARY B. ¢ J s HEER s 0 32$3i w pr ��F�S3to� TABLE A { Gums Human hair 2 Horse hair 2 Dog hair 1 Cat hair 1 Tomato seeds 2 . P r seeds 2 Cucumber seeds 2 Dill seeds 2 Charmin time r 2 Scott tisane paper 2 Northern tissue paper 2 Lint 2 Chainsaw chips 4 M"GARY B. 1 JOHNSON t E-25985 MIDLAND MICH�,_ TABLE B Sim/Teeh Tuff-Tite Zabel Zoeller Time to achieve 2" head heigbt 1 hr. 40 min. 7 min. 6 min. * 2 brs. Particulate caught in 1500 micron sieve 0 0 0 0 Particulate ca ht in 600 micron sieve 0 0.2 0.3 1.2 Particulate caught while chgn&g filter 0 0.3 1 0 0 Particulate contained within or on filter itself 15.0 6.3 1 2.2 2.3 *Ended test at 2 hours, total head height was at 1 3/4" Note: All Niters except Sim/Tech caught seeds in 1500 micron sieve but was not recordable in 1/IOg scale Bi THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF FLOW RATES ON THE STF-110 AND THREE OTHER GRAVITY SEPTIC TANK FILTERS • Test done with clean water and no particulate • Filters placed in a standard outlet tee of S & D type with a 17" tailpiece to outlet level • Test tank was a plastic 55 gallon drum • There was an accurate method to measure head height above outlet level • Test was done for a'h" and 1" head height above outlet level • All filters tested using the above conditions FILTER FLOW RATES SimNech Tuff-Tite Zabel Zoeller head hei ht above outlet flow 1, 800 GPD 1, 440 GPD 1,195 GPD 900 GPD Ii head height above outlet flow 5, 040 GPD 4, 680 GPD 4, 858 GPD 1,800 GPD 0 F N iCy�d� GARY B. s4, ajokJ h1 of w r ]j � a No. 0 32831 ti �A�FESiIO�p~ .- O "GAR 1 O. I JOHNSON E-25985 ; 4' MIDLAND �Q� MICH .sec It is my opinion that the Sim/Tech filter will prove to be a superior septic tank filter because of it's basic design; bristles to catch any "paper like" debris on the outside surface ( guided there because of the bristle's bending at the ends under pressure of the flow ). A dead zone near the center to collect small particles as they fall out of the flow. Plus the incalculable water paths through, and around, the filter fibers. Gary B. Johnson P.B. 363 Silver Creek Rd Petoskey, Mi 49770 *T' nn"�."Inc. Precast,Drainaga Zabel®PL-122 Effluent Filter Products A Division of Polylok Inc. PL-122 Filter The PL-122 was the original Polylok filter. It was the first filter on the market with an automatic shut-off ball installed with every filter. When the filter is removed for regular servicing, the ball will float up and prevent any solids from leaving the tank. Our patented design cannot be duplicated. Features: • Offers 122 linear feet of 1/16" filter slots, which significantly extends time between cleaning. • Has a flow control ball that shuts off the flow of effluent when the filter is removed for cleaning. • Has its own gas deflector ball which deflects solids away. • Installs easily in new tanks, or retrofits in existing systems. • Comes complete with its own housing. No gluing of tees or pipe, no extra parts to buy. • Has a modular design, allowing for increased filtration. PL-122 Installation: Ideal for residential waste flows up to 3,000 gallons per day (GPD). Easily installs in any new or existing 4" outlet tee. 1. Locate the outlet of the septic tank. 2. Remove the tank cover and pump tank if necessary. 3. Glue the filter housing to the outlet pipe, or use a Polylok Extend & Lok if not enough pipe exists. 4. Insert the PL-122 filter into tee. 5. Replace and secure the septic tank cover. PL-122 Maintenance: The PL-122 Effluent Filter will operate efficiently for several years under normal conditions before requiring cleaning. It is recommended that the filter be cleaned every time the tank is pumped, or at least every three years. 1. Do not use plumbing when filter is removed. 2. Pull PL-122 cartridge out of the tee. 3. Hose off filter over the septic tank. Make sure all solids fall back into septic tank. 4. Insert filter back into tee/housing. Polylok offers the only filter on the market where you can get more GPD by simply snapping our filters together! Patent Numbers 6,015,488 & 5,871,640 Accepts 1/2" PVC tension Handle Alarm Switch (Optional) 122 Linear Ft. of 1/16" Filtration Slots <� Filter Housing with 3" & 4" Pipe Adapter Filter Ready Adapter Connects to Septic Tank Wall 1/16rr Filtration Slots 3,000 GPD Gas Deflector Automatic Shut -Off B all Outdoor SmartFilter a Alarm Polylok, Zabel & Best filters accept the SmartFilter® switch and alarm. www.polylok.com 1-877-765-9565 V. The Public Health and Safety Organization NSF Product and Service Listings These NSF Official Listings are current as of Wednesday, April 06, 2016 at 12:15 a.m. Eastern Time. Please contact NSF International to confirm the status of any Listing, report errors, or make suggestions. Alert: NSF is concerned about fraudulent downloading and manipulation of website text. Always confirm this information by clicking on the below link for the most accurate information: htt2:llinfo.nsf.org/Certified/Wastewater/Listings.asp? Standard=o46&Company=74580& NSF/ANSI 46 Evaluation of Components and Devices Used in Wastewater Treatment Systems Polylok Inc. 3 Fairfield Boulevard Wallingford, CT o6492 United States 877-765-9565 203-265-6340 Facility: Cheshire, CT Septic Tank Effluent Filters[i] PL-122 PL-250 PL-525 PL-625 PL-68 [1] Performance tested using bead size 0.338 cm ± 0.005 cm (1/8" ± 0.00211). Meets the full requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010. Facility: Evansville, IN Septic Tank Effluent Filter Components[il A101-12x20 Alol-12x28 Alol-12x36 A1o1-8x18 Alol-8x26 Ai01-8x32 A18o1-4xi8[4] Ai8oi-4x22[4] [51 A3o1-12x20 A301-12x28 A301-12x36 A3o1-8xi8 A301-8x26 A3ol-8x32 [1] Septic Tank. Effluent Filter Components are exempt from bearing the NSF Component Mark and shall bear the NSF Unit Mark. [4] Filter cartridges Certified in ABS and PVC materials. (5] Failure sensing and signaling equipment of this product not evaluated by NSF. Septic Tank Effluent Filters[2] [31 A1oo-12x2O A100-12x2O-VC A1oo-12x2o/BALL Aioo-8x18-VC A1oo-8x26-VC Ai00-8x32-VC A18OO-4x18-VT-B4o A1800-4xi8-V FF-B35 Ai800-4x18-VTF-B40 A1800-4x22-VT-B40 A1800-4x22-VTF-B35A18OO-4x22-VTF-B40 A300-12x2o/BALL A300-12x28-VC A300-12x36-VC A3oo-8x32-VC A600-12x2O A600-12x20/BALL A600-Sx18-VC Moo-8x26-VC A600-8x32-VC A1oo-12x28-VC Aloo-12x36-VC Ai800-4xi8-30142-68 A1800-4x18-VT-B35 A18OO-4x22-30142-68Al8OO-4x22-VT-B35 A3oO-12x2o A3O0-12x20-VC A3oo-8x18-VC A300-8x26-VC A6o0-12x28-VC A600-i2x36-VC [2) Suffix VC denotes a filter cartridge with Versa -Case assembly. [3] Performance tested using bead size 0.338 cm ± 0.005 cm (1/8" ± 0.002"). Meets the full requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010. NOTE: All filters come Smartfilter ready. Number of matching Manufacturers is 1 Number of matching Products is 52 Processing time was o seconds 20.35151.7 cm] FRONT VIEW OPTIONAL FLOAT SWITCH PART NO. 3014E 4.23 _ [10.7 cm] I 4,00 2" X 3 3l8" HANDLE F- L10.2 cm] (5.08CM x 8.57CM) i ' 4.1B �l [70.8 cm] 4 1 � HOLE TO ACCEPT TOP VIEW 112" SCHD. 40 PIPE FOR HANDLE. 12INDENTS FOR ULTRASONIC WELDING 2RIBS TOKEEP BALL IN POSITION �`� 000u�0000uuoo 00�����00��0���0�0��0�000����0�0�0�0���00�0�[��1DD�DDDUuooO uoo�uuuuoo�uu000aouuoouuoo, o �00AA1-11 SIDE VIEW PL-122 FILTER CARTRIDGE TOTAL FILTER AREA - 2.52 SQ. FT. PART NO. - 30141 (2341 SQ CM) MATERIAL - POLYPROPYLENE LINEAR FT. OF 1116" SLOT -122 FT COLOR - BLUE LINEAR METERS OF A 58 CM SLOTS - 37.18 METERS 3.32 [8A cm] —J'3.. 30° TYP. BOTTOM VIEW 7 xn] 25° TYP. 25 TYP. E.6 cm] E-- ,*�.�_,#T Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter E-Z Treat is a modular system with proven performance in residential and commercial applications. E-Z Treat is prepackaged in a "pod" featuring synthetic media encapsulated in a flexible mesh container. E-Z Treat protects sensitive watersheds through removal of nitrogen and other constituents. Residential Commercial or community Intermittent or seasonal use Space constrained sites Harsh climates Nitrogen sensitive areas Water Reuse Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I to one or more of fine following Stan NSF/ANSI40 NSF/ANSI 245 NSF/ANSI 350 E Z��TREAT Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Why Choose E-Z Treat? o Produces water reuse quality effluent o Certified to NSF/ANSI Standards 40, 245, and 350 o Proven results for over 15 years through third party field testing o Spray nozzles maximize oxygen contact through small water droplet size o S'mple to use and suitable for wide range of applications o Prepackaged, lightweight pod for easy installation o Synthetic media: - Resists biological clogging - Provides large, open surface area - Allows free air flow - Requires no media cleaning Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat Pre -assembled Pod Flexible configurations Multiple sizes available All Lightweight pods Non -clog media P High level denitrification Optimized for water reuse Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter 1. Collection Sewage flows from the home orrrr facility into a watertight primary tank or chamber. The solids settle and the liquid effluent fows by gravity through an effluent filter to the system. 2. Treatment The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter provides passive biochemical treatment through an active biofilm matrix. The styrene media is very uniform and provides ample surface area for biological growth. The styrene media contains many voids to accommodate optimum air and liquid flow. The spray nozzles create very small water droplet size (mist), thereby maximizing oxygen contact. 3. Dispersal The re -circulation charnber contains a float ball by-pass valve and re -circulation pump. The by-pass valve connects to the 4" return line from the E-Z Treat pod. The by-pass valve allows the effluent to be constantly re-o!rculated through the styrene media. Treated effluent exits the by-pass valve and flows into a gravity drainfeld or into a pump chamber for dosing LPP, drip irrigation, or other pressurized NSF Testing Performance Summary drainfields. Effluent is suitable Parameters Effluent, Avg. for reuse. UV disinfection may be required. BOD5 2 mg/I TSS 2 mg/I DO 3.3 mg/l Turbidity 2 NTU E. coli * 2 MPN/100ml pH 6.8 —7.5 Total Nitrogen Reduction 64% *with optional UV disinfection Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat Standard Model Package: Item Description 1 STEP-20-Re-circulation Pump, 1/2 HP 2 Float By -Pass Valve 3 Control Panel 'j 4 Styrene Media *Septic tank effluent filter is supplied by others AL Please Note: pump is changed to STEP-30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat See pump curve and friction/TDH calculations attached in this section, Model 600 ,r F- SPRAY MANIFOLD 87 ° PRESSURE GAUGE del 1200 93AU JJJ 31 " LL VALVE PRESSURE I I GAUGE\ I1 .r 7 lip t"SALL VALVE {I ,l Is,sc SPRAY NOZZLE E—Z. ,,�A,-,joTREAT Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class 1 ...or more of the fo8owing standards: NSF/ANSI40 NSF/ANS1245 NSF/ANS1350 69" 65" 1 I I 56" 126„ 23" 65" 69" 54" i I 3" 12500 ST-322 WS NON TRAFFIC BEARING a�SIR o I� Q n CM gT T � s `o 61" 55" s 4 w 54° 50 58 50" 45" 40' 92" 58' O h u0 � �ZN 1000 PT 237wm v LL 4 NON TRAFFIC BEARING C)LO O - 167" -78" � �f) N t- 7„ r m i E �Gy p 116" 116" 109" 109" 109" 109"116"� 101" S e 167" - 78" - - N U� 47500 PT H2O-506 q" q• FITS Field Dosing Pump STA-RITE® ST.EY Plus Series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps The STEP Plus 4" submersible filtered effluent pumps in 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM models offer dependable performance and value for high pressure filtered effluent applications. These STEP Plus pumps will handle "dry run" conditions. The 10, 20,30 and 50 GPM are industry standard 3-3/4" in diameter. Filtered Effluent... for residential, commercial, and agricultural use. Shell - Stainless steel Discharge - 10, 20 and 30 GPM models: fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic; 50 GPM models: stainless steel Discharge Bearing - Nytatron® Impellers- Engineered composite Diffusers- Engineered composite Suction Caps - Engineered composite with stainless steel wear ring Thrust Pads - Proprietary spec. Shaft and coupling - Stainless steel 300 grade Intake - Engineered composite Intake Screen - Polypropylene A@S M® Jacketed Cord - 600 Volt "SOOW" c / us or 300 Volt 'SJOW" jacketed 10' leads 12-wire with ground); optional 20'. 30'. 50' and 100' lengths available In order to provide the best products possible, specifications are subject to change. 0 PENTAIR Proven "Floating Impeller' Staging System- Incorporates 1st -in -class performance, sand handling and thrust management staging system with the industry exclusive "dry -run" design element. Reinforced engineered composites and stainless steel, offering high resistance to corrosion and abrasion. Discharge - Tested -tough, fiberglass - reinforced thermoplastic, with proven internal check valve. Large wrench flats and rope hole. Shell- Stainless steel pump shell offers high corrosion resistance. Shaft - Hexagonal 3/8", 300-grade stainless steel pump shaft; offers generous impeller drive surfaces. Shaft Bearing - Exclusive self- lubricating Nytatron bearing resists wear surface from sand. Motor Bracket - Tested -tough, fiberglass - reinforced thermoplastic; incorporates an integral suction screen. S11411WS STA-RITE' ST.E. Plus Series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps CATALOG NUMBER HP STAGES MAX.LOAD AMPS VOLTS PHASE/ CYCLES CORD LENGTH STEP10 1/2 7 12.0 115 1/60 10' STEPIOX10OFT-05121 112 7 12.3 115 1/60 10D' STEPlOX30FT 1/2 7 12-0 115 1/60 30' STEPIOX50FT 1/2 7 12.0 115 1/60 MY STFP20 i 112 5 190 115 i 1/60 1R' STLP20X100ri-05121 1/2 5 12-0 115 1/60 100' STEP20X30FT 1/2 5 12-0 115 1/60 30' STE P2OX5OF7 112 5 12.0 115 1/60 50' ,I teI1LL—W5" I UZ 3 7.0 1 :; 116V 1U STEP30X100FT-05121 112 3 12.0 115 1/60 160' STEP30X30FT-05121 1/2 3 12-0 115 1/60 30' STEP3OX50FT-05121 1/2 3 12.0 115 1/60 50' STEM-05221 1/2 3 4.7 23D 1/60 10' STEP30X100FT-05221 1/2 3 4.7 230 1/6U 100' STEP30X30FT-05221 1/2 3 4.7 230 1/60 30' STEPSOX50FT-05221 l/2 3 4-7 230 1/60 50' STEP30-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 10' STEP30XICDFT-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 100' STEP30MUT-10221 1 5 9-1 23C 1/60 30' STEP30X50FT--10221 1 5 9.1 230 1160 50' STEP30-15221 1-1/2 6 11-0 230 1/60 10' STEP30X10DFT-15221 1-1/2 6 11-0 230 1/60 100' STEP30X30FT--15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 230 1160 30' STEP30X50FT-15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 1230 1160 59 STEP50-10221 1 3 9.1 230 1/60 10' STEP50X100FT-10221 1 3 9-1 1 Z30 1160 100' STEMMOFT-10221 1 3 9-1 230 1160 30' STEP50X50FT-10221 1 3 9-1 230 1160 50' STEP50-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1160 10' STEP50X100FT-15221 1-1/2 14 11.0 230 1160 100' STEP50X30FT-15221 1-1/2 1 4 11.0 230 1160 30' STEP30X50FT-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1/60 50' STA- 11"Em ST. E. P Plus Series 4" high -heard multi -stage submersible effluent pumps PUMP PERFOR14ANCE — 10 GPM PUMP PERFORMANCE — 20 GPM CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE 0 25 50 75 100 0 25 50 75 100 300 250 W U. ISO >r Q D100 50 22S 200 ITS 150 ru z 12S c M 100 Q 75 so 25 0 10 20 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE J_0 30 1 hS 0 250 I 1 I54 I00 sAaO so 60 100 =50 80 w ry .40 z z p- a0 W Go W 30 x =J a F S 40 =20 2D � 10 0 10 20 30 40 s0 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE 0 10 20 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PER MIN UTE 10 30 0 35 90 1-25 w ru M 20 z 15 10 5 0 0 10 20 30 40 SO 60 70 80 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE Field Dosing Pump STA-RITE ST.E.P Plus Series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps 1-1/4" NPT DISCHARGE 2" NPT DISCHARGE (50 GPM ONLY) 1 .4 00 � Jacketed Cord 10, (Standard) 30', 50, 100' t (Optional) 10 GPM,1/2 HP =13" 20 GPM,1/2 HP =13-114" 30 GPM,1/2 HP =11-1/2" 30GPM, 1 HP=14" 30 GPM 1-1/2 HP=15-11W 50GPM: 1 HP=13-1/4" 50 GPM, 1-1/2 HP =15-1/4" 3-7/8" 10 GPM,1/2 HP = 21-1/2" 20 GPM,112 HP =22-114" 30 GPM,1/2 HP =22-1 /2" 30 GPM,1 HP =27.1/2" 30 GPM,1.1/2 HP - 30-1/4" 50 GPM,1 HP - 26-3/4" 50 GPM, 1-1/2 HP = 30-1/4" Dimensions (in inches) are for estimating purposes only. PE NTAI R 293 WRIGHT STREET. OELAVAN. WI 53115 WWW.STA-RITE.COM PH; 988.782.7483 ORCERS FAX: 800-426-9446 I`k Because we are continuously improving our products and services. Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice, 511411WS (09/10/141 E-Z w1TREAT Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Installation or Inspection Checklist NSF Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class to one or more of the following standards: NSF/ANSl40 NSF/ANSI 245 NSF/ANSI 350 ©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 Pre -construction Meeting ❑ Pre -construction meeting held? Personnel present at pre -construction meeting (check all that apply): ❑ Owner ❑ Builder ~- ❑ Engineer or Designer ❑ Regulator ❑ Installer ❑ Service Provider Septic Tank ❑ Septic tank sized per code or certification criteria? ❑ Is septic tank installed per manufacturer's requirements? ❑ Does septic tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards? !y ❑ 1/16" commercial effluent filter/screen installed on outlet? ❑ Is effluent filter/screen able to be removed for cleaning? rh ❑ Is septic tank accessible? 0. ❑ Are septic tank, risers, and access covers watertight? O Re -circulation Tank I ❑ Re -circulation tank sized per code or certification criteria? (A ❑ Is re -circulation tank installed per manufacturer's requirements? (gyp ❑ Does re -circulation tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards? n e"F ❑ Is re -circulation tank accessible? 0� ❑ Are re -circulation tank, risers, and access covers watertight? ❑ All piping from septic tank to re -circulation tank installed per code? n ❑ Is the by-pass valve installed in the re -circulation tank properly? S ❑ Is the by-pass valve inlet connection from E-Z Treat pod installed properly? n ❑ Is the by-pass valve outlet connection to gravity drainfield or to drainfield pump tank/basin _= installed properly? N� Pump ❑ Is pump installed per manufacturer's requirements and code? ❑ Is pump accessible and removable? ❑ Is quick disconnect method (union, camlock, or pitless adapter) installed? (Don't install a check valve!) ❑ Is 1/8" drainage and anti -siphon hole drilled in the PVC pump supply pipejust above the discharge end of the pump? ❑ Is pump installed, connected, and tested? (type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors and the conduit sealed -off Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 1 5, !y r+ O� 3 O 3 N ro n O� 3 0 3- ro n (A r+ Force Main ❑ Is force main been installed with pressure rated fittings/pipe and per code? ❑ Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly? ❑ Is the force main sized according to manufacturer's recommendations? ❑ Is force main watertight? ❑ Is the force main installed to allow for drain -back to prevent freezing of piping, if applicable? E-Z Treat Pod ❑ Stone pad size large enough for pod to set on (6'W x 91 x 4'H)? ❑ Stone pad depth sufficient and leveled for pod to drain towards 4" outlet? ❑ Is pod leveled and sloped 1" toward the bottom outlet drain? ❑ Is 4" return line to by-pass valve installed and per code? ❑ Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly? Is the return line sized according to manufacturer's recommendations? ❑ Is return line watertight? ❑ Pod lid secured and cleaned off? Soil Grading Around Pad ❑ Is area covered with suitable topsoil (free from large stones or sharp objects) around the pod? ❑ Is suitable topsoil packed around pod? LJ Is suitable topsoil been lightly compacted around lid of pod to prevent settling? ❑ Is the area been seeded and straw placed on top of topsoil for stabilization? Control Panel and Electrical Check all that apply: Type of timer: Elapsed Time Meter: Cycle Counter: Panel heater: ❑ Analog ❑ Digital ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Is control panel installed per manufacturer's requirements and code? ❑ Is a NEMA 4X junction box used for all float and pump connections? ❑ Are floats installed, connected, and tested? (type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors, and the conduit sealed -off) ❑ Is power connected per code? (type, gauge and length of wire, and the conduit sealed -off) ❑ Is conduit used between control panel and re -circulation tank? ❑ Is the re -circulation pump timer set based on the manufacturer's criteria? Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat 2 E z �a„�►T Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Design Guide and Installation Manual NSF. Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I to one or more of the following standards: NSF/ANS140 NSF/ANS1245 NSF/ANS1350 ©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Treatment Process Overview 2.0 Design 2.1 Re -circulation Tank Sizing 2.2 Filter Performance 2.3 Operating Costs 2.4 E-Z Treat Loading Rates 2.5 System Overview Q 2.6 Spray Manifold System (p 2.7 Filter Media Mattress Material W 2.8 Decentralized Design Options for Commercial, �. 7 Community, or Large On -site Systems C3.0 Installation Instructions 3.1 Pre -construction Meeting 3.2 Off Loading Treatment System 3.3 Excavating and Installing the Pod 3 3.4 Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply and Return fl' 3.5 Installing the By -Pass Valve 3.6 Installing the Re -circulation Pump e-F 3.7 Setting Pump Control Floats N flj 4.0 Start-up rt �• Appendix 1: Model 600 Configurations 3 3 Appendix 2: Model 1200 Configurations sv C Appendix 3: Typical Commercial Configurations Appendix 4: High Strength Waste Case Study a 1 1 2 2 2 3 7 7 8 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 15 18 20 22 24 1t 1.0 Treatment Process Overview The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system operates as a fixed media, packed bed filter system. In these treatment systems, larger solids contained in the applied effluent are retained within the media by filtration, typically in the upper level of the filter media. A bacterial film forms on the surface of media grains and provides for removal of soluble organic material and small colloidal matter by absorption by the bacteria in the film. Decomposition of the absorbed material occurs during rest periods in the filter, when there is no application of effluent. The organic material becomes an energy source for the bacteria to maintain them- selves and produce new cells. Over time, as the filter matures, the film layer forms through- out the depth of the filter media and by-products of the biological process pass out of the fil- ter. Re -circulation of the water leaving the filter back through the filter surface provides for additional treatment by the bacteria in the media bed, as well as a mechanism for moving par- tially decomposed organic materials, bacterial waste products and other debris from the fil- ter. This keeps the pore spaces within the media from clogging. Treatment using recirculating media filtration systems is generally an aerobic process and re -aeration of the media, which occurs during the resting (non -dosing) periods, is essential for proper treatment. 2.0 Design Many types of media are used in packed bed filters. Washed, graded sand was the most common. Other granular media used include crushed glass, garnet, anthracite, plastic, expanded clay, expanded shale, open -cell foam, extruded poly- styrene, and bottom ash from coal-fired power plants. Table 1 Recommended System & Re -circulation Chamber Sizes for Residential Applications 300 750 300 1 400 750 400 1 500 900 500 1 600 900 600 1 700 1000 700 1 800 1000 800 2 900 1500 900 2 1000 1500 1000 2 1100 1500 1100 2 1200 2000 1200 1 2 1300 2000 1300 2 1400 2000 1400 2 Notes: 1. Tank sizing are not exact and may vary (+ or-10%) based on availability of locally Media characteristics produced tanks. can limit the number of 2. For seasonal or intermittent use applications, please contact us for design guidance. doses possible. Media re -aeration must occur between doses. As the effective size of the media decreases, the time for drainage and re -aeration of the media increases. The BOD5 loading should decrease with decreasing effective size of the sand. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 2.1 Re -circulation Tank Sizing For single-family home systems, the re- circulation tank is typically sized to be equal to 0.75 to 1 times the design peak daily flow. ©2017 E-Z Treat 7 th e-F N 2.2 Filter Performance When treating domestic strength sewage (300 mg/I BOD5 or less) up to the design flows and loads, a properly maintained E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter will typically perform better than the 30-day average requirements of NSF Standard 40 Class 1 (25 mg/I CBOD5 and 30 mg/I TSS). Reductions in the CBOD5 and suspended solids (TSS) influent concentrations will be attained within a few weeks of commissioning and should be consistently achieved over the lifetime of the styrene media. CBOD5 and suspended solids (TSS) treatment performance in the styrene media is not subject to significant variation with ambient air temperature fluctuations. 2.3 Operating Costs Power costs for pumping at 3 to 4 kWh/day are in the range of $9 to $12/month. The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system incorporates technology resulting from years of independent research in re -circulation sand bio-filtration. Our system applies each area of this technology in a pre- packaged system. This ensures consistent field performance in reducing BOD, TSS and Total Nitrogen. The system addresses media size and composition, drainage and ventilation, optimum dosing cycles per hour, depth of filter media, pre-treatment of effluent, pre -filtering of effluent to ensure particle size, even distribution of effluent over the media, and piping design that optimize treatment within the system. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net Table 2 NSF Testing Performance Summary BOD, 2 mg/I TSS 2 mg/I DO 3.3 mg/I Turbidity 2 NTU E. coli * 2 MPNI100mi PH 6.8 - 7.5 Total Nitrogen Reduction 64% *with optional UV disinfection 2.4 E-Z Treat Loading Rates In accordance with the EPA Design Guidelines and field testing of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter Model 600 can be continuously loaded at 750 GPD and 2lb BOD. Model 1200 can be continuously loaded at 1400 GIRD and 4lb BOD. EPA research and testing has proven that system designs, such as the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system, will produce a high quality effluent at loading rates in excess of 25 gal/ft2/day. ©2017 E-Z Treat 2.5 System Overview Prior to entering the re -circulating pump tank the effluent will be treated in an anaerobic chamber fitted with an effluent filter; this filter should remove any solids greater than 1/16". The second chamber will be a re -circulation chamber fitted with a float ball by-pass valve and re -circulation pump. The float ball by-pass valve connects, inside the re -circulation tank, to the 4" return line from R I 3 Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net the pod. The float by-pass valve maintains a constant liquid volume in the re -circulation tank. The float by-pass valve allows the effluent to be constantly re -circulated through the synthetic filter discharging only the daily forward flow volume after it has passed through the pod. In designs using an external splitter box the float by-pass valve would be eliminated from the re -circulation chamber. Standard Model 600 Package: 1 Model 600 Pod 2 STEP-20 Re -circulation Pump, 1/2 HP 3 Float By -Pass Valve 4 Control Panel 5 Septic Tank Effluent Filter (supplied by others) Recirculation Pump is changed to STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat Please see the pump curve and friction/TDH calculations provided by E-Z Treat 02017 E-Z Treat 1S r•TT Recirculation Pump is changed —' --on to STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat Please see the pump curve and friction/TDH calculations provided b E-Z Tr t Table 3 Pump Specifications Y ea Shell Stainless steel Discharge 10, 20 and 30 GPM models: fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic; 50 GPM models: stainless steel Discharge Bearing Nylatron® Impellers Delrin® Diffusers Polycarbonate Suction Caps Polycarbonate with stainless steel wear ring Thrust Pads Proprietary specification Shaft and Coupling Stainless steel 300 grade Intake Fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic Intake Screen Polypropylene Jacketed Cord 300 volt "SOOW" jacketed 10" leads (2-wire with ground); optional 20", 30", 50" and 100" lengths available Delrin® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours & Company Nylatron® is a registered trademark of Polymer Corporation S.T.E.P. Plus" is a registered trademark of Pentair Water In order to provide the best products possible, specifications ar subject to change. Table 4 Pump Performance — 20 GPM Capacity Liters per Minute 0 25 50 75 300 250 200 r� x 150 m 100 50 0 10 20 Capacity Gallons per Minute 100 Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 80 60 E 20 30 1.2 ©2017 E-Z Treat 4 E-Z Treat Float Ball By -Pass Valve WEIR a E-Z Treat Re -circulation Pump Control Model EZ SR-12 Re -circulation pump power source terminals T1 & T2 INLET l OUTLET 4" 4" High Level Alarm (top float) connects to terminals #5 and 6 -WEIR T i i BALL 2.75' -_ r Low Level Alarm (bottom float) connects to terminals #1 and 2 Wide Angle Pump "ON" & "OFF" timer activation (middle float) terminals #3 and 4 Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 5 E-Z Treat Re -circulation Pump Control Model EZ SR-12 E-Z TREAT L ALARM _ _ M q " NOT twcli q 0 O L_ M- eAyetAJ CI _A_ I I IL2 ^ v y '� L40TOR RAp/c V/In/ rr 115PH/ I/zhp/I6A max 1T1 PUMP 230V/IPH/27w/16A mex ..T2 � 0 IC o TBI 1 2 3 4 3 ORD a t rtHIal LEVEL. Q iv QJ r'I' "'OFF/TIMER ENABLE Q SEE NOTES 3 & 4 ***REDUNDANT OFF LOW LEVEL ALARM 3 3-4" TETHER,' C Ii5YflPD1%1 /2hi pj 230V/IFH/ftj NOTE: Panel model & manufacture may vary V Panel to be provided by E-Z Treat CONTROL/ALARM 115V/1PH/6OHz IOAMP MIN. PROTECTION PUMP 115 or 230V T"- 1PH/5OHZ Tj_ 20AMP MIN. PROTECTION max mox A124I a EXAMPLE: TIMER SHOWN SET FOR 10 min. RUN TIME EVERY 2hra TO SET THE TIMER, USE A SCREWDRIVER TO CHANGE TILLER INCREMENTS (hremin,see) UNTIL THE OESIREO INCREMENT IS DISPLAYED IN WINDOW ABOVE THE 'ON' & "OFF" ADJUSTMENT SCREWS. THE DIALRANGE CAN BE AOJUSTEO FROM THE $GE THE HIGHEST RANGE BYYAOTLOWEREFDJUSTME SCREVI. SELECT AS SMALL A RANGE AS POSSIBLE THAT WILL ALLOW "ON" AND "OFF TIMES TO BE CONTAINED WITHIN IT. USE THE LARGE INAL.(green painter) TO SET THE 'OFF" TIME, AND THE SMALL DIAL (red pointer) TO SET THE *ON" TIME. THE GREEN INDICATOR VALL LIGHT OURING THE "orF` PERIOD. THE RED INDICATOR WILL LIGHT DURING THE 'ON" PERIOD. TOROUE SETTINGS: TERMINALS WIRE SIZE! TOROUE: PI. IL1, 1L2 ITt, t72 P2 4-14ow In-Ihs - IO-ian. 8-22awg 22 in-Ibs 18-20 M-Ibs Tel 1-4 10-22owg 7-B in -ma ALRLL T& INALS 1D-22aw9 7-8 in-Ibs Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 6 2.6 Spray Manifold System To maximize the effectiveness of every cubic inch of the media material, the Model 600 employs a spray manifold with 8 evenly spaced wide-angle spray nozzles and Model 1200 employs 12 nozzles. The nozzles are plastic construction with a free passage of 0.0625" in diameter; this large free passage helps prevent nozzle clogging while maintaining a consistent misting spray. The manifold is assembled with a pressure gauge and valves allowing for flow rate adjustments. v M IAA C� iC M ty Q N e-r e-t O 3 !,l IC �l 2.7 Filter Media Mattress Material PRESSURE GAUGE I'RALL VAEVE Model 1200 The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system employs a manufactured synthetic media which is encapsulated in a mattress like container. The mattress is fabricated from a non -biodegradable; chemically resistant, loose weave polypropylene material with a weave pattern at 90 degree intersections creating 0.078 square openings allowing effluent and air to flow freely while containing the media material. This media is very uniform and provides ample surface area for biological growth. The media also has enough voids to accommodate good air and liquid flow. These void spaces also allow the passage of very small solids that would clog many filters. The media is very lightweight making it resistant to compaction which can lead to poor air and liquid flows, a problem that plagues many media filters. The media consists of lightweight, non - biodegradable plastic spheres. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 3/4-BALL VALVE SPRAY NOZZLE — Polypropylene Mattress Material Styrene Media ©2017 E-Z Treat 2.8 Decentralized Design Options for Commercial, Community, or Large On -site Systems M fu et )LD 1 1/2" SUPPLY LINE I` o - •v tr v 4" RETURN LINE Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat v W 0 m C. W 4" RETURN LINE Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 1 ux• 7ANIFOLD L Golf Club (Haymarket, VA.) Effluent Dispersal Method: Low Pressure Pipe This system was installed at the club Daily Flow: 20,000 GPD Treated Effluent Parameters: BODS: 10 mgl in 2009. TSS: 10 mgl TN: 20 mg/I Residential Cluster (Lake James, NC) This system services a lake -side complex consisting of single family homes, apartments. community center and swimming pool. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net Effluent Dispersal Method: Infiltrator Chambers Daily Flow: 25,000 GPD Treated Effluent Parameters: BODS: 10 mgl TSS: 10 mgl -N: 20 mg/I ©2017 E-Z Treat 10 v 0 M CL F p'p �J 3 CI, c S, Motor Home Park (Smokey Mountains) Effluent Dispersal Method: Infiltrator Chambers Daily Flow: 50,000 GPD Treated Effluent Parameters: BODS: 10 mgl TSS: 10 mgl TN: >60% Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 11 Ilk Nal v M CA Cfl, D 0 L]. M IL CL 4A r+ ly ly O� 7 3 c lv 3.0 Installation Instructions E-Z Treat Company or its representative will conduct on -site training with each installer before they are certified to install E-Z Treat systems. The training will include instruction on proper site prep, locating pod, equipment handling, excavation, pod placement, piping, wiring and start up of the E-Z Treat system. Annual classroom training will be a requirement for installers to maintain their certification. As a condition of E-Z Treat certification, contractors must have proper state and local licenses and appropriate insurance policies. E-Z Treat distributors will only sell or authorize installations by E-Z Treat certified installers. The E-Z Treatment pod will ship pre -assembled, requiring only field piping of the pod supply line and discharge line, installing the re -circulation pump, 4" float by-pass valve and the re -circulation control. When installing the E-Z Treat system the order of components installation is not critical and each segment can be installed independently. 3.1 Pre -construction Meeting A pre -construction meeting is recommended before any construction commences. This meeting is an opportunity for the owner, builder, engineer/designer, local regulatory agencies, service provider and installer to clarify property lines, building location, system location, power sources, drainage areas, final site grading and answer general questions. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 3.2 Off Loading Treatment System The E-Z Treat Re -circulation Synthetic Filter pod is injection molded polyethylene weighing about 300 pounds. Because of the relative light weight and toughness of the material, special handling is not required. Two people can easily unload the pod. If machinery is used to off load the pod or transport it to the excavated hole; nylon straps, chains or cables used to lift the pod should be in good condition and rated for at least 1000 pounds. The re -circulation pump and control will be shipped in factory sealed cardboard box, these items are not fragile but should be handled with reasonable care not dropped or thrown. ©2017 E-Z Treat 12 3.3 Excavating and Installing the Pod The first consideration when installing the E-Z Treat pod is to assure the pod is not located in a drainage area and the pod is located above the seasonal high water table, this will protect the pod from floating and prevent surface water infiltration. I Excavate a hole approximately 6'W x 9'L x 4'H. ul r i'i ■ Place 3/4" to 1" stone or equal to a height of 4" in the bottom of the excavation forming a level base for the pod to set, this will prevent settling of the pod and allow for leveling of the pod. fD N ■ Backfill the pod with clean fill soil, free of �. rocks and foreign material. Do not compact the fill, allow the soil to settle naturally. la ■ Once the pod is placed in the excavation fl- adjust the pod to slope 1" toward the 4" PVC outlet this assure proper drainage. Iy 3.4 Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply and Return f,7 ■ Once the pod is placed and leveled, ID�. connect 4" PVC pipe between the outlet 0' of the pod and the by-pass valve located in the re -circulation tank. ■ Attach 1" PVC supply line between the 1" inlet on the pod and the re -circulation pump. C G1 3.5 Installing the By -Pass Valve The by-pass valve is located in the re -circu- lation tank and one side is connected to the 4" PVC drain line coming from the pod and the other side is connected to the 4" PVC effluent discharge line or into the effluent pump tank. Model 600 Pod 4" Outlet Flo, Weir Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 13 3.6 Installing the Re -circulation Pump Connect the 1" PVC pipe between the inlet of the pod and the re -circulation pump. Always provide a quick disconnect device for removing the pump, this can be accomplished with a union, camlock coupler or pitless t' ;u adapter. DO NOT install a check valve in the pump supply line this will prevent the supply line to the pod spray manifold from draining and may cause freezing. 0 To ensure complete drainage of the spray �p manifold drill an 1/8" hole in the PVC pump supply pipe just above the discharge end of t�the pump. ei C 3.7 Setting Pump Control Floats (see page 6) N Ilv The control panel will come with three liquid 7 level floats: I- 1. Low Level Alarm Float protects the (A pump from run dry damage by turning off the pump and sound an audible — and visual alarm. Set float to activate e-h if the effluent level drops to 4" above the pump intake. 3 2. Timer Enable Float activates the Iy pump run time and assures the pump only runs when there is sufficient C effluent in the re -circulation tank. Set 03 float to activate when effluent level in the recirculation tank is filled to 50%. High Level Alarm Float will sound an audible and visual alarm when the effluent in the re -circulation tank is too high. Set float to activate when the effluent level in the in the re- circulation tank is level with the top of the by-pass valve. 1/8" Hole Float Settings High Level Float 60% U Liquid Level Wide Angle Float Low Level Alarm Float jJ 4' above pump inlet ` Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 14 L_dJ r+ Gi 4.0 Start-up Septic Tank and Re -circulation Tank The septic and re -circulation tank shall be inspected prior to start up to: 1. Verify the lid and riser assemblies are watertight. Check for any damaged, water weeping marks, holes or cracks. The sys- tem must remain watertight to perform properly. 2. Inspect the outlet effluent filter installation to insure it is installed in accordance with the effluent filter manufacturer's specifi- cations. 3. Inspect the liquid level in the recirculation tank, the liquid should be sufficient to activate the Timer Enable Float. 4. Inspect the location of the float controls. They should be securely attached to the float bracket, free to float without obstructions and the location of the floats should correspond with the float diagram on page 10. Power Supply 1. Verify the main power supply to the re- circulation panel has properly sized breakers, the proper voltage and is installed in protection water tight conduit. Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If the readings are beyond the limits speci- fied on the pump have an electrician check the main service line feeding the system control panel. By -Pass Valve 1. Verify the main power supply to the re- circulation panel has properly sized breakers, the proper voltage and is installed in protection water tight conduit. 2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If the readings are beyond the limits specified on the pump have an electrician check the main service line feeding the system control panel. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net Flush the Spray Manifold 1. At initial system start-up, remove the end caps from the spray manifold. Operate the re -circulation pump by turning the pump control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let the pump run for one minute then turn the pump control to the "OFF" position repeat this procedure three times to flush any construction debris such as dirt or pipe shavings from the spray manifold. Replace the end caps hand tight —do not use wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con- trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position. 2. Using the ball valve located in the manifold supply line adjust the manifold pressure to 20 to 25 PSI. 3.Observe the system as it re -circulates. Visually verify all liquids flows freely through the system. Setting the Re -circulation Pump Control 1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel. Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch Function: Turns power ON or OFF Control. System Setting Switch "MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON" Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float switches and time clock switches. "AUTO ON" allows for normal operations dictated by the time clock and float switches. Control: Timer "MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF" Function: Controls run time of re -circulation pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media Control: High and Low Water Alarm "ALARM ON", "ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE" Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on the audio/visual alarms. "ALARM AUTO" is the normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE" turns off the alarms. 2. Check re -circulation pump. Place the system in the manual mode by turning the recircu- lation pump switch to "ON" The re -circula- tion pump should begin to supply effluent to the spray nozzles in the treatment pod. ©2017 E-Z Treat 15 Ilk IS Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms 1. Place the system in the normal operating mode by turning the re -circulation pump switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer ON/OFF set the ON/OFF time to match Table 5 below. 2. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF Timer. To accomplish this use a stop watch and verify the length of time the re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the time the re -circulation pump is ON. Those times should match the ON/OFF Timer settings in the control panel. 3. Confirm the operation of the visual and audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms. The control has an alarm switch clearly marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and Alarm "SILENCE". Place the Alarm Switch in the "ON" position, you will hear a loud buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE" position the red light and buzzer will go dormant. Once the alarms have been triggered return all settings to their original position of Alarm "AUTO" Table 5 Timer Settings 4. Verify the floats are operational by manually raising and lowering the floats to simulate the systems normal operation. Verify proper operation of "High Level Float" by lifting the float while the system timer is in the "OFF" time mode, the re -circulation pump should turn on over riding the "OFF" timer, the Visual and Audible alarms should activate. Return the float to its normal position the re -circulation pump will turn off. Reset the alarms and manually lower the "Low Water Float" with timer in the "ON" mode, the re -circulation pump will turn off and the visual/audible alarms will activate. Return the float to the normal position and the re -circulation pump will run. Reset the Alarms. 5. Verify all control breakers are in the "ON" position and all control switches are in the "AUTO" position before closing and securing the system. 300 750 300 2.5 24 2.5 39 400 750 400 2.5 20 2.5 28 500 900 500 2.5 16 2.5 22 600 900 600 2.5 14 2.5 18 700 1000 700 2.5 21 2.5 15 800 1000 800 2.5 18 2.5 13 900 1500 900 2.5 15 2.5 11 1000 1500 1000 2.5 13 2.5 9 1100 1500 1100 2.5 12 2.5 8 1200 2000 1200 2.5 10 2.5 7.5 Note: Tank sizing are not exact and may vary (+or-10%) based on availability of locally produced tanks. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 16 N et 01 NOTE: Please refer to drawings for site Appendix 1 Model 600 Typical Configurations configurations. Note: Not a complete library of possible configurations. Contact E-Z Treat for more information. 1-Pod / 2-Tank with Simplex Timed Dose Re -circulation Pump L, I L---------- ----J 6T L-----------u.�-� ® punt wmxear.�nmowemiuoerasa Za 'c � asncum xr�npanrxxrrmwerurstmie 2-Pod / 2-Ta k ith Simplex Timed Dose Re -circulation Pump _- J x[t�nxsr - _ _.. .. _. i.... y... 5mavroMmxxrnxuxrr n eevnc •xoaE uumwsrdu�r�xix II ate _ SGI I .I ri S - ✓:.aw M neaaaaecsoxs Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat 18 Re -circulation Pump Timer Light will burn Green to indicate Re -circulation Pump is OFF I Light will burn RED to indicate Re -circulation Pump is ON. —► i Rotate dial to desired minutes ON. —; Clock face screw will change ,—■ the clock face from a maximum OVIR4n H30 time of 1.5 units to a maximum ON screw displays seconds, minutes or hours. Rotate dial to desired minutes OFF. of 30 units. Always set the clock face to 30. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net Window will display OFF "SEC", "MIN" or "HR". Rotate OFF screw until "MIN" appears in window. �s- OFF screw displays seconds, minutes or hours. Window will display ON "SEC", 'MIN" or "HR". Rotate ON screw until "MIN" appears in window. ©2017 E-Z Treat 17 Appendix 4 High Strength Waste Case Study Below are the test results of E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter system in a high strength waste application. This was a repair of a failed High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit at a restaurant. The effluent from the ATU plugged the drip field and the tubing had to be replaced. The health department required the effluent to achieve residential strength quality before dispersal to the subsurface drip tubing. The solution was to install two Model 1200 pods. The state required monthly testing the first six months and annual testing thereafter. The average 1 daily flow is 1,500 GPD. The system has been operation since 2009 and the media has not been replaced or cleaned. Table 6 BOD Loading vParameter Effluent, Avg M Daily Flow 1,500 N Influent BOD loading 1900 mg/I Cfl� Influent BOD mass load 24 Ibslday BOD mass load per pod 12 Ibslday C tD Table 7 Commercial Test Results (sample restaurant) �.Influent Effluent % Influent Effluent % 7/9/2009 2100 25 1 98.8 2670 33 98.8 7/16/2009 2050 50 97.6 3640 32 99.1 8/13/2009 2080 27 98.7 2550 39 98.5 e�F 9/17/2009 2030 21 99.0 1670 32 98.1 O• 10/27/2009 2050 58 97.2 1100 75 93.2 11/19/2009 2050 32 98.4 4080 58 98.6 12/17/2009 1050 14 98.7 385 58 84.9 3 AVG 1916 32 98% 2299 47 96% Irfluent sample location: First septic tank outlet Effluent sample location: E-Z Treat outfall Note: System repairs completed by 7/9/2009 Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 24 Pump discharge tank BEFORE the repair of a High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit at a restaurant metered forward flow average of 1,500 GPD. Sample pulled from the discharge side of the High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit. Pump discharge tank AFTER the repair of a High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit using two Model 1200 pods metered forward flow average of 1,500 GPD. Sample of treated effluent pulled from the discharge side of the Model 1200 pods. Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 25 E-ZZT PO Box 176 Haymarket, Virginia 20168 T 703.753.4770 F 571.248.8837 eztreat.net 02017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 E Z oTREAT Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter guy Installation and Maintenance Guide Note: Installation Only Maintenance is in O&M Section NSF. Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I to one or more of the following standards: NSF/ANSI 40 NSF/ANSI 245 NSHANSI 350 02017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 1 y TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 UV Light System Installation Appendix 1: E-Z Treat UV System Configurations Appendix 2: NSF Test Data 1.0 UV Light System Installation The E-Z Set UV system is shipped as three components, the UV housing, the UV lamps and the UV lamp control panel 1. The PVC inlet and outlet on the dual bulb UV housing are reversible, allowing flow in either direction. The inlet of the single bulb configuration is the 4" hub and the outlet is the 2" hub. The inlet and outlet will accept any Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 PVC pipe or locally approved water tight pipe con- nection. The housing must be installed so the UV lamps are in the vertical position. 2. UV lamp control panel can be installed indoors or outdoors. The panel msut be secured in a manner that is consistent with local regulations. The UV lamp control requires a dedicated 120 volt power source that complies with local electrical codes. •Z Treat UV System Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net 3. The UV lamps should be wiped clean in accordance with the cleaning instructions and inspected for cracks or chips prior to installing the lamps into the UV housing. 4.Once the inlet and outlet connections to the UV housing are complete, insert the UV lamp assemblies into the UV housing. Caution: UV lamp housing connections should be hand -tightened. DO NOT use wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten. 5. Fill UV housing with water/effluent before applying power to the UV lamps. 6. Turn power "ON" to the UV system. Table 1 NSF Testing Performance Summary BOD5 2 mg/I TSS 2 mg/I DO 3.3 mgll Turbidity 2 NTU E. toll2 MPN/100ml pH 6.8-7.5 Total Nitrogen Reduction 64% *with optional UV disinfection ©2017 E-Z Treat Appendix 1 E-Z Treat UV System Configurations 4" RISER PIPE TO GRADE- .y 4"OR 2" OUTLETS `[ 4" INLET II _ o I l;� I i - I UV LAMP � !• 4" OUTLET NON -CORROSIVE REFLECTIVE & PROTECTIVE SLEEVE`_ Y` l 4" WELL CAP UV LAMP UV LAMP 4"RISER PIPE TO GRADE /4" INLET I '_�UV LAMP Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net :"WELL CAP Model 101 Single Lamp .4" WELL CAP Model 102 Dual Lamp 4"RISER PIPE TO GRADE $I Model404 Two Dual Lamps in Series ©2017 E-Z Treat 3 Appendix 2 NSF Test Data Table 2 NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Testing 10/21/13 980,000 < 1.1 10/23/13 687,000 < 1.0 10/25/13 1,610,000 < 1.1 10/28113 5,840,000 < 1.1 10/30/13 1,720,000 < 1.0 11/1113 816,000 < 1.0 11/4113 435,000 < 1.0 11/6/13 816,000 < 1.0 11/8113 921,000 < 1.0 11/11/13 816,000 < 1.1 11/13/13 770,000 < 1.0 11/15/13 579,000 < 1.0 11/18/13 1,990,000 3.1 11 /20/13 1,050, 000 1.0 11 /22/13 1,550,000 1.0 11/25/13 770000 < 1.1 11/26/13 411:000 < 1.0 11/27/13 613,000 < 1.0 12/2113 461,000 < 1.0 12/4113 1,300,000 < 1.0 12/11/13 411,000 < 1.0 12113/13 517,000 < 1.0 12/16/13 687,000 < 1.1 12/18/13 387,000 < 1.0 12/20/13 548,000 1.0 12/23/13 579,000 < 1.0 12/27/13 517,000 < 1.0 12130/13 387,000 < 1.0 1/1114 260,000 < 1.0 113114 1,200,000 < 1.0 116114 127,000 < 1.0 1/8114 387,000 < 1.0 1110/14 156,000 < 1.0 1/13/14 345,000 1.0 1115/14 210,000 2.0 1/17/14 102,000 < 1.0 1/20/14 62,700 < 1.0 1/22/14 158,000 < 1.0 1/24114 81,600 < 1.0 1127114 161,000 < 1.0 1/29/14 326,000 < 1.0 1/31114 866,000 < 1.0 2/3114 4,880,000 < 1.0 2/5114 461,000 4.1 2/10/14 397,000 < 1.0 2/12/14 461,000 < 1.0 2114/14 411,000 < 1.0 Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net Table 3 NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Summary Median 517,000 1.0 Min 62,700 1.0 Max 5,840,000 4.1 Avg 834,474 1.0 Std Dev 1,066,222 1.0 ©2017 E-Z Treat E-z�&TREAT PO Box 176 Haymarket, Virginia 20168 T 703.753.4770 F 571.248.8837 eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017 Recirculation Pump STA-RITE® STEP Plus series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps The STEP Plus 4" submersible filtered effluent pumps in 10, 20,30 and 50 GPM models offer dependable performance and value for high pressure filtered effluent applications. These STEP Plus pumps will handle "dry run" conditions. The 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM are industry standard 3-3/4" in diameter. Filtered Effluent... for residential, commercial, and agricultural use. Shell - Stainless steel Discharge - 10, 20 and 30 GPM models: fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic; 50 GPM models. stainless steel Discharge Bearing - Nylatron® Impellers - Engineered composite Diffusers- Engineered composite Suction Caps - Engineered composite with stainless steel wear ring Thrust Pads- Proprietary spec. Shaft and coupling - Stainless steel 300 grade Intake -Engineered composite Intake Screen - Polypropylene Jacketed Cord - 600 Volt -SOOW" or 300 Volt "SJOW" jacketed 10' leads (2-wire with ground(; optional 20'. 30'. 50' and 100' lengths available In orderto provide the best products possible, specifications are subject to change. 0 PENTAIR Proven "Floating Impeller" Staging System - Incorporates 1st -in -class performance, sand handling and thrust management staging system with the industry exclusive "dry -run" design element. Reinforced engineered composites and stainless steel, offering high resistance to corrosion and abrasion. Discharge - Tested -tough, fiberglass - reinforced thermoplastic, with proven internal check valve. Large wrench flats and rope hole. Shell -Stainless steel pump shell offers high corrosion resistance. Shaft - Hexagonal 3/8", 300-grade stainless steel pump shaft; offers generous impeller drive surfaces. Shaft Bearing - Exclusive self- lubricating Nylatron bearing resists wear surface from sand. Motor Bracket - Tested -tough, fiberglass - reinforced thermoplastic; incorporates ar integral suction screen. S11411WS Recirculation Pump STA-RITE° ST.E.P Plus Series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps CATALOG NUMBER HP STAGES MAX. LOAD AMPS VOLTS PHASE/ CYCLES CORD LENGTH STEP10 1/2 7 12.0 115 1/60 10' STEP 10X100FT-05121 1/2 7 12.0 115 1/60 100' STEP10X30FT //2 7 12.0 115 1/60 30' STEP10X50FT 1/2 7 12.0 115 1/60 50' STEP20 1/2 5 12.0 115 1/60 10' STEP20X100FT-05121 1/2 5 12.0 115 1/60 100' STEP20X30FT 1/2 5 12.0 115 1/60 30' STEP20X50FT 1/2 5 12.0 115 1/60 50' STEP30-05121 1/2 3 9.5 115 1/60 10' STEP30X100FT-05121 1/2 3 12.0 115 1/60 100' STEP30X30FT-05121 1/2 3 12.0 115 1/60 30' STFP30X50FT-05121 1/2 3 12.0 115 1/60 50' STEP30-05221 11Z 3 4.7 Z3U 116U 10 STEP30X100FT-05221 1/2 3 4.7 230 1/60 100' STEP30X30FT-05221 1/2 3 4.7 230 1/60 30' STEP30X50FT-05221 1/2 3 4.7 230 1/60 50' STEP30-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 10' STEP30X100FT-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 100' STEP30X30FT-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 30' STEP30X50FT-10221 1 5 9.1 230 1/60 50' STEP30-15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 230 1/60 10' STEP30X100FT-15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 230 1/60 100' STEP30X30FT-15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 230 1/60 30' STEP30X50FT-15221 1-1/2 6 11.0 230 1/60 50' STEP50-10221 1 3 9.1 230 1/60 10' STEP50X100FT-10221 1 3 9.1 230 1/60 100' STEP50X30FT-10221 1 3 9.1 230 1/60 30' STEP50X50FT-10221 1 3 9.1 230 1/60 50' STEP50-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1/60 10' STEP50X100FT-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1/60 100' STEP50X30FT-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1/60 30' STEP50X50FT-15221 1-1/2 4 11.0 230 1/60 50' NOTE: Cord Length shall be determined by site condition 511411 WS Recirculation Pump STA R 1 T E® ST. E. P Plus Series es NOTE: Please see pump curve � provided by E-Z Treat 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps 1 GPM PUMP PERFORMANCEI GPM CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PE775 NUTE 0 50 75 100 0 25 50 100 300 250 w 200 W LL z 50 I I I en I TFA j S.o 10 20 30 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE 300 80 250 N •0 W F 2 Z 0 a 40 = _ J O 100 20 50 I STFp? o� � yA I 10 20 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE PUMP PERFORMANCE - 1 GPM PUMP PERFORMANCE1 GPM CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 225 IT1 I I I 120 200 175 W 160 W LL ? 125 C W = 100 J F 75 50 25 S A � ly A 2'Sa I ST�p 7177 3 1 I I 0 10 20 30 40 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE 60 100 - 50 W W BO 40 W LL 2 z � O p 60. 30 W 2 J .J H 0 40 20 ~ 20 10 1 0 50 EPA I FAA, I ssilml f0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE M 60 W H W 2 z c 40 UT 0 35 30 25 W W 2 20 z 5 3 S11411WS Recirculation Pump STA-RITE® STRE.P Plus Series 4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps 1-1/4" NPT DISCHARGE 2" NPT DISCHARGE (50 GPM ONLY) I . /I 0 � Jacketed Cord 10' (Standard) 30', 50', 100' (Optional) 10 GPM,1/2 HP = 13" 20 GPM ,1/2 HP - 13-1/4" 30 GPM,1/2 HP = 11-1/2" 30 GPM,1 HP =14" 30 GPM,1-112 HP = 15.1/4" 50 GPM, 1 HP=13-1/4" 50 GPM, 1-1/2 H1 =15-1/4" 3-7/8" 10 GPM,1/2 HP = 21-112" 20 GPM,1/2 HP = 22-1/4" 30 GPM, 1!2 HP = 22-1/2" 30 GPM, 1 HP = 27-1/2" 30 GPM, 1-112 HP = 30-1/4" 50 GPM,1 HP = 26.314" 50 GPM,1-1/2 HP = 30-114" Dimensions (in inches) are for estimating purposes only. PENTAIR 293 WRIGHT STREET, DELAVAN, Vd153115 WWW.STA-RITE.COM PH, 888-782-7483 ORDERS FAX: 800-426-9446 1 1 Because we arc continuously Improving our products and services. Pcnla it res—ce the right to change sped I, ca Genswithout prio, etice. S11411WS (09/10/14) 225 200 175 F 150 W W LL 125 lib = 100 J F 75 50 F�7 Recirculation Pump E-Z Treat Mod.#600 20PSI @ Spray Manifold or 46 Ft Head @20 PSI Flow Per Spray Nozzle 1.7 GPM 8 Nozzles Per Mod.#600 Total Flow Required 13.6 GPM CAPACITY LIFERS PER MINUTE 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 I �h tl �10110 HP 0 10 20 30 40 50 CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE 60 50 y W 40 Z_ i] W -30 S J H 20 ~ 10 0 C Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided - PUMP size per manufacturing specifications for pump/motor Incoming Power 1201230 VAC, 50/60HZ PUMP LOAD G L1 L2/N 120/230 VAC, 0-16 AMPS, 50/60 HZ I I L3 T3 PUMPS MUST CONTAIN INTEGRAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION! GL ICI T2 L2 TI 2 ,—, � l {—`T, TI PUMP1 CB1 ( 20A M1 GROUND TO GROUNDLUG CONTROL Incoming Power 120 VAC, 50160HZ L1 N I I CB2 10A SW1 FS2 - Timer Enable 11 CR1 1� 4 1f� °.OFF TB3 TB4 AUTO 7 2 D1 F33 - High Alarm 100 IDO Al R FS1 -Low Alarm TB1 TB2 Al R A2 21 CR1 22 11 CR214 SW2 Test S A2 F1, F2 FUSE MUST BE DREPLACED WITH 1 AMP 5mmX20mm TYPE FAST ACTING 250 V MAX. This control panel is for timed dosing applications. When the timer enable float is up, the timer will start timing for the duration of the "Off' time and when complete, the pump will start for the duration of the "On" time. Both Off and On times are adjustable. This pattern repeats until the timer enable float lowers and turns off. The Low float acts as a redundant off and will also activate the alarm. If the level reaches the High float switch, the alarm will activate. TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB5 TB6 QQ QQ 44 ALARM BEACON��� R FS3 - High 11 12 FS1-Low FS2- Level g Level Timer Enable CR3 14 Al q2 Float Switch Field Wiring R *FS1 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle once *FS2 - Normally Open, Wide Angle *FS3 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle --- FIELD WIRING •••• FIELD SUPPLIED 0TERMINAL BLOCK mer Wiring = BLK IOVAC Control Wiring = RED -utral = WHT round = GRN AWGI OR TORQUEPOUNDS IN INCH CIRCULAR MILLSIZE SCREW EXTERNAL DRIVER DRIVE WRENCH LEGEND CR CONTROL RELAY CB CIRCUIT BREAKER GL GROUND LUG sWl HOA SWITCH SW2 TEST/SILENCE SWITCH R ALARM BEACON B ALARM BUZZER M1 MAGNETIC CONTACTOR GI PUMP RUN INDICATOR GL GROUND LUG FS FLOAT SWITCH TD1 Repeat Cycle Timer Off Hrs On H� o $ Off 1 12 Scale Min IB G - Off R- On It To set the timer, use a screwdriver to change timer Scale (0-12 most common). Use a screwdriver to change the "On" time increments (minutes most common). Use a screwdriver to change the "off' time increments (hours most common). Turn the dial with the Red line to the desired "On" time (this example is 2 minutes). Turn the dial with the Green line to the desired "Off' time (this example is 4 Hours), Notes: 1. WARNINGI Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must Install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes. 2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gases from entering endosure. 3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Devlce/Disconnect Means Field Provided. W S IV a w E �a a� -o 5 > o w CL c 9 E to 0 > N i z C LO C li E IT a I o o a � ar ar m v e ao cOd mdC > E. " m zzzm8 foL7$�o Sheet Description: Production Schematic Sheet No: 1 1 Of 07-29-2013 Version; Rev AAG, MECH-00000049 — — — FIELD WIRING • •••• FIELD SUPPLIED Terminal Connections ® TERMINAL BLOCK TB CONTROL PUMP PUMP Power Wiring = BLK Incoming Power Incoming Power Connection 120VAC Control Wiring = RED 120 VAC, 50/60HZ 1201230 VAC, 50160HZ Neutral = WHT L1 N L1 1-21N Ground =GRIN IT�B1r T^B2 IIT��B�3�r T^84 IT�BSI IT�B61 I F&1 I'v' Ir�rl I�'I '1V' '�" ® LI'i'J LIXJ L L LYJ LYIK91 1 TIGHTENING ARCULA roRouE IN INCH CIRCULAR POUNDS MILL SIZE SCREW EXTERNAL DRIVE IYrJ I�J pl �� I DRIVER WRENCH 14 35 75 FS3 - High G7 VZ 10 35 75 FS1 - Low F52 - Level a � Level Timer Enable C)a 40 75 ZC 6 45 110 Float Switch Field Wiring ° 0 4 45 110 *FS1 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle 0 2 50 15o 1 50 150 *FS2 - Normally Open, Wide Angle *FS3 - Normally Open, Narrow Angle 50 fro 1B0 2 0 50 190 LEGEND CR CONTROL RELAY CB CIRCUIT BREAKER GL GROUND LUG SW3 HOA SWITCH SW2 TEST/SILENCE SWITCH R ALARM BEACON B ALARM BUZZER Ml MAGNETIC CONTACTOR GI PUMP RUN INDICATOR GL GROUND LUG FS FLOAT SWITCH TOT Repeat CVde Timer Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes. 2. Install in accordance with National Electric Gode, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gases from entering enclosure. 3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided. Q W tit SheetSheet Description: Termlral Connection Sheet No: 1 1 Of 07-29-2013 Version; Rev AAG, MECH-00000049 E-Z Set Drip December 2008 E-Z Set Drip Controllers E-Z Set Drip controllers are the brain of the system, typically utilizing a programmable logic controller (PLC) to activate the pump cycles, zone valves and flush valves, when needed. (Refer to table later in this section for the panel that fits your application.) Controllers have the following built-in log functions: - Elapsed time meter (ETM) - Pump events - Peak events - High level events - Power fail events Note: ETM and pump events are recorded whenever contactor is engaged. Float Functions Functions =Ioat raised — Alarm enable. activates the audible and visual alarm when lifted. Audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button. The alarm ight will remain on until the float is lowered. k Timer On/Off Float Float raised — Peak Timer enable. The Peak timer will cycle the pump(s) more frequently. The Peak Timer unction will remain active until the Primary Timer enable float lowers. When he Peak Timer function has been completed and the Primary Timer enable float is reactivated, normal timer operation will resume Float raised — Timer enable. ar On/Off Float The Timer will control pump cycles, beginning with the off cycle. Note: On duplex panels the pumps will alternate with each timer cycle. Float raised — Pump enable. undant Off & Low Level m Float Float lowered — Pump disable. Flashing visual & audible alarm enable. This is a secondary off float that will prevent the operation of the pump if the water level in the tank gets too low. Pumping will be disabled in both the automatic and manual modes. This float also activates the visual and audible alarms. Audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button. The flashing alarm light will remain on until the float is raised. When raised, this float will enable operation of the pump. December 2008 Choose a controller: Step 1: Number of zones in dispersal field. Single zone: - Go to EZ1 table below. Two zones: -Zones activated hydraulically with indexing valves — go to EZ1 table. -Zones activated electrically with solenoid valves — go to EZ2 table. Three to four zones: - Zones activated hydraulically with indexing valves - go to EZ1 table. - Zones activated electrically with solenoid valves - go to EZ4 table. Five or more zones: - Zones activated hydraulically with indexing valves - go to EZ1 table. - Zones activated electrically with solenoid valves — call E-Z Set. (Zones activated with index & solenoid valve combinations can be accommodated.) All panels are dual voltage (1151230) for pump operation and 115v control circuit. 115vac (max 3/4hp; 1phase pump) or 230vac (max 2hp; 1phase pump). Pumps must have internal capacitors. (Any pumps requiring external capacitor kits will require a "special order" controller with pump manufacturer provided capacitor kits incorporated into panel enclosure.) Step 2: Number of pumps. Choose one pump (simplex) or two pumps (duplex). Step 3: Flushing operation. Choose manual or automatic (electronic) field and filter flushing. STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 PART NUMBER EZ1(115/230) Simplex Manual EZ1-Sim-Man Auto EZ1-Sim-Aut Duplex Manual EZ1-Dup-Man Auto EZ1-Dup-Aut EZ2(115/230) Simplex Manual EZ2-Sim-Man Auto EZ2-Sim-Aut Duplex Manual EZ2-Dup-Man Auto EZ2-Dup-Aut EZ4(115/230) i Simplex Auto EZ4-Sim-Aut Duplex Auto EZ4-Dup-Aut MANUAL CONTROLLERS The Primary Timer (float 2-activated) controls the pump dose cycle during normal operating conditions. During high flow conditions the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the Peak Timer (float 3 - activated). The Peak Timer off is typically set to trigger more frequent flow than the Primary Timer off setting. If duplex pump option is chosen, the pumps are alternated every pump cycle and never operate simultaneously. There is a selection switch for pump 1, pump 2 or alternation. This allows one pump to be taken out of service for maintenance without affecting the operation of the system. Pump dosing cycles are controlled by the timers when the H-C-A switch is in the auto position. December 2008 Under normal conditions the Primary Timer (float 2) will control the pump(s). During high flow conditions, the Peak Timer (float 3) will control the pump(s). The Peak Timer will cycle the pump more frequently than the Primary Timer (field adjustable). The pump will dose for the same amount of time as it does when operated by the Primary Timer but the time in between doses, or the Peak timer "off time", will be 75 % of that of the Primary Timer "off time". Factory settings (field adjustable) are 1 hr 55 minutes off and 5 minutes on for Primary Timer and Peak Timer is set to 1 hr 25 minutes off (1 hr 55 mins x 75%) and 5 minutes on. Consequently peak doses are more frequent than primary doses. Hydraulically activated zone valve(s) will index each time the PLC calls for a dose. Each time the pump is called for another zone is dosed. The controller does not dose all zones sequentially as "one" dose and ignores the fact that there are multiple zones for the purpose of dosing. For example if the Primary Timer is programmed to be off for 1 hour on for 5minutes and there are four zones, each zone will get 6 doses - five minutes in length —in a 24-hour period. The controller will dose a single zone every hour and will not dose all zones every hour. AUTOMATIC Controllers The Primary Timer (float 2 activated) controls the pump dose cycle during normal operating conditions. During high flow conditions the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the Peak Timer (float 3 activated). If duplex pump option is chosen, the pumps are alternated every pump cycle and never operate simultaneously. There is a selection switch for pump 1, pump 2 or alternation. This allows one pump to be taken out of service for maintenance without affecting the operation of the system. The Vortex Filter flush valve will open for 15 seconds (field adjustable) at the end of the pump cycle to allow the filter to self -flush. Pump dosing cycles are controlled by the timers when the H-O-A switch is in the auto position. Under normal conditions the Primary Timer (float 2) will control the pump. During high flow conditions, the Peak Timer (float 3) will control the pump. The Peak Timer will cycle the pump more frequently than the Primary Timer. The pump will dose for the same amount of time as it does when operated by the Primary Timer but the time in between doses, or the Peak Timer "off time", will be 75% that of the Primary Timer "off time". Factory settings (field adjustable) are 1 hr 55 minutes off and 5 minutes on for Primary Timer and Peak Timer is set to 1 hr 25 minutes off (1 hr 55 minutes x 75%) and 5 minutes on. Zone valve(s) will open when the PLC calls for a dose or flush. These can be electrically operated solenoid valves (requires EZ2 orEZ4) or hydraulically activated index valves (used with EZ1). Each time the pump is called for another zone is dosed. The controller does not dose all zones sequentially as "one" dose but rather ignores the fact that there are multiple zones for the purpose of dosing. The total doses of all zones in a 24-hour period must be considered when setting the "off" timer(s). After the pump is deactivated the electrically activated solenoid flush valve will remain open for five minutes (field adjustable) to allow for drainage of the supply line in freezing climates. If hydraulically activated index valve is used, be sure to drain the supply line or bury below frost and protect in freezing climates. If hydraulically activated index valves are used in combination with a solenoid field flush valve, a field setting for number of zones and number of zone valves is available. Field flush valve will open at the end of the dosing cycle. The pump will continue to run for 5 seconds to accommodate the opening of this valve. After the pump is deactivated the field flush valve will remain open for five minutes (field adjustable) to allow for drainage of the return line in freezing conditions. It is best to clock the length of time it takes the return flush line to drain and use this to set your drain time. The activated zone valve remains open at the end of the dose for same "#" minutes as return flush and filter flush valves to accommodate drainage of supply line. December 2008 To periodically flush the dripfield, after 10 dosing cycles (field adjustable) the pump will operate for 5 minutes (field adjustable) with the field flush valve open. The field flush cycle will repeat until all zones have been flushed. This operation will also occur after a power outage. This is achieved by correctly inputting number of zone valves (if applicable) and number of zones during setting of the controller values. It is recommended that the flush cycle is set for approximately the same amount of time as the dose cycle to insure an adequate flush. PANEL COMPONENTS: - IDEC programmable logic module for timing and controls. - Solid state contactor and circuit breaker for pump(s) (115VAC; max 3/4hp; 1 ph pump or 230VAC; max 2hp; 1 ph pump). Pumps must have built in capacitors. (External capacitor kits are special order and can be built into panel). - Circuit breaker for 115v control circuit. - Hand -Off -Auto (H-O-A) switches for pump(s) and valve(s) operation. - Transformer (115v-24Vac) and terminal contacts for solenoid valves. (Contacts for normally open valves may be special ordered.) - Elapsed time meter, pump cycle counter, peak timer counter, HLA counter and power fail counter for system monitoring built in to PLC. - Surge arrestor. - NEMA 4 X fiberglass enclosure. - UL listed control panel. Telemetry and SCADA control systems available. Please contact E-Z Set for custom panel information (703-408-2916).. December 2008 APPEid'DICES Product Specifications 'Product specifications and other technical information throughout provided by Geof low, Inc. (except for controllers). Spin -Clean Filters Description The filters are placed between the pump and dripfield to screen out any debris. The Spin -Clean type filter is most commonly used with E-Z Set Drip systems. (Other filters are available). Body — Two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal. Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant glass reinforced plastic. Screen - Sintered stainless steel. Sintering is a process in which three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh. Screen collars molded from vinyl for long life and durability. Spin Plate - Directional spin plate is molded of PVC or fiberglass. Vortex Spin Action - Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber, throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity, moves the debris down the screen wall to the'/" flush outlet at the base of the filter. To stay clean, the filter flush valve must be partially to fully open allowing debris to flush away. This can be done with continuous or automatic flushing. Item Number Size (MPT) Max. Flow (GPM) Max. Pressure Width Height Size of flush port Area of filtration (sq. inches AP4E-1 1" 15gpm 80 psi 6" 7" 3/" MPT 23.4 AP4E-1.5 1.5" 45gpm 100 psi 12" 15.5" 3/" MPT 60.8 AP4E-2 2.0" 70gpm 80 psi 12" 16" 3/" MPT 60.8 Note: Filters can be used in parallel to deliver higher flow rates and/or decrease pressure loss through the filters. Specifications: 1" Filter: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number AP4E-1. December 2008 1.5" Filter: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1.5 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1 '/2" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number ANE-1.5. 2" Filter: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 2 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 2" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number ANE-2. i December 2008 20 18 �s 16 �714 W ;12 Ca �10 6 4 2 ,6 r 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Flow - GPM I Vortex Filter 12 10 8 G 6 4 2 Flow - GPAI 1.5" Vortex Filter I I 10 20 ;0 40 5 o 6 Flow - GPM Flow - GPM Pressure loss charts for Spin -Clean filters December 2008 2" Vortex Filter 1/2 Gallon Pressure Compensating Dripline Standard products: WFPC16-2-24 E-Z Set Drip PC 24"/.53gph WFPC16-2-18 E-Z Set Drip PC 18"/.53gph WFPC16-2-12 E-Z Set Drip PC 12"/.53gph WFPC16-2-6 E-Z Set Drip PC 6"/.53gph (Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request) E-Z Set Drip PC Specification: A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip model W FPC16-2-24 (or-18;-12; -6) by E-Z Set Dip. Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18"; 12"; 6") centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable of a nominal discharge rate of .53gph under pressure conditions of 7-60psi. All emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The pressure compensating emitters shall incorporate a silicone rubber diaphragm. The dripline shall have and outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 0,55 inches. B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra-FreshTm DM-50. The dripline shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARD®. The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan® to inhibit root intrusion fora minimum period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for this period. Flow Rate vs. Pressure Pressure Head All WASTEFLOW PC 1/2gph dripline 7-60 psi 16 —139 ft. 0.53 gph Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line. Recommended operating pressure 10-45 psi Pressure Psi ft. Emitter Spacing 6" 12" 18" 24" 10 psi 23.10 ft 15 psi 34.65 ft. 174' 260' 321' 20 psi 46.20 ft. 120' 229' 330' 424' 25 psi 57.75 ft. 260' 377' 478' 30 psi 69.30 ft. 150' 288' 415' 535' 35 psi 80.85 ft. 313' 448' 576' 40 psi 92.40 ft 172' 330' 475' 612' 45 psi 103.95 ft 354' 501' 651' 50 psi 115.5 ft. 363' 523' 675' 55 psi 127.05 ft. 377' 544' .700' 60 psi 138.6 ft. 403' 563' 727' Kd = 2.070 December 2008 Wasteflow PC 0.53 gph. Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run .r t �,� rr tr rr rr .rr tr :rr Length (ft) 1 Gallon Pressure Compensating Dripline Standard products: WFPC16-4-24 E-Z Set Drip PC 24"/1.02gph WFPC16-4-18 E-Z Set Drip PC 18"/1.02gph WFPC16-4-12 E-Z Set Drip PC 12"/1.02gph WFPC16-4-6 E-Z Set Drip PC 6"/1.02gph (Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request) E-Z Set Drip PC Specification: A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip model WFPC16-4-24 (or -18; -12; -6) by E-Z Set Dip. Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18°; 12"; 6") centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable of a nominal discharge rate of 1.02gph under pressure conditions of 7-60psi. All emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The pressure compensating emitters shall incorporate a silicone rubber diaphragm. The dripline shall have and outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 0.55 inches. B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra-FreshTm DM-50. The dripline shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARD®. The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan®to inhibit root intrusion fora minimum period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for this period. December 2008 Flow Rate vs. Pressure Pressure Head All WASTEFLOW PC 1 ph dri line 7- 60 psi 16 —139 ft. 1.02 gph Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line. Recommended operating pressure 10-45 psi Pressure psi ft. Emitter Spacing 6" 12" 18" 24" 10 psi 23.10 ft 50' 95' 140' 175' 15 psi 34.65 ft. 63' 115' 172' 211' 20 psi 46.20 ft. 74' 146' 210' 265' 25 psi 57.75 ft. 88' 171' 242' 315' 30 psi 69.30 ft. 94' 180' 266' 335' 35 psi 80.85 ft. 103' 199' 287' 379' 40 si 92.40 ft 110' 211' 305' 385' 45 psi 103.95 ft 116' 222' 321' 429' 50 psi 115.5 ft. 232' 334' 431' 55 psi 127.05 ft. 240' 347' 449' 60 psi 138.6 ft. 249' 360' 465' Wasteflow PC 1.02 gph. Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run 60 70 .a 60 a 50 40 v 30 20 t0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 3o0 350 400 450 500 Length (ft) K&2.070 1 =!96 December 2008 I Gallon Classic Dripline (non -pressure compensating) Standard products: WF16-4-24 E-Z Set Drip 24" WF16-4-18 E-Z Set Drip 18" WF16-4-12 E-Z Set Drip 12" WF16-4-9 E-Z Set Drip 9" (Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request) E-Z Set Drip Classic Specification: A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip with turbulent flow emitters. E-Z Set Drip model W F16-4-24 (or -18; -12; -9) by E-Z Set Dip. Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18"; 12"; 9") centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable of a nominal discharge rate of 1.Ogph at 15psi. All emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The dripline shall have and outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 0.55 inches. The drip emitter flow passage shall be 0.053" x 0.053" square. B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra-FreshTm DM-50. The dripline shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARDO. The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan0 to inhibit root intrusion fora minimum period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for this period. Pressure Head psi ft All WASTEFLOW Classic Dripline 10 psi 23.10 ft 0.81 gph 15 psi 34.65 ft. 1.00 gph 20 psi 46.20 ft. 1.16gph 25 psi 57.75 ft. 1.31 gph 30 psi 69.30 ft. 1.44 gph 35 psi 80.85 ft. 1.57 gph 40 psi 92.40 ft 1.68 gph 45 psi 103.95 ft 1.80 gph Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure Flow variation +/- 5%. Pressure Head psi ft Emitter Spacing 24" 18" 12" 10 psi 23.10 ft 170' 165' 100, 15 psi 34.65 ft. 170' 165' 100, 21) psi 46.20 ft. 170' 165' 100, 25 psi 57.75 ft. 170' 165' 100, 30 psi 69.30 ft. 170' 165' 100, 35 psi 80.85 ft. 170' 165' 100, 40 psi 92.40 ft 170' 165' 100' 45 psi 103.95 ft 170' 165' 100' December 2008 Wasteilow Classic 1 gph. Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run S 7 r. ;y e Ws 0 a 4 v 3 u 2 G � � 0 a 50 100 150 200 250 300 Length (R.) Kd=0.9 Cv<.05 ------------- December 2008 Solenoid Valves Standard products: SLV-100-NC 1" Normally Closed Valve SLV-100-NO 1" Normally Open Valve SLV-150-NC 1.5" Normally Closed Valve SLV-150-NO 1.5" Normally Open Valve SLV-200-NC 2" Normaly Closed Valve SLV-200-NO 2" Normally Open Valve (Other valves are also available). Solenoid valve specification: A. The Solenoid Valve is electrically operated and used as zone valves, to flush the dripfield and Vortex filter and to "quick fill' the drip system. When used for zones and flushing it is normally closed and when used for "quick fill' it is normally open. B. The valve shall have a dual ported diaphragm. In operation, the diaphragm ports constantly flex, inhibiting sand, silt and debris from blocking the valve action. C. The porting design permits equal pressure on both sides of the diaphragm wall, regardless of line pressure when valve is not operating, and nearly equal pressure across the wall when operating. This feature prevents diaphragm "stretching", a common cause of valve failure in valves that are ported through the seat. D. The DW Valve diaphragm shall be made of nylon fabric reinforced Buna-N rubber; a grooved rib interlocks with cover and body to prevent leakage. E. Nylon exhaust orifice shall be non -corrosive and have an opening sized larger than the diaphragm ports so that any pieces of sand or silt passing through the diaphragm will not be trapped beneath the solenoid actuator. F. The solenoid shall be constructed of molded epoxy resin having no carbon steel components exposed thereby eliminating possible external corrosion and deterioration. The solenoid shall be completely waterproof, with an 0-ring seal, and comply with NEC Class II circuit requirements for 24VAC operation. G. The actuator shall be Teflon coated stainless steel and brass with a molded -in place rubber exhaust port seal; a stainless steel spring assures positive seating. H. The valve shall have a high strength plastic glass -filled body and cover designed to operate in heavy duty commercial applications. The valve shall have stainless steel cover bolts or screws for service access. I. There shall be a shock cone on diaphragm seat to eliminate water hammer in all except extreme cases. J. The valve shall have a flow control stem for throttling the valve from full open to close positions. K. The valve shall have an easy -to use, hand operated manual bleed lever control that bleeds valve to downstream; has stops for open and closed positions. The solenoid valves shall be model number SLV-___-__ by E-Z Set Drip. December 2008 Electrical data: Wiring requires a single lead from the controller to each solenoid valve, plus a common neutral to all solenoids. (Type OF wire, UL listed, is typically used). Standard 24V ACV (50-60Hz) Current Holding 0.24A 5.76 VA Current Inrush 0.46A 11.04VA Maximum allowable loss 4.8 Volts for the 24V AC system. WIRE GAUGE RESISTANCE OHM11000' MAXIMUM LENGTH WIRE 18 6.39 800, 16 4.02 1, 275' 14 2.58 2, 000' 12 1.62 3, 200' 10 1.02 5,100' 8 0.641 8, 000' 6 0.403 12,750' 4 0.253 20,500' 2 0.158 32,500' 14 12 LU 6 I 4 2 OF 0 - 20 40 December 2008 Solenoid Valve Flaw vs pressure Chart 60 80 100 200 FLOW RATE - GPM 400 600 800 Model No. Size FPT Length Height Width Weight PSI Range SLV-100 1 ° 4.3" 4.5" 3.0" 12.5 oz 10-150 SLV-150 1.5" 6.3" 7.2" 5.0" 2.2lbs. 10-150 SLV-200 2" 9.0" 7.4" 5.4" 2.97lbs. 7-140 FPT Pressure rating ANSI: Class 125 ISO: PN 10 Max Temperature 180 degrees F December 2008 AIR VENTS 1" Air Vacuum Relief Valve Specification The air vacuum relief valve provides instant and continuous vacuum relief and non -continuous air relief. Both the body and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed of molded plastic. The body and the dirt cover shall be connected with a 3/4 inch hose thread. The ball shall be constructed of low density plastic and the internal seat shall be constructed of vinyl. The air vacuum relief valve shall seal at 5 psi. Inlet size shall be a 1 inch male pipe thread. The air vent shall be E-Z Set item number AVBK-1. Note: Maximum flow of 50 gpm per 1" air vacuum relief. PRESSURE REGULATORS ITEM NUMBER OUTLET PRESSURE FLOW RANGE MAX. INLET INLET SIZE PRESSURES OUTLET SIZE PR-20MF 20 psi 2 - 20 gpm 150 psi 1" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-20HF 20 psi 10 - 32 gpm 100 psi 1.25" FIPT 3" I.D. socket 1" FIPT 1" FIPT 3" I.D. socket 1" FIPT PR-20XF 20 psi 20-90 gpm 90 psi PR-30MF 30 psi 2-20 gpm 150 psi PR-30HF 30 psi 10-32 gpm 100 psi 1.25" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-30XF 30 psi 20-90 gpm 100 psi 3" I.D. socket 3" I.D. socket PR-40MF 40 psi 2-20 pgm 150 psi 1" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-40HF 40 psi 10-32 gpm 100 psi 1.25" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-40XF 40 psi 20-90 gpm 125 psi 3" I.D. socket 3" I.D. socket PR-50MF 50 psi 2 - 20 gpm 150 psi 1" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-50HF 50 psi 10 - 32 gpm 100 psi 1.25" FIPT 1" FIPT PR-50XF 50 psi 20-90 gpm 125 psi 3" I.D. socket 3" I.D. socket Pressure Regulator Specification Pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures of psi and withstand severe water hammer extremes. It shall handle flow rates between _ and _ gpm. Flow restriction shall be negligible until the factory preset operating pressure of _psi is reached. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/- 6%. Inlet size shall be . Outlet size shall be . Pressure regulator shall be constructed of high impact engineering grade thermoplastics for strength and durability. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the normal water passage. Each regulator shall be water tested for accuracy. Preset pressure regulators shall be E-Z Set model number PR - December 2008 DRIP FITTINGS Dripline Fittings The lockslip fittings shall be molded of high grade plastic. The drip tubing is pushed over a barb end, then secured with a locking nut. The fitting has the ability to be removed and reapplied with the locking nut. a. Lockslip Adapters. The Lockslip adapter is used to connect the dripline to a PVC fitting. The adapter glues into a % inch slip fitting. The lockslip adapter shall be E-Z Set Drip part number LSL . b. Lockslip Couplings. The coupling is used to connect two pieces of jandripline together. The lockslip coupling shall be E-Z Set Drip part number LC-600. c. Lockslip Elbows : The elbow is used to connect dripline to dripline in a 90 degree configuration. The lockslip elbow shall be E-Z Set Drip part number LEL-600. December 2008 E-Z Set Drip Guidelines Dripline for Wastewater December 2008 DIAGRAM 1: TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUTSYSTEM COMPONENTS: ..................................................... 3 SYSTEMCOMPONENTS: ........................................................................................................................................ 4 1. E-Z SET DRIPLINE................................................................................................................................................4 2. CONTROLLERS......................................................................................................................................................5 3. PUMPS..................................................................................................................................................................5 4. FILTERS.......................................................................................................................................................... 5. SUPPLY MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................5 6. RETURN MANIFOLD.............................................................................................. 7. PRESSURE REGULATOR.......................................................................................................................................5 8. AIR VACUUM BREAKER........................................................................................................................................6 9. FILTER FLUSH VALVES.........................................................................................................................................6 10. FIELD FLUSH VALVES.........................................................................................................................................6 11. ZONE VALVES................................................................................................................ 12. QUICK FILL VALVES............................................................................................................................................6 13. HEADWORKS.....................................................................................................................................................6 DESIGNPARAMETERS........................................................................................................................ ...................6 1. SELECT AREA........................................................................................................................................................6 2. WATER QUALITY..................................................................................................................................................7 3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN..................................................................................................................................7 4. DEPTH AND SPACING...........................................................................................................................................7 5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES.....................................................................................................................................7 6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD...............................................................................................................7 7. MULTIPLE ZONES.................................................................................................................................................7 8. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA..........................................................................................................................8 WORKSHEET - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM.................................................................9 WORKSHEET- SELECT PUMP...............................................................................................................................11 SYSTEM INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................12 INSTALLATIONGUIDELINES.....................................................................................................................................12 InstallingLockslip fittings............................................................................................................................13 Valve Installation and Operation.................................................................................................................13 SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METHODS.........................................................................................................14 WINTERIZATION.......................................................................................................................................................15 ASBUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................16 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................................................18 ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................18 HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD............................................19 APPENDICES - Product Specifications December 2008 Page 1 INTRODUCTION E-Z Set Drip systems disperse effluent through V pressurized pipes. They are designed using the grid concept, with supply and flush manifolds at the end of each dripline, creating a closed loop system. The grid design provides a complete and even wetted area. Drip is a highly efficient method to dispose of effluent. Small, precise amounts of water are uniformly applied to the soil from multiple points. The main advantages of the E-Z Set Drip system are: • Can be used under difficult circumstances, including high water tables, tight soils, rocky terrain, steep slopes, around existing buildings, trees, or other vegetation. • The system does not require gravel. It is easy to install directly into indigenous soil and fill material. • Disposal of water is maximized by means of evapotranspiration. • Uptake of nutrients by plants is increased. • Fifteen year warranty for root intrusion, workmanship, and materials. • Non -intrusive. • Easily automated. NOTES: • These guidelines are for secondary treated effluent. • Please follow your State and local regulations for onsite wastewater dispersal. This document is intended to be a guide, and should be used only as a supplement to your local regulations. • With the exception of controllers, product specifications and technical information throughout provided by Geoflow, Inc. December 2008 Page 2 DIAGRAM 1: TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUT a � WASTEFLOW driphre. �L Flush line back to return tank Airvent in valve box 1 PVC Supply manifold Pump tank ht from p p to -- t k outltl et December 2008 Page 3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS: See Diagram 1 on page 3. A typical drip system installation will consist of the elements listed below: (See appendices for product specifications.) 1. E-Z SET DRIPLINE The dripline disperses the effluent into the field area. The dripline is connected to the supply and return manifolds with Lockslip fittings. Typical spacing between each dripline and between drip emitters is 24" on center. The pipe has no joints that may pull apart during installation and is ideal for tractor mounted burying machines. It is sold in 500-ft rolls. Rolls of alternative length, diameter, and emitter spacing may be special ordered. Dripline features: a) NANO-ROOTGUARDO' The risk of root intrusion with an emitter slowly releasing effluent directly into the soil is well known to anyone who has observed a leaking sewer pipe. All E-Z Set drip emitters are guaranteed to be protected against root intrusion with nano-RoOTGUARD. This patented process fuses the root -growth inhibitor, TREFLAN®2 into each drip emitter during manufacturing. Treflan is registered with the United States EPA for this application. The nano-ROOTGUARD technology slowly releases Treflan in minute quantities to prevent root cells from dividing and growing into the barrier zone. It is chemically degradable, non -systemic, and virtually insoluble in water (0.3 ppm). Nano- RoOTGUARD carries a 15 year warranty against root intrusion. b) Bactericide protection E-Z Set Drip has an inner lining impregnated with a bactericide, Ultra FreshTM3 DM-50, to inhibit bacterial growth on the walls of the tubing and in the emitter. This minimizes the velocity required to flush E-Z SET Dripline. The velocity only needs to remove fine particles from the dripline; it is not necessary to scour growth off the inside wall of the tubing. When a minimum flushing velocity is requested, 0.5 feet per second is used with E-Z Set Dripline to get the settled particles at the bottom of the pipe back into suspension. (This equates to 0.375 gpm per drip lateral.) Check your local regulations for information on flushing velocity requirements. c) Turbulent Flow Path E-Z SET Drip emitters are pre -inserted in the tubing 6", 9", 12", 18", or 24" apart, with 24" being utilized most often. Angles in the emitter flow path are designed to cause turbulence in order to equalize flow between emitters and keep the emitters clean. Nano-ROOTGUARD is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations 2 Treflan is a registered trademark of Dow Agro Sciences 3 Ultra -Fresh is a registered Trademark of Thomson Research Associates. December 2008 Page 4 d) E-Z SET Classic and E-Z SET PC Dripline Both Classic and PC have turbulent flow path emitters with nano- E ROOTGUARD and bactericide protection. The PC has the added element of a silicone rubber diaphragm that moves up and down over the emitter outlet to equalize flow regardless of pressure between 7 and 60 psi. To ensure a long life, the recommended operating range is 10 to 45 psi. For Classic, the flow rate delivered by the emitter is a function of the pressure at the emitter. The Classic dripline has the advantage of no moving parts or rubber that may degrade over time. Also, the flow during a dosing cycle and flushing cycle are very similar with the Classic because when the flush valve is opened, the pressure is reduced, causing the flow from the emitters to decline. PC driplines require higher flow for flushing than dosing, as the emitter flow rate does not go down during the flushing cycle. 2. CONTROLLERS Controllers are used for time dosing and time flushing of the filter and dripfield. E-Z Set Drip controllers typically include a programmable logic control interface for field modifications. They can be used on systems ranging in size from one to as many zones as is needed. All controllers include a surge arrestor, elapsed time meter and counter for each pump. Custom panels are available as needed. 3. Pumps Dripfields depend on pumps to dose effluent under pressure to the field. These must be sized according to flow and pressure requirements. E-Z Set provides drip pumps for all E-Z Set drip systems. 4. FILTERS E-Z Set Drip systems use a variety of filters. Typically, a Spin -Clean screen filter is used; however; Vac- Kleen and disc filters can also be used, depending on application. 5. SUPPLY MANIFOLD This carries the water from the dosing tank to the dispersal area. Rigid PVC is usually used, and should be designed to gravity drain back to the pump tank in freezing conditions unless manifolds are buried below frost and protected from freezing. The velocity in the manifold should be between 2 feet per second and 5 feet per second (fps). Refer to PVC pipe sizing chart in the appendix to determine the best diameter for your application. 6. RETURN MANIFOLD In order to help clean the system periodically, the ends of the driplines are connected together into a common return line, most often made of rigid PVC. This line will help equalize pressures in the system. Flushing should be done frequently during the installation period. The return manifold should be installed to gravity drain back to the pump or pretreatment tank in freezing climates, unless it is buried below frost and protected from freezing. 7. PRESSURE REGULATOR Pressure regulators fix the inlet pressure at a given rate. Under normal operating conditions, pressure in most systems should be 10 psi to 45 psi. December 2008 Page 5 8. AIR VACUUM BREAKER Air vacuum breakers are installed at the high points to keep soil from being sucked into the emitters due to back siphoning or backpressure. This is an absolute necessity with underground drip systems. They are also used for proper draining of the supply and return manifolds in freezing conditions, when manifolds are designed to gravity drain back. Air vents are located in field boxes just below grade. One is used on the high end of the supply manifold and one on the high point of the return manifold. Additional air vents may be required in undulating terrain. Freezing conditions require the air vacuum breaker be protected with insulation. 9. FILTER FLUSH VALVES The filter flush valve can be manual or electronic, and is used to flush debris from the filter (When electronic, these valves are normally closed solenoid valves). If manual, it should be left cracked open slightly to flush continuously (certain States and/or filters may require automated electronic flushing). 10. FIELD FLUSH VALVES The field flush valve can be manual or electronic, and is used to flush fine particles out of the drip system (when electronic, these valves are normally closed solenoid valves). If manual, it should be opened for full flushing at least every six months and left cracked open slightly to flush continuously and/or provide for drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions (certain states may require automated electronic flushing). 11. ZONE VALVES Used to divide single dispersal fields into multiple zones, these can be hydraulically activated index valves or solenoid valves (when solenoid valves are used, they are normally closed valves). 12. QUICK FILL VALVES The quick fill valve is used to rapidly fill large zones with long lengths of run, and to equalize distribution on steep slopes. These valves are normally open solenoid valves, and are plumbed at some point between the supply and return line, depending on design (all systems will not necessarily have a quick fill valve). 13. HEADWORKS The Headworks is a pre -assembled unit including the filter, flush valves, and pressure gauge in a field box. It is installed between the pump and the field, typically below grade. The Headworks should be insulated in freezing climates. DESIGN PARAMETERS 1. SELECT AREA Select the area with careful consideration to the soil, the terrain and your State and County regulations. Be sure the field is in a good landscape position - not in a flood plain or bottom of a slope where excessive water may collect after rain. Surface water and gutters should be directed away from the proposed field area. December 2008 Page 6 2. WATER QUALITY Determine the quality of the water entering the system (it should be at least secondary effluent quality). Be aware of water conditions intrinsic to the area. If iron, manganese, or other conditions that may affect treatment or dispersal are prevalent, be sure to eliminate upstream of the wastewater treatment plant or drip system with ozone, ultraviolet or other methods. 3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN Refer to your State and local codes for soil absorption rates. 4. DEPTH AND SPACING Driplines are usually spaced 2 feet apart with 2 feet between emitters so that each emitter supplies a 4 sq. ft area. These lines are typically placed at depths of 6-10 inches below the surface (some states allow surface application). Closer and/or further spacing can be used based on site specific conditions. Using closer spacing of lines will not reduce the minimum size of the field area and using increased spacing of lines will not reduce the minimum number of feet of dripline required. Refer to your State and local codes for depth of bury and spacing requirements. 5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES The topsoil or surface soil is generally the most biologically active and permeable soil for accepting water. The topsoil also dries the fastest after a rainfall event, and will maintain the highest water absorption rate. The quality and homogeneity of the soil may present a problem. If the soil was not properly prepared and there are pieces of construction debris, rocks and non -uniform soils, it is very difficult to obtain uniform water spread. In many cases, particularly if the soil is compacted, soil properties can be greatly improved by ripping and disking (check your local regulations prior to disturbing any proposed drainfield area). 6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD Some dispersal sites require that additional soil be brought in to increase separation distance from a restrictive layer. Placing drip lines in selected fill material above the natural soil provides an aerated zone for treatment. However, dispersal still occurs in the natural soil, and the field size must be based on the hydraulic capability of the natural soil to prevent hydraulic overload. Any time fill material is to be used, the area to receive the fill should have all organic material removed or it must be incorporated into the natural soil to prevent an organic layer from forming and restricting downward water movement. The fill material should be applied in shallow layers with the first 4 to 6 inches incorporated into the natural soil to prevent an abrupt textural interface. Continue this process until all fill has been incorporated. Check your local regulations regarding the use of fill material. 7. MULTIPLE ZONES Drip dispersal fields can be divided into multiple zones or subzones with solenoid valves or index valves for the following reasons: a. Steep slopes with a risk of low head drainage can be subdivided to distribute the water at system shut -down more uniformly in the field. b. Smaller zones reduce the required flow per minute which consequently reduces the size of the pump, valves, filters, supply and return lines. c. The dispersal field is located in multiple areas on the property. December 2008 Page 7 On multiple zones, a single Headworks unit can be used for filtration and flushing by placing zone valves downstream of the Headworks box. All zones would require a check valve on the individual flush lines upstream of each line joining a common flush line (to keep flush water from one zone entering any other zone during the flush cycle). 8. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA To determine the rate of application for various designs, use the following formula. - Water application (inches per hour) = (231 x (emitter flow rate gph)) / ((Emitter spacing inches) x (dripline spacing inches)) Example: Dripline with 1.3 gph flow rate emitters spaced 24" apart and dripline spaced 24" apart. Water application = (231x1.3)1(24x24) = 0.52 inches of water per hour. December 2008 Page 8 WORKSHEET The following worksheet is available on an Excel spreadsheet. If you would like a copy, please phone 703-408-2916, or email mstidham ccbersettank.com. To calculate the area required for your drip dispersal system you must know: 1, The quantity of effluent to be disposed of (in gallons per day), and 2. The soil acceptance rate (i.e. gallons per day per square foot). WORKSHEET - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM Worksheet Formula A) Quantity of effluent to be dispersed per day Based on State regulations, gallons per day, gpd (typically GPDlbedroom x number of bedrooms). B) Hydraulic loading rate Based on soil analysis and State regulations, loading rate (galldaylsq. ft.) (gallons per day per square foot). C) Determine the total area required Divide gpd by loading rate. (A)t(B) square ft D) Choose the spacing between each dripline and Standard spacing is 2 ft. each emitter i) ft. between driplines fi) ft. between emitters E) How many linear feet of dripline in the total (Area / 2) for 2ft. line spacing. (C)/2.0 or area? (Area / 1) for 1 ft. line spacing. (C)/1.0 or ft. (Area / 0.5) for 6" line spacing. (C)/0.5 F) Calculate the number of emitters (Linear ft. of dripline / 2) for 2 ft emitter spacing. emitters (E)/2 or (Linear ft. of dripline / 1) for 1 ft emitter spacing. (E)/1 or (Linear ft. of dripline /0.5) for 6" emitter spacing (E)/0.5 December 2008 Page 9 G) Choose PC or Classic dripline See appendices for dripline specifications. Classic dripline or PC dripline H) Determine dripfield pressure Standard pressure is 20 psi. psi See appendices for dripline specifications. 1) Determine feet of head required at dripfield Multiply pressure above by 2.31 to get head ft. of head required. (H) x 2.31 J) What is the flow rate per emitter? PC — either 0.53 or 1.02gph gph / emitter Classic — see flow rates in appendices. K) Determine total flow for the area Number of emitters multiplied by the emitter flow gph rate at the design pressure. Gph = (F)x(J) gpm Gpm = gph/60 L) Select pipe diameters for manifolds and sub Based on total flow from (K) above, in gpm. See mains schedule 40 friction loss charts in appendices. inches M) Select size of Headworks Based on total flow from (K) above, in gpm. See flow and head loss for each filter in appendices. Headworks N) Sketch a layout of the driplines in the See Maximum Length of Run table in appendices. dispersal plot to make sure that the maximum lateral length of each line is not exceeded. December 2008 Page 10 WORKSHEET - SELECT PUMP (FOR PURPOSE of ESTIMATE ONLY!) Worksheet Formula O) Minimum pump capacity P) Header pipe size Q) Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe R) Friction head in 100 ft. of pipe S) Static head i) Height from pump to tank outlet. ii) Elevation increase or decrease T) Total static head U) Friction head i) Equivalent length of fittings ii) Distance from pump to field and back to tank. iii) Total equivalent length of pipe. iv) Total effective feet. v) Head required at dripfield vi) Head loss through filter or Headworks vii) Head loss through zone valves V) Minimum Total friction head W) Minimum Total Dynamic Head X) Minimum pump capacity NOTE: Some States and Counties require additional flow for flushing. Please check your local regulations. If you need help on flushing design, see E-Z Set Drip Excel worksheet or call E-Z Set at 703-408-2916. gpm inches psi ft. of head From (K) above From (L) above Refer to PVC charts in appendices. Multiply psi from (Q) above by 2.31 Number of ft. Height changes from pump to dripfield. ft. Add (Si) + (Sii) ft. ft. ft. ft. ft ft ft ft ft ci pm Estimate loss through fittings — usually inconsequential for small systems. Measure length of manifolds Add (0) + (Uii) (UN) / 100 x (R) See line (1) in Worksheet above. See pressure loss for filters in appendices or see pressure loss for Headworks box in appendices. Multiply pressure by 2.31 to get head loss. See pressure loss charts in appendices. Multiply pressure loss in psi by 2.31 to get head loss. Add (Uiv) + (Uv) + (Uvi) + (Uvii) Add (T) + (V) From line item (0) above December 2008 Page 11 SYSTEM INSTALLATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Handle your dripline and components with care. Nano-ROOTGUARDO is temperature sensitive. To assure a long life, store the drip line out of direct sunlight in a cool place. Check and collect all tags from dripline rolls. Verify the flow rate and model numbers match what is specified on the plan. Keep all tags in job file for future reference. a) All dripfield construction shall be done in accordance with Local rules and regulations. b) Fence/tape off entire dripfield prior to any construction. c) System is not to be installed when ground is wet or frozen. d) Divert all downspouts and surface waters away from dripfield and tanks. e) Excavation, filling and grading should have been finished before installation of the subsurface drip system. f) Be sure you have everything required for the installation before opening trenches. Pre -assemble as many sets of components as practical above ground and in a comfortable place. g) The soil should be moist but still should allow the proper operation of the installation equipment and not cause smearing in the trenches. The soil surface should be dry so that the installation equipment maintains traction. h) Install a watertight dosing tank according to E-Z Set Drip specifications. i) Determine the proper size for the supply and return manifolds. (See Worksheet line L.) j) Install the PVC supply line from the dosing tank. (Please refer to your State guidelines for depth of burial.) k) Paint a line or flag between the two remaining corners at the opposite end of field where loops and/or return trench will be located. 1) Install the dripline from the supply line trench to the painted/flagged line, as specified per design/local code. Upon reaching the painted line/flags, pull the plow out of the ground and cut the dripline 1' above the ground. Tape the end of the dripline to prevent debris from entering. Continue this process until the required footage of pipe is installed. Take care not to get dirt into the lines. m) Install the supply header with tees lined up at each dripline. Hook up the driplines to the supply header. (Do not glue the dripline.) n) Install the pre -assembled Headworks between the field and the pump tank on the supply line. *Insulate the box in freezing conditions. o) If using a pressure regulator, install it downstream of the Headworks at the dispersal field, on the supply line. Although the pressure regulator can be buried directly into the soil, it is preferable to install it inside a small valve box for easy access with unions on either side. *Insulate the box in freezing conditions. p) Install the floats in the dosing tank and wire to the control panel. The control panel should be programmed to pump no more than the design flow, do not set to match the treatment capacity. q) Install the pump. Fill the dosing tank with fresh water and turn on the pump. Check for flow out the ends of all of the driplines. Let the pump run for 5-10 minutes to flush out any dirt. Shut off the pump and tape the ends of the lines. r) Dig along the painted/flagged line for loops and/or return manifold. The return line must have slope back to the treatment tank or septic tank in freezing climates if it is not buried below frost and protected from freezing. If loops are formed using solid line, they must be elevated slightly above the dripline to allow for drainage in freezing climates. December 2008 Page 12 s) Install the return header and connect all of the driplines. t) Install air vacuum breakers at the highest points in the dispersal field. Use pipe dope or Teflon tape and hand tighten. u) Connect the return line back through the Headworks box. Open the field flush valve and turn on the pump to flush lines, then close the valve and check the field and all piping and connections for leaks. v) With pump still running, check the pressure at the air vacuum breaker(s). It should be between 10 to 45 PSI. (See the Worksheet line H for design pressure required on supply line.) Check the pressure in the Headworks. It should be five psi or higher. If using a manual valve for field flushing, crack it open until design pressure is reached and leave in that position. Turn off the pump. w) Check the filter for construction debris and clean. x) Set timers and counters as specified in design, and keep a record of these settings. In addition to these settings, keep a record of all of the logs in the panel at the time of start up. Record final pressure readings at startup as well. Date these records for future reference. Installing Lockslip fittings a) Hold the fitting in one hand and position the tubing with the other hand. b) Move the sleeve back, and push the tubing onto the exposed stem as far as possible. c) Push the sleeve out over the tubing and screw onto tubing, as though tightening a nut to a bolt. "Hand tighten; do not use tools. d) Test the connection to make sure the sleeve threads have gripped the tubing tightly. Valve Installation and Operation a) Wrap male adapters with Teflon tape and thread the adapters into the valve inlet and outlet just past hand tight. CAUTION: over tightening may cause damage to the valve. (Note: arrows indicate flow direction on valve.) b) Using watertight electrical fittings, connect the valve common and an individual output wire to the solenoid leads. c) Flush the laterals by opening the internal manual bleed lever on the downstream side of the solenoid. Be certain that flow control handle on top of valve is free spinning (on flow control models). d) Close the internal manual bleed after flushing the system December 2008 Page 13 SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METHODS NOTE: Disturbing the soil may affect the pore structure of the soil and create hydraulic conductivity problems. Please consult with your soil scientist or professional engineer before making the installation technique decision. INSERTION METHOD ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES a) Hand Trenching* • Handles severe slopes and • Slow. confined areas. • Labor intensive. • Uniform depth. • Back fill required. b) Oscillating or • Fast in small to medium • Depth has to be monitored vibrating plow. (Use installation. closely. the type that inserts • Minimal ground disturbance. • Cannot be used on steep the dripline directly • No need to back fill the slopes. in place, not one that trench. • Requires practice to set and drags the dripline operate adequately. through the soil.) c) Trenching • Faster than hand trenching. • Slow. machine: Ground • May use the 1" blade for • Back fill required. Hog, Kwik-Trench, most installations. E-Z Trench* • Uniform depth. d) Tractor with dripline • Fast. - The installation tool is insertion tool • Minimal ground disturbance. designed specifically for this • Does not stretch drip line. purpose. (Ideally used on • Adaptable to any tractor. machine with down pressure.) December 2008 Page 14 WINTERIZATION Buried drip systems are not prone to frost damage because vacuum release and drain valves are provided in their design. The dripline itself is made of polyethylene, and is not susceptible to freezing. It drains through the emitters, so it will not be full of water after pumps are turned off. Please follow these precautions: a) Manifolds (supply lines and return lines) should slope back to their respective tanks. These lines need to drain rapidly. If using electronic flush valves, be sure drain valves remain open long enough for entire field to drain. If using manual filter flush valves or manual field flush valves, they should be left cracked open slightly for drainage. Alternatively, the manifolds can be located below frost depth. Under extreme conditions, return and supply manifolds must be insulated. b) If using drain back method for frost protection, either remove check valve from pump line or provide alternate method for draining this line. c) Insulate all field boxes in freezing climates. This includes Headworks, zone valve(s), pressure regulator(s) and air vacuum relief valve boxes. d) In severe freezing conditions, use heat tape or a small heater in the Headworks box. d) The top of air vacuum relief valves must be no higher than soil surface and insulated in freezing climates. e) If using a hydraulic indexing valve for zoning a system, be sure it is frost protected in freezing climates. For proper operation, always locate indexing valve at highest point in system to allow for drainage between cycles. f) The driplines will self -drain through the emitters into the soil. If the cover crop over the dripfield is not yet adequately established, add hay or straw over the field for insulation in freezing climates. g) If necessary, mark all valve boxes with a metal pin so you can find it in the winter when covered in snow. December 2008 Page 15 AS BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. 1. Site name: 2. Site address, including State: 3. Dripfield designed by: 4. Dripfield installed by: 5. Date of installation: 6. Daily design flow: gpd. 7. Soil loading rate: gpd/sq. ft. 8. What treatment system was used? Manufacturer and model number: 9. Number of zones in dripfield: If more than one zone, please describe valve (size, manufacturer, part number, type): 10. Amount of dripline installed in each zone: Zone 1 ft. Zone 2 ft. Zone 3 ft. Zone 4 ft. 11. Dripline model number Wor description: 12. Flow rate per zone: Zone 1 gpm. Zone 2 gpm. Zone 3 gpm. Zone 4 gpm. 13. Depth dripline installed below grade: inches 14. Pump manufacturer, model number and number of pumps: 15. Filter model number Wor description: _ If more than one zone, do the zones (a) share one filter or (b) each have their own filter? 16. Pressure in each zone: Zone 1 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 2 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 3 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 4 psi Location pressure measured: 17. Size (diameter) of feed manifold: inches. Depth of feed manifold: inches. 18. Size (diameter) of flush manifold: inches. Depth of flush manifold: inches. 19. Size of filter flush valve: inches. Is filter flush valve manual or automatic? 20. Size of field flush valve: inches. Is the field flush valve manual or automatic? If more than 1 zone, do the zones (a) share 1 flush valve or (b) does each zone have its own flush valve? 21. Was any fill material supplied on the dripfield? December 2008 Page 16 If "yes" to 21 above describe fill quality and quantity added. 22. Please provide as -built drawings, including but not limited to direction of drip lines, location of air vents, pressure regulators if applicable, Headworks (filter and valves) and pump tank. December 2008 Page 17 GEOF1. i � e 1-800-828-3388 GEO Installation Manual Model GE04-Sim-Aut Manual# EIN-CP-GEO-173 This Manual Contains: Description 1. Installation Instructions 2. Panel Wiring Diagram 3. GE04-Sim-Aut Operation 4. GE04-Sim-Aut Setting Instructions 5. GEO Time & Date Setting Instructions Document Number EIN-CP-GEO-4 EDW-WD-GEO-21 EIN-CP-GEO-12 EIN-CP-GEO-13 EIN-CP-GEO-10 EIN-CP-GEO-173 Rev 1.0 © 02/11l00 GEOFLOW_ '_ 800-828-3388 GEO Pael Installation Before Installing Panel 1. Read all instructions before proceeding with the installation. Improper installation may void warranties. 2. Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipment damage. If something is missing or damaged, you will need to contact your supplier to obtain replacements. 3. Check to be sure the instructions and items supplied comply with state and local regulations. 4. A qualified electrician must be employed to install and service the panel and ancillary wiring. The equipment must be installed in compliance with the National Electric Code, as well as state and local codes. Placement of the Control Panel 5. Install the electrical control or alarm panel within view of the tank. The panel should be attached to a post or an exterior wall. Panels that contain motor contactors make a thumping sound, each time a puinp is started or stopped. Therefore, these panels should riot be mounted to an exterior wall unless it is in a location away from living areas, such as on a garage wall. If possible, position the panel in the shade to protect it from weather. Extreme temperatures can cause inconsistent performance of the electrical components. Locate the panel at a convenient height (usually about five feet above the ground) and where it will be accessible for maintenance. Install Floats and Pumps 6. Install the electrical splice box(es) for the floats and puinp(s) before installing the actual floats and pumping equipment. The splice box(es) are installed in the grommet(s) provided near the top of the riser. 7. Install the floats. Thread the float and pump cords through the cord grips into the PVC splice box, leaving adequate lengths of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow easy removal of the pump and float assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the cord grip. These should be left on the float cord, outside the splice box. Tighten the cord grips, using hand pressure or a wrench if necessary, until the cord will no longer move in the cord grip. If the cord grips are not tight enough, the seal will not be watertight., but overtightening may damage the cord or the cord grip, so use only as much force as necessary. Adequate lengths of cord should be left within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and re -splicing. 8. Run the wires from the control panel to the splice box. The wires can be brought through a conduit, or can be buried using suitable direct -burial wire. Conduit that enters the splice box must be sealed, even if the wires are direct -buried, to prevent the infiltration of water into the splice box. Use an electrically approved sealant to plug the wires coming in through the conduit hub. The number of wires required depends on the control panel and the number of floats and pumps used. This can be detennined by consulting the panel wiring diagram. EIN-CP-GEG-4 Rev 2.0 © 05/03/07 Page 1 of 2 Wire should be sized at 14 AWG for the floats. Refer to Figure 1 to determine the proper size for the pump wires. When calculating wire size, the length and size of the branch circuit wires from the service entrance panel to the pump control panel must also be taken into account. Wire that's too small can cause an excessive voltage drop and poor pump performance. Wires should be color coded or otherwise marked to aid in wiring the control panel. 9. All splices made in the splice box should use waterproof wire nuts or butt connectors and heat shrink tubing. The splices must be waterproof! Splices that are not waterproof may cause a malfunction of the pump controls if water should leak into the splice box. Connect Control Panel 10. Connect the wires coming from floats to the terminals in the control panel. Refer to the panel wiring diagram for the correct tenninal connections. 11. Connect the wires coming from the pump(s) to the pump terminals. Refer to the panel wiring diagram for the correct terminal connections. 12. Connect the incoming power to the panel. Power to the panel must be appropriate to the control panel and pump motor (i.e. 120VAC, single phase for a 120 VAC motor, 240 VAC single phase for a 240 VAC motor, etc.) Insure that the panel is properly grounded and that the fuse or breaker and wire size, from the main power panel and to the pump, are sized correctly. Separate circuits for the pump controls and each of the pump motors is recommended. Note: Voltage for the controls in the panel is always 120VAC, although the pump voltage may be 120VAC or 240 VAC. 13. Use 60' minimum CU conductors only. Torque the terminal blocks to 15 LB -IN and the ground lugs to 45 LB -IN. Torque the circuit breakers to 20 LB -IN for 14-10 AWG wire, 25 LB -IN for 8 AWG wire, and 27 LB -IN for 6-4 AWG wire. 14- When power is applied to the control panel, the wires to the pump may be energized. Do not service the pump or any electrical wiring in the pump vault without disconnecting the power at the circuit breaker and the fuse. The pump vault area is a hazardous area, and may contain explosive gases. Take appropriate precautions before working in the pump vault. 15. If you have any questions please contact GEOFLOW. Figure 1. Recommended Breaker & Wire Size Pump Motor Size Breaker size Wire Size Max Distance* 120 VAC 1/2 hp 20 amp 10 AWG 105 ft 240 VAC 1/2 hp 15 amp 14 AWG 161 ft 3/4 hp 20 amp 14 AWG 130 ft 1 hp 20 amp 12 AWG 172 ft 1 1/2 hp 20 amp 12 AWG 126 ft * This is the maximum distance from this subpanel to the pump motor for the recommended wire size. Distance is based on 3% maximum voltage drop from subpanel to load at maximum recognized pump motor amps at 75' C. EIN-CP-GEO-4 Rev 2.0 © 05/03/07 Page 2 of 2 GEOFLOW = Factory Wire SUBSURFACE DRIP SYSTEMS a = Field wire 1-800-828-3398 From Main Power Panel Panel Miring Diagram 2301,15 VAC, 1 Phase, 60 Hz. Main disconnect provided by others. Model G E04-Sim-Aut 1.1 Ground Wire L1 y A L1 T1 18 1.2 L2" _. g 2 L2 T2 1g .W w PUMP CB 20A M1 16A MAX 10 1.3 I u )_ ��--L1--I Note: Motor must have internal overload protection f Ey 1.4 I See page 2 for Power Wng Options. - CB 10A 1.5 —71 1.6 $Ai SA sAz SURGEARRESTOR SCHNEIDELE SDSA1175T 1.7 \ L1 LOGO SIEMENS 6ED1-052-1 FB00-OBAB 1 8 High Level 5 4 I-4 y.L�}y�_ Alarm , . • ' 1'9 Secondary \ \ Timer 5 �- 3 \-3 o On & Off 1.10 1.11 On &eOff 5 •.. 2 \ 12 0 \ 0 rn 1.12 n \ \ d Redundant \ m Off & Low 5 • 1 1 113 Level Alarm \ \ PUMP # HAND OFF AUTO @ \ \ rAl MOTOR CONTACTOR 1.14 M1ABB A2 AX18-30-10-84 Q1 1.15 \ \ 1.16 \ 02 ; AL LEVEL ALARM LIGHT R SIEMENS 1.17 X1 X2 3SU1 SERIES 11 SR 12 A AUDIBLE ALARM FLOYD BELL \ \ + SP-1081 1.18 11 SLAL 4 ALARM SILENCE SR RELAY PUMP ETM & CT 14 M1 13 \ \ Al A2 DEC RJ2S-CL-A120 1,19 SIGNAL - \ �-5 \ \ \ \ \ 1.20 \ \ R¢mot¢ AI¢rm \ \ 0 N REMOTE ALARM (AHW OR EQUIV. 1.21 \ 1 LIgM Alarm `y 115 VAC ALARM) 1.22 4 \ 1 TRANSFORMER 1.5 2.6 1.23 115V-24V S ; - 40VA 712 \ \ To 2.6 i 7d FUSE 2A EDW-WD-GEO-21 Rev. 2.0 © 05/17/17 Page 1 of 2 \ \ VORTEX FILTER •------------------------------------------ \ \ HAND OFF AUTO \ \ ' \ \A VORTEX FILTER 2.1 6 -- 7 24VAC VALVE PROVIDED BY OTHERS 1\y 03 2.2 \ �� \ \ : 2.3 ` ; SYSTEM FLUSH \ \ HAND OFF AUTO SYSTEM FLUSH ; 2 4 24VAC VALVE 1 PROVIDED BY OTHERS ; 1 04 \- I : 2.5 4 i 2.6 \ LOGO EXPANSION \ \ L1 1 N • . From DM8 SIEMENS ' 1.23 GED1.055-1 FB00-0BA2 2.7 \ \ \ ZONE 1 VALVE \ \ HAND OFF AUTO: : ZONE1 , 2.8 L ti\—�(- 10 11 24VAC VALVE of N \ i PROVIDED BY OTHERS (05) 2.9 2.10 ti ZONE 2 VALVE \ � HAND OFF AUTO 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.23 2.24 2.25 2-26 2.27 2.28 \ \ 1 1 ; ZONE 2 ; — A 12 24VAC VALVE PROVIDED BY OTHERS I ZONE 3 VALVE i HAND OFF AUTO 24VAC VALVE 1 � i i PROVIDED BY01 i ZONE 4 VALVE : HAND 1 OFF AUTO; — 1 1 16 ....• 17 ZONE 4 24VAC VALVE q4 PROVIDED BY 01 (08) \ J : i i Float Arrangement Diagram 1 2 � ❑4 i High Level Alarm 1 Secondary 11 Timer On & Off •— -- Timer On & Off Redundant Of & Low Level Alarm CLASS 2 WIRING ---------------------------------- NOTE: All valves must be NORMALLY CLOSED. *Power Wiring Options: 230VAC Pump 115VAC Pumo 0000 G) 0000 O eoOO N L7 A B 0OOO N L1 A B T, 0 I nna� O D o c c h, �.T33 o o o c c T�33 0 c 00 o 0 0� c a n mm �Z c O. zr w 0 m EDW-WD-GEO-21 Rev. 20 O G5/17/17 Page 2 012 GEOFLOW- 1-800-828-3388 GE04-Sim-Aut Operation The GEO line of control panels includes an easy -to -use programmable logic unit that incorporates many timing and logic functions. The units have built in screens, which show several pieces of information, including time and date, digital input status, and digital output status. Additionally, data screens specific to this model of control panel are included. The following data screens have been included in your control panel: Data Screens 1 Pump cycles at top of screen and pump run time beneath 2 High level alarms at top of screen and secondary cycles beneath 3 _ Power failure counter Digital Input and Digital Output Screens: The unit will activate various inputs and outputs as it operates (see Figure 1). Inputs 1-9 Inputs 10-1 Inputs 20-2 Activated Input/outpu Figure 1. Input & Output Screens Outputs 1-9 Outputs 10-19 Output 20 Knowing what conditions cause the inputs and outputs to activate can be a helpful installation and troubleshooting tool. The input functions will vary based on the mode of operation of the panel. The following inputs and outputs have been used with your panel: # Functions: Activation Conditions: Inputs 1 Redundant Off & Low Level Alarm Float Float in up position 2 Timer On & Off Float Float in up position 3 Secondary Timer On & Off Float Float in up position 4 High Level Alarm Float Float in up position 5 Motor Contactor Signal Motor contactor is engaged Outputs 1 Pump Pump is called to run 2 General Alarm Alarm condition exists 3 Vortex Flush Valve Vortex flush valve is activated 4 System Flush Valve System flush valve is activated 5 Zone 1 Valve Zone 1 valve is activated 6 Zone 2 Valve Zone 2 valve is activated 7 Zone 3 Valve Zone 3 valve is activated 8 Zone 4 Valve Zone 4 valve is activated EIN-CP-GEO-12 Rev. 8.0 © 5123/17 Page 1 of 2 Screen Navigation: The screens are arranged in the order shown in Figure 2 below. To move between screens, use the four arrow keys. The screens of interest are shown in bold. Additional built-in screens will be present, but do not contain useful information. System Data Screen System Data Screen Digitsl Digital Analog Analog Analog Malog Time Rc ]nputs Outputs Inputs inputs Dutputs Outputs Memory Memory ESC+C Data (#1-24) (#1-20) (#1-5) f#6-8) (#1-5) (W6 ) (#la9j (#5d64) Figure 2. Screen Layout Panel Operation: Your control panel can perform the float functions listed below. Depending on the number of floats for your application, some functions may be omitted or combined. High Level Alarm: This float activates the alarm light and audible alarm when lifted. The audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button on the front of the control panel. The alarm light will remain on until the float is lowered. Secondary Timer On & Off: This float activates the secondary timer function when lifted- The timer will cycle the pump at a faster rate. The secondary timer function will remain active until the Timer On & Off float lowers. When the secondary timer function has been completed, normal timer operation will resume. Timer On & Off: This float activates the timer. The timer will control the pump cycle, beginning with the off cycle. Redundant Off & Low Level Alarm: This float turns off the pump when lowered. This float is a secondary off float, which will operate if the Timer On & Off float fails. Pumping will be disabled in both the automatic and manual modes. This float also activates the alarm light and audible alarm. The audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button on the front of the control panel. The alarm light will remain on until the float is lifted. Pump & Valve Operation: The pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the timer. During high flow conditions, the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the secondary timer. As the pump starts, one of the zone valves will open. The vortex valve will open for 15 seconds (field adjustable) at the end of the pump dosing cycle to allow for vortex flushing. When the vortex flush is complete the pump will remain activated for 5 seconds (field adjustable) and the system flush valve will be activated. After the pump is deactivated the system flush valve will remain activated for 5 minutes (field adjustable) to allow for drainage of the return line. After 10 dosing cycles (field adjustable), the system flush valve will be activated and each zone will be flushed for 5 minutes (field adjustable). This operation will also occur after a power outage. EIN-CP-CEO-12 Rev. 8.0 © 5/23117 Page 2 of f *]JXO]" 1-800-828-3388 GE04-Sim-Aut Setting Instructions The GEO line of control panels includes an easy -to -use programmable logic unit that incorporates many timing and logic functions. The unit has been programmed at the factory for the control functions required. Some operational parameters may need changing for your particular application. The following block types have been used with your control panel: Block Names Description Factory Default Time Range Block Type Off Time Timer Off 1 hour, 55 min. HH:MM Timer On Time Timer On 5 minutes MM:SS Timer Off Time 2 Secondary Timer Off 55 minutes MM:SS Timer On Time 2 Secondary Timer On 5 minutes MM:SS Timer VF1trFlushTm Vortex Filter Flush Timer 15 minutes MM:SS Timer Pum OffDlyTm Pump Off Delay Timer 5 seconds MM:SS Timer Sys Drain Tm System Drain Timer 5 minutes MM:SS Timer Sys Flush Tm System Flush Timer 5 minutes MM:SS Timer Sys Flush CT System Flush Counter 10 cycles Counter Sys Valve CT Svstem Valve Counter 2 valves Counter Sys Zone CT System Zone Counter 2 zones Counter Changing Adjustable Parameter Blocks: ■ Stop �� •• al Mon. 00:00 ■ Setup > 2000-01-24 Network > ■ Diagnostics > ESC JOK ESC OKI. Step 1: Press r repeatedly until the display does not change. To begin the configuration process, press the "ESC" key. Step 3: Press "OK" to select "Set Parameter". Step 2: Press w on the unit to select "Program". Then press the "OK" key. Warning: Do not select "Stop". Doing so may erase the panel programming. If this is selected by accident, press the "ESC' key to cancel. I_I AL I �1r1 ESC ON Step 4: Press ' or w to select the desired parameter to adjust and press "OK". Continue to Step 5 on the following pages for the specific block type being edited. EIN-CP-GEO-13 Rev. 8.0 © 5ZI7 Page 1 of 3 Changing Adjustable Parameter Timer Blocks: Timer blocks have three time base units that can be used; s = seconds, m = minutes, h = hours. If an h appears after the timer setting then the time will be HH:MM (e.g. 01:55h — 1 hour and 55 minutes). If an m appears after the timer setting then the time will be MM:SS (e.g. 05:00m = 5 minutes and 0 seconds). If an s appears after the timer setting then the time will be SS.ss (e.g. 25:13s = 25.13 seconds). Step 5: The first line indicates the set value for the parameter. In this example, the set time is 1 hour and 55 minutes, "T=01:55h." To change the set value for the parameter, press the "OK" key. The second line indicates, in real time, how much time has elapsed for the cycle that is currently in process. The current value of the parameter is 45 minutes, "Ta=00:45." Step 7: When the desired time value has been entered, press the "OK" key. The new time value will now be in effect. JA ESC -' OK Step 6: The cursor will blink in the set value. To select the digit to be changed, press 1 or ►. To change the value of a digit, press AL or w. In this example, the set value has been changed from 1 hour and 55 minutes to 58 minutes and 15 seconds. (The timebase can be changed from hours = h to minutes = m or seconds = s by moving the cursor to the far right and pressing A. or w). Step $: To edit additional parameters, go back to the parameter list by pressing the "ESC" key once and return to Step 4. When all edits are complete, exit parameter mode by pressing the "ESC" key four times. EIN-CP-GEO-13 Rev. 8.0 © 5j23/17 Page 2 of 3 Changing Adjustable Parameter Counter Blocks: Counter blocks are typically used to set a number of cycles until a process occurs. Step 5: The value listed after the "On =" parameter is the set value for the counter. In this example, the setting is 10 cycles, "On =10". To change the set value for the parameter, press the "OK" key. The next line, starting with "Off =" is not used. This value must remain set to zero, "Off =0 The value listed after the "Cut =" indicates, in real time, how many counts have occurred for this process. The current value in this example is 5, "Cnt =5" This value is meant to be informational only and is not typically adjusted. The parameter, "STV =", is not used. This value must remain set to zero, "STV =0." Sys Flush.1/1 I A I On =m 1 I off =0 Cnt =5 STV =0 E5C Step 7: When the desired counter value has been entered, press the "OK" key. The new counter value will now be in effect. Sys Flush.1/1 On=0000©0 Off =0 Cnt =5 STV =0 1 ► V ESC IOK i_ Step 6: The cursor will blink in the set value. To select the digit to be changed, press 1 or /. To change the value of a digit, press & or v-. In this example, the set value has been changed from 10 cycles to 20 cycles. Mon. 00:00 2000-01-24 Step 8: To edit additional parameters, go back to the parameter list by pressing the "ESC" key once and return to Step 4. When all edits are complete, exit parameter mode by pressing the "ESC" key four times. EIN-CP-GEG-13 Rev. S.0 ©5/WV Page 3 of 3 � M ! sURSUR FACE DRIP SYSU,M .II GEO Contrast Adjustment and Time & Date Settings The GEO line of control panels includes an easy -to -use programmable logic unit that incorporates many timing and logic functions. The readability of the display may vary with temperature and ambient light. If the screen is difficult to read, adjusting the contrast is recommended. Instructions for adjusting the contrast are shown below. Setting the date and time is typically not necessary. However, if required, the time and date can be set by following the instructions shown on the next page. To adjust the settings, use the four arrow keys located on the face of the unit (up, down, left, and right), along with the "ESC" key and the "OK" key. Follow the steps, below: Changing LCD Settings: A I Mon. 00:00 ■ 2000-01-24 7 E5E OK Step 1: Press -w repeatedly until the display does not change. To begin the configuration process, press the "ESC" key. Step 3: Press w three times to select "LCD" and then press "OK". Step 2: Press -w twice to select "Setup". Then press the "OK" key. Warning: Do not select "Stop". Doing so may erase the panel programming. If this is selected by accident, press the "ESC" key to cancel. Step 4: Press "OK" to select "Contrast'. EIN-CP-GEO-10 Rev. SA ©5J12J17 Page 1 of 2 Step 5: To adjust the contrast, press / or When finished, press the "OK" key. � A Mon. 00:00 �� F 2000-01-24 "�.•Jr ■ E5C OK Step 6: Exit by pressing the "ESC" key three times. Setting Time and Date: Step 1: Press w repeatedly until the display does not change. To begin the configuration process, press the "ESC" key. Step 3: Press �w twice to select "Clock" and then press "OK". Set C Mon. .0:00 2000-01-24 ESC 07K Step 5: To select the value to be changed, press / or ►. To change a value, press & or ,v. When finished, press the "OK" key. Note: Time is in military format. Stop 1' A l Program > Network > Diagnostics > II ■�JI Step 2: Press w twice to select "Setup". Then press the "OK" key. Warning: Do not select "Stop". Doing so may erase the panel programming. If this is selected by accident, press the "ESC" key to cancel. Step 4: Press �w to select "Set Clock" and then press "OK". ESC [OK] Step 6: Exit by pressing the "ESC" key three times. EIN-CP-GEO-10 Rev. 8.0 © 5/12/17 Page 2 of 2 GEOFLOW GEOFLOW- 1.800-820-3388 1.800-828.33H GE04-Sim-Aut Reference Chart GE04-Sim-Aut Reference Chart Program Code: GE104-70 Program Code: GE104-70 Input Functions Conditions for activation: Input Functions Conditions for activation: 1. Redundant Off & Low Level Alarm Float Float in up position 1. Redundant Off & Low Level Alarm Float Float in up position 2. Timer On & Off Float Float in up position 2. Timer On & Off Float Float in up position 3. Secondary Timer On & Off Fload Float in up position 3. Secondary Timer On & Off Fload Float in up position 4. High Level Alarm Float Float in up position 4. High Level Alarm Float Float in up position 5. Motor Contactor Signal Motor contactor is engaged 5. Motor Contactor Signal Motor contactor is engaged Output Functions: Condition for activation: Output Functions: Condition for activation: 1. Pump Pump is activated 1. Pump Pump is activated 2. Vortex Flush Valve Vortex flush valve is activated 2. Vortex Flush Valve Vortex flush valve is activated 3. System Flush Valve System flush valve is activated 3. System Flush Valve System flush valve is activated 4. General Alarm Alarm condition exists 4. General Alarm Alarm condition exists 5. Zone 1 Valve Zone 1 valve is activated 5. Zone 1 Valve Zone 1 valve is activated 6. Zone 2 Valve Zone 2 valve is activated 6. Zone 2 Valve Zone 2 valve is activated 7. Zone 3 Valve Zone 3 valve is activated 7. Zone 3 Valve Zone 3 valve is activated 8. Zone 4 Valve Zone 4 valve is activated 8. Zone 4 Valve Zone 4 valve is activated Built In Screens: Built In Screens: Built in screens include: time & date, digital inputs, and digital outputs. To Built in screens include: time & date• digital inputs, and digital outputs. To view these screens, press the down arrow repeatedly until a built in screen view these screens, press the down arrow repeatedly until a built in screen appears, then use the left and right arrow keys to change between screens. appears, then use the left and right arrow keys to change between screens. System Data Screens: System Data Screens: System data screens include pump run data and alarm activity. To change System data screens include pump run data and alarm activity. To change between these screens, press the up and down arrow keys. The following between these screens, press the up and down arrow keys. The following screens have been used with your panel. screens have been used with your panel. Screens: Screens: 1. Pump cycles on top and pump run time below 1. Pump cycles on top and pump run time below 2. High level alarm counter on top and secondary cycle counter below 2. High level alarm counter on top and secondary cycle counter below 3. Power fail counter 3. Power fail counter Selecting Blocks for Viewing or Adjusting: Selecting Blocks for Viewing or Adjusting: To begin the process to set parameters, press the down arrow repeatedly To begin the process to set parameters, press the down arrow repeatedly until the last screen is shown, then press 'ESC'. until the last screen is shown, then press 'ESC'- Parameter Time Parameter Time Name: Description: Range: Name: Description: Range: Off Time Timer Off Time HH:MM Off Time Timer Off Time HH:MM On Time Timer On Time MM:SS On Time Timer On Time MM:SS Off Time 2 Secondary Timer Off MM:SS Off Time 2 Secondary Timer Off MM:SS On Time 2 Secondary Timer On MM:SS On Time 2 Secondary Timer On MM:SS VFltrFlushTm Vortex Filter Flush Timer MM:SS VFltrFlushTm Vortex Filter Flush Timer MM:SS PumpOffDlyTm Pump Off Delay Timer MM:SS PumpOffDlyTm Pump Off Delay Timer MM:SS Sys Drain Tm System Drain Timer MM:SS Sys Drain Tm System Drain Timer MM:SS Sys Flush Tm System Flush Timer MM:SS Sys Flush Tm System Flush Timer MM:SS Sys Flush CT System Flush Counter Sys Flush CT System Flush Counter Sys Valve CT System Zone Valve Count Sys Valve CT System Zone Valve Count EIN•CP•GEo•18 Sys Zone CT System Zone Counter Rev 8.0©5123117 EIN•CP•GEo•78 Sys Zone CT System Zone Counter Rev 8.0©5123117 El NON -CORROSIVE REFLECTIVE -L PROTECTIVE SLEEVE I- 4"RISER FIFE TO GRADE ,4!'INLET UV LAMP ....,47 WELL CAP tlkl� mremml ft&%fL tai P A T Jai' T U- S 7, 5 -5, D, 7 42 B 2, DRAM cwKwm RRE. UV -10- 2DAU L LAMP "momitv FILOWRATE SIZE DWG. NO. REY —;"A4"Lf*=MGi ANT rF=-J3=f4.KPAFrj0PASAW_-K)U MDE 10 GAL' Lo 01--613U, DiEWMEN PiFI&MION10F r4ba Put, A. MINUTE SCALE: 1:2QWElG;-Tl7_ I HEa 1, OF 1 5 4 1 fearthstone Luxury 1-lomes, LLC Lexington Lot 2 RECEIVED/NCDEQ/DWR NOV 12 7019 Non -Discharge permitting Unit Soils l,valuation MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 k Environmental Consultants,. PA tidge Road Raleigh. North Carolina 27614 • Phone: (919) 846-5900 • Fax: (919) 846-9467 www SandEC.com Village Investment LLC Attn: David Ferrell T600 Morrisville -Carpenter Rd. Cary, NC 27519 April 4, 2007 Project # 10,140.85 Soils Report for Proposed Residential Surface Drip.Irrigation Wastewater System -Project Name: Hwy 751 Property, Lot 2 Location: Highway 7S1, Chatham County, NC Soil & Environmental Consultants, PA performed a detailed soil/site evaluation.on the above referenced lot for onsite suitability -for a subsurface or surface wastewater system per your request. This lot does not contain enough suitable soils to support a 4-bedroom subsurface septic system. Therefore, a surface drip system is being proposed. Soil & Environmental Consultants, PA (S&EC) has determined the location and,characteristics of a site that is potentially useable fora surface drip irrigation wastewater system. This reportdetails S&EC findings and provides the necessary soil/site information neededfor a surface drip irrigation system to be designed by a professional engineer. This fieldwork was completed. in March 2607. The potentially useable soil areas were flagged on the ground using orange S&EC logo flagging and are shown on the accompanying AutoCAD map (Appendix 1). The proposed drip field meets all buffers required. for surface drip systems by the state of North Carolina. The map also shows the locations where measurements of saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) were performed. This site is located -in the Triassic Basin geologic imit of Chatham County.. The locations of auger borings that were performed to determine soil -nap units that were present in the proposed areas are also shown in Appendix l . Upland soils on the site are generally similar to the Green Level soil series:' These soils .have expansive mineralogy and indications of soil wetness present in the subsurface horizons. The Green Level soils are - generally unsuitable for conventional subsurface septic systems. However, the favorable soil characteristics of the surface horizons offer the opportunity for surface drip application of treated wastewater. in essence, the permeability of the subsoil is the limiting factor m the design of a surface drip irrigation system. Cie Office: OMensboro Office: 236 LePhillip Court, Suite C 3817-E Lawndale Drive Concord, NC 28025 Greensboro, NC 27455 Phone:' (704) 720-9405 Phone: (336) 5404234 Fax: VO4) 720-9406 Faa: (336) 540-8235 The soil condition of the proposed drip area is described in the accompanying soil- profile descriptions (Appendix 2). A perched water table within these soils ranges from 12 to 20 inches from.tog of ground. The landscape position for the proposed drip irrigation field is on a broad side -slope area. The Green Level soils are in the very slow soil permeability class (0.0015 to 0.06 in hr'1).. Using 10 percent of the median value -of this range (0.0032 in hr ); the attached water balance shows that the site can hydraulically assimilate 16.5 inches -of irrigation water per -year (Appendix 3). S&EC recommends a loading rate of 0.32 inch per week or 16.5 inches. per year. Therefore, a 4-bedroom house (480 gallons per day design flow) would require approximately 20,000-square feet of wetted area for drip irrigation application. The maximum instantaneous application rate should not exceed. 0.7 inches per hour. Measurements of saturated hydraulic conductivity(Ksat) were conducted within the most restrictive soil horizon in the proposed wetted area. The average Ksat for this area was 0.005 in hfl or 43.9 in yr`l. Ksat data is shown in Appendix 4 of this report. . Soils within the proposed drip areas were also analyzed for cogent fertility conditions. Because of similar landscape type and management conditions, one composite sample was used to infer soil fertility status within the proposed drip area.. The standard soil fertility analysis was completed by A&L Eastern Laboratories, Inc on March 27, 2007. Soil sample results and fertility recommendations are included in "Soil Analysis Report' provided by A&L (Appendix 5). Base saturafion and exchangeable sodium percentage were determined by calculation (3411/o and 4.7%, respectively). Site disturbance should be absolutely minimized on the area`to be used for the surface drip application of wastewater. Site disturbance could create unsuitable conditions for a surface drip system. A permanent vegetative cover should -be immediately established and maintained over the entire application field after installation. Calculations 1. Maximum instantaneous Application Rate (m1hr) Utilizing Table 1(see attached) for typical ranges of soil infiltration rates. The Green Level soils falls into the Sandy Loam class in the 3-9% slope range. This infiltration rate is 0.4 to 0.7 in/hr. The recommended rate is 0.4 to 0.7 in/hr. 2. Water Balance A water balance was developed for the proposed drip irrigation -field by balancing water losses and gains: Evapotranspiration + Drainage = Precipitation + Irrigation A. Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) PET was calculated using the Priestly -Taylor Equation (Puryear et. al. 2004). B. Drainage (DR) The drainage term was calculated by the procedure described in US EPA 625/1-777008, "Process Design Manual for band Treatment of Municipal Wastewater". The percolation, or -drainage rate was calculated as 10% of the median of the very slow soil permeability class (0.032 in. hr r). Three Ksat data points per soil series were used to determine the recommended Ksat value. Each of these data points were performed within the Bt horizon of the Green Level soils, since this was clearly the most restrictive horizon (contains a high Percentage of expansive clay mineralogy). The recommended Ksat value used by S&EC is 0.005 in/hr (Bt horizon Green Level). Input -for this figure is based on 31, 30, and 28.day months. C. Precipitation (PPT) Average monthly precipitation rates were obtained from the RDU International : Weather Station, determined over a thirty year period (see water balance data sheet). Monthly precipitation values from the 80th percentile were used in the water balance. Specifications: Assumed Design flow - 490 gal/day Allowable Irrigation Rate — 0.03 gal/sflday (0.32 in/week) Total minimum area needed for drip field — 20,000 sf (wetted area) Maximum Instantaneous Application Rate-,0.4 to 0.7 in/hr The area required is the minimum wetted area needed for treated wastewater application, The area delineated by S&EC as useable for surface drip application is larger than the minimum required. The designer may utilize some additional space in the delineated area for emitter or drip line layout. If requested to meet on -site, S&EC should be given a five- day notice for scheduling purposes. This report .discusses -the general location of potentially useable soils for on -site surface wastewater disposal and, of course, does not constitute or imply any approval or permit as needed by the client from the state. S&EC is a professional consulting firm that specializes in the delineation of soil areas for wastewater disposal. As a'professional consulting firm, S&EC is hired for its professional opinion in these matters. The rules governing wastewater treatment (interpreted and governed by local and state agencies) are evolving constantly, and in•many cases, affected.by the opinions of individuals employed -by these governing agencies. Because of this, S&EC cannot guarantee that areas delineated and/or systems designed will be permitted by the goveming agencies. As always, S&EC recommends that -anyone making financial commitments on a tract be fully aware of individual permit requirements on that tract prior to final action. An individual septic system permit will be required .for this lot prior to obtaining a building permit. This will involve a detailed evaluation by the state to determine, among other things, system size and layout, drive/parking and building location. Only after developing this. information can a final determination be made concerning specifics, of system design and site utilization.. S &EC recommends that we meet with the state to approve the proposed system area and the -loading rates prior to designing the surface drip wastewater system. A letter of denial regarding subsurface septic systems from the county health department will also be required_ by the state as part of the application -for a surface drip system. If you have any questions or require additional information please contact us at (919) 846-5960. Sincerely, erg° SOIL Si G .' OP HE ' U 1264 G. Christopher Murray NC Licensed Soil Scientist Table 1 �111S ran', -es of soil infiltrati n rates by soil texture and sloe e. Basic Infiltration Rate (inlhrr Slope Texture 0-3%---- 3-9%--------- 9+11/0 ------------------.._----------- --------- -- ---___---_--------- sands 1.0+ 0.7+ 0.5+ loamy sands 0.7-1.5 0.5-1.0 0.4-0.7 sandy loamm and fine sandy loamy -0.54.0 0.4=0.7 0.3-0.5 very fine sandy loam and silt loam 0:3-0.7 0. -0.5 0.13-0.3 sandy clay loam and silty clay loam 0.2-0.4, 0.15-0.25 0.1-0.15 clay and silty clay 0.1-0.2 0.1-0.15 < 0.1 Source: Sprinkler Irrigation Association, SPEWKet Irri ation (1969) * For good vegetative cover, these rates may be 25-'SQ% greater. For poor surface conditions, rates maybe as much as 50% less. List of Appendices Appendix 1. — AutoCAD Siteplan of Proposed Lot Appondix.2. = Profile Descriptions of Selected Sail Boring Logs .Appendix 3. - Water Budget Calculations Appendix 4. — Ksat field Data Appendix 5. —.Standard Fertility Analysis (As provided by A&L BastemLaboratories, Inc.) Ftriamme. Appendix 2 - Profile Descriptions of Selected Soil Boring Logs Site: Highway 751 Tract Locatlon: Lot 2, Site 1 County: Chatham USGS Quad Name & Map Date: Green Level, 1993 Lat./Long. (NAD 83): 35.7926°N, 78.9401 °W Current Vegetation: Wooded Taxanomic Classification (Family Level): Fine, mixed, active, thermic Vertic Hapludults Series Name: Green Level Landscape Position: Sideslope % Slope: 3% Conducted By: DM Date: 3/712007 � k � A 0-5 10YR 4f4 - - - - Moist SL Weak Med. GR FIR NS AB 5-11 10YR 6/8 - - - Moist SCL Mod. Med. GR FIR AS Btl 11- 77 10YR 618 2.5YR58 Few Med. C Moist C Mod. Med. SBK VFI VS Bt2 17-48 7.5YR 618 10R 418. SYR sn _Many_Med. C&D Moist C Mod, i Med. SBK VFI VS Restrictive Horizon: Type Depth Thickness Seasongi High Water Table:, Depth Type {apparent/perchedX 17°Derched aina a Class: SWP VP VP Appendix 2 - Profile Descriptions of Selected Soil Boring Logs Site: Highway 751 Tract Location: Lot 2, Site 2 County: Chatham USGS Quad Name & Map Date: Green Level, 1993 Latkong. (NAD 83): 35.79269N, 78.9401°W Current Vegetation: Wooded Taxanomic Classification (Family Level): Fine, mixed, active, thermic Oxyaquic Vertic Hapludalfs Series Name: White Store Landscape Position: Sideslope % Slope: 3% Conducted By: DM Date: 317/2007 A 0-2 10YR 414 - - - - Moist SL Weak Fine GR FIR NS E 2-9 1OYR 5/8 - - - Moist SL Weak Mad. GR FR SS Btl 9-26 1UYR6/8 IOR4e Com. Mad. C Moist C Mod. Mad. SBK VFI VS Bt2 2&43i 1t?YR 618 IUR 4A WR m Many Mad. C&D Moist C Mod. Mad. SBK VFI VS Bt3 43-48 2.5YR 4I6 I.M za Com. Mad. D Moisf C Mod. Med. SBK VFI VS Restrictive Horizon: Typo Depth Thickness Sea onai High Water le: Depth Type (apparent/perched): 26" perched Drainage Class: MW VP VP Appendix 2 - Profile Descriptions of Selected Sall Boring Logs Site: Highway 751 Tract Location: Lot 2, Site 3 (7 ft. boring) County: Chatham USGS Quad Name & Map Date: Green Level, 1993 Lat./Long. (NAD 83): 35.79260N, 78.9401 °W Current Vegetation: Wooded A 0-2 10YR 2/2 - AB 2-10 2.5Y 4/4 - Bt1 10-15 10YR 6/8 Z5YRW Bt2 15-34 7.5YR 618 2sYRais, 1oYR Bt3 34-55 5YR 5/8 2Z M 41% 1 oYR SC 55-84 7.5YR 7/8 - Taxanomic Classification (Family Level): Fine, mixed, active, thermic Vertic Hapiudults Series Name: Green Level Landscape Position: Sldeslope % Slope: 3% Conducted By: DM Date: 3/712007 - - - Moist SL I Weak Med. I GR - - Moist SL Mod. Med. GR aw Med. C Moist C Mod. Mad. SBK MY—Med. C&D Moist C Mod. Med. SBK any Mod. C&D Moist C Mod. Med. SBK - - - Moist I SCL Mod. Med. SBK Somsonall HlghWater able: Depth Type apparent/perched): 16" perched Drains Class- SWP FIR SS SP VFI VS VP VFI VS VP VFI VS VP FIR SS SP Appendix 3, Water Budget Caluclations 'HWV ;7a1 ftP0, $,{fig 2 Quick Water Balance Assuming No Storage SPMY Irrgation Area ■ lfnput 3011 Permeability Cis IncFVtwur Drainage coefrteterrt. q,100 Kv = Kest • Drainage coelf.) ■ 0.07� IrrralM � of Days • In Vertical Monthly Month 111T Drainage Prsalpitation l�va1 prdrrw (inkno) (Inln::: lama ry 31 ON 2.38 -ebrusr 28~- Aareh 31 :. + 2 38 kprll 30 !.ra 2.30 any 31 2.3N lucre 30 ri.:^ 2.30 Otdputzc L Measured Keat=Irt^�IlncMhour u t t Ilnehfday Marddmum Ma)dnwm Maxbnwn Allowable Allow" Allowable Irrigation Irrigation Irrigation 31 c.ti r 2.38 2 01 879 77. August 31 +.5+ 2.38 _ t.7i 749 230 September 30 �.-. 2.30 j - - 0.00 0 0 October 31 :..I Z3612ZQ4 November 30 il_r4 2.30 0 0 December 31 y n.1'.r 2.38 040 0 0 TOTAL = 365 37.78 28.03 34AS 16.51 7,334 224,127 Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) a (E7) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation) WaterBudget DWLLPermC1ass No Storage Lot 2 Version 5 December 2004 Appendix 4, Ksat Field Data Date _ 11412007 'Moslivromeifit Cart ;Iik4ay CM, DM tjob Amy. 751 ;jo#i,►Err�6er 10140.s5 _ f+�re�tlo�r,,i�E�liEi�ri ,Clear T in . - five 710 Sr3E[ stte 1 A lot 2 f10rb.Oli i 8t Value 2.5 units cm Radiirsf F�rlc�T - 'Do th (if Hoff-' 40,84 frojal i3,-;�plh of Water inflole t,kl1 13.97 (xn Firuql Ell. 3th of VVateC in i {tile i Ija 15.24 cart Ratio ttlr 6.0960 Strart,56( tiara Time - vf[irt �! .jtl:endV-Sidle: CO�df»ion I im r 8:10 1 r060113623 A factor in Equation 12) vi Manual Cbck Time Walbr Levol R,-adnip cn' Time Interva Minute Change in }-t,,� >1-StiSf++ Change rLevel cm IMO I� uw fnt8 r:ir +'mirI KStit J Kwt Grnlli(Rir fomri/dav 7126 16 '2.3T 1 1 -71.00 0.5, �� 0;.14 0.C1123 1 0. 53.00 0.21 0 ft 1 0.12 i4 4 f1 ; 44.00 0.2 ;� [t:2.i � 0.02 14.40 0-" 2&00 0.3 -- — ; Q.381 Isle 1 36.00 0,S ter,, ' ' I) t 7 0.01 0.27 L _ zr�05 u, 49.00 — 0.11 t?.4, — C.ai 0.07 inch cm Hole Depth: 16. 40.64 H{ 5.5 13.97 HF 6 15.24 t�qul.rel Ksat �� 1[1lsc Ff w fJ,�76 o.03 IN o.D9 DY7 a.a2 AVERAGE: mlt�ottr lPdit3Let_ q�ri1s 0.01 0.004- 0.06 11woqWTION Oate 11412007 VSPS.UreMqW Conc!Wtod%Y -ji)w4affw— cm, Dm 761 6job f4umt3pr, 110140.s5 aWo--alb, ar eaWition CA;;r- 70 arl site 2, lot 2 Bt Sdbil:6-bf ]Tap ,Value 2.6 Units ZFn �adi4is of lion V)tVpr 58.42 16.51 cm Fine DLqji I i of Wolf-r'!n Hole (H) 20.32 cm Hatio 11fr &1280 Skort 4%lumtWii -111me 16:23 &.90 of S I (ndy -Stalc Gm& lan 'rime Nc, Of R6sery0m Uzi6d W Slcady-5151i, I -A factor In Equal in f 2] pf Manual 0.00073634 1006 -TIMe IAFaw,—�Eivlal TIme Interva U11 'Minute Change In Water Level cm -- 1=1 m r-M3 F lQw rate Q rip.,51mirl Ksat Ksal. C rl I Ft 14 CnVd2Y 7-49 1.6 38 100 0.3 G 0. 15 1. 0.17 61.00 0.6 0.16 0,011 0.171 9AS 20.00 O.V 6 0. 30 0.01 0.321 Ict 51.00 0.7 0171 T, —07 0.29 2 63.00- 0.9. -.0 —0.36 ()..a '03 18.00 0.4 8 044 0.47 50.001 O.Sid, 0:211 - 0.21 53.00 0.3 477- ; L F -- -- .12 Inch cm Hole Depth: 23 58.42 Flo: 6.5 16.51 Hi 8 20.32 (=yu+val<.nl K�at OIS11 ft 0I)Il' U.04 _ . 13.08 0.[]7 O,Og; 012 0 U:tl;3 AVERAGE: CM�2 U-LJ--' 7Cn4—iiz T-ri—u 0.01 0.005 0.07 'INFORMATION' 1/412007' .. ICM, DM 751 jIO140LS5 Gear mr=ra. ur 7,) i It Site 3, Lot 2 t Sudmo pf-Watei 7ap Units -.1vahle RFO)CA 61 RqTo 2.5 cm Cie lii of Hale 58,42 Initial ppPin of Water Ig Note (�) 18.51 CM Final Depth ofvvalef m Hole 0116.61 cm Raw Hir v 6.6040 Slarf SaWralian -Firr.c. M11 "tart of 616,14y-'s"ato Conditicill Time No. of Roscrvoirs Used at Stcadv-State A f4mor on Eq 0.001OO&W Time Whior t evM 11me. interva Change in Water Level -jKrat jKsat cm Minute cm crn:51rnirs'--'. r-nuhmir CmJday L44 4 3. fi 33.00 0.4 I' M 02=W.24 cs.o 1 0.35 a 4G 33 20.00 0.3 - zo,21 001' 0.30 0,15 29 29.00 0.4 MJ 2jo2e- u 02 0.40 916.0 2A, 35.00 0.5 o.o2 OAI 46.00 0.7 �--4 qw;ig - A 3- 1) 0.02 0.44 0.Or-52.00 0.61 0.02 0150 29.00 0.211 MUMMA 44.00 OAOj Inch cm Hole Depth: 23 58.42 HI: 6.5 16.51 Fit: 6.5 16.51 17-q a� moeo I ,c�rkc9:5r� f1 i-09 i) li 4J +it U�12 I @.65 ! -- p.1PI [AVERAGE: �rr�ltiair�- o_a2 0.01 fl.D9 Appendix 5. - Standard Fertility Analysis (As provided by A&L Eastern Laboratories, Inc.) Report Number: R07085-0155 A&L Eastern Laboratories, Inc. Account Number: 7621 Whitepine Road Richmond, Virginia 23237 (804) 743-9401 45479 Fax No, (804) 271-6446 Email: afflce®al-labs-eastem.com Sena To: SOIL & ENVIRONMENTAL Grower: HWY 761 CONSULTANTS INC 11010 RAVEN RIDGE RD RALEIGH, NC 27614 Submitted By: SOIL & ENVIRONMENTAL SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT Page: 2 Date fReec•�etved: 3/26/2007 Date of Analysis: 3/27/2007 ~Pmtaaotrnn Date of Report: 3/28/2007 f nlctl or Seietpta Lab ' Phc1Y6 _ °' ^ _ ��- l agna , +. CM&WO : oft t�utmber Nw hor-f 96 tNp' lb'" Raf I A091106W I Asseyw K pi�1, Hate - fM6 ` _ . u3m Rate? uurn FFle rtT-L2 11034 3.2 108 iN 47 M' ppm itatai pAC R_ate'I 41 VL 33 L 175 VL 13 Analytical Method(a): Mehlich 111 PH F AAddt 90il t9iiEfpr ii PH loam a r 4.3 6.7 1 2.6 _ Psr�teert Bsae S+vn � �1 �._. Sranpte _ _ i lraeta Srtlitir _ Z�rrC rdanganasr T !roa d epPar Borgn Soluble Chio1i Nwnbor aTii �Ce { Now N i�D3-N . �$pq Q - — - _ I _. 94. �!. 6A Pg C1! 6 softs` CL °lo "!v _arre mete f r5 4 —opm PPW Re% laprti Fcata p 7S1 L2 �++ apm_ Fish rxai" Rate opm l 2.7 7.1 22.6 1.5 66.1 10i0 L t 1.3 L 5 L 303 VH 0.4 L 0.1 VL 0,04 VL CAA AL N:rN Values on tWs reporf represent the plant evatabfe nuirlents In Map. TWs raPort mWas to me a Pte(a) tsetod. sanvles . mend a RAW after each vabe: VL Explandw of aymbds: %(percent), ppm (earls per million), lbe/A (pounds per aae), me1(IMM of 4r days near taeerg say Anafyai. aePared by: Mca Low), L (Lax). M (Madam}, N tFOgh),. Nery}ilgh), mokm (mib mhr%Per meter), me 00 m p grains). A s' eAS 80 LA�RAT.,AU , taa. ENR - Eet4rtated Nitrogen Reteaae. C.E.0 - CaUon Exchange Capat r, CmtverSions: ppmx 2 = lbslA, Soluble �� rt s/cm xx 640 = ppm, t� br.. a el.. — Paul Chu, Ph.D. NC I I earthstone Iuxury Tfomes, LL.0 Lexington .Lot 2 pECENED/INCDEQI"'� NOV 12 JWG Non-Disch lr90 permitting Ur Design Calculations Ile, ? SEAL 17069 �+ GI Ned �4w �� MacConnell & Associates, P.C. 1101 Nowell, Road, Suite 118 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 P.O. Box 129 Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Phone: (919) 467-1239 Fax: (919) 319-6510 MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project: Surface Drip FI,'I'reat System Project Number: A61909.00 Location: Chatham County, North Carolina Subject: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Date: August 19, 2019 Assumptions And Calculations: Note: Input Calculated 1. Treatment flow is based on unadjusted flow. 2. Irrigation flow is based on reduced flow Number of Bedrooms: 5.0 Rooms Given Average Daily Flow per Bedroom: 120 GPD 15A NCAC 18A .1949 Unadjusted Design Flow: 600.0 GPD Flow Reduction: 20 % 15A NCAC 18A .1949 Adjusted Flow: 480.0 GPD Suing Calculations Per Innovative Approval Table 1- Model 600 and Tank Volumes Minimum Septic Minimum Design Daily Tank Volum Recirculation/Pump Tank Flnwtvndl toallnnsl Volume (Qallons)** Nnmher of Media Pnds <480 1,000 1.250 1 Model 600 pod 4 Bedrooms 1,000 1,800 1 Model 600 pod 5 Bedrooms 1,250 2,000 1 Model 600 poi 6 Bedrooms 1,500 2,200 2 Model 600 pod 691 - 1,500 V=1.17Q+500 V=1.17Q+500 1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons 1,501 - 3,000 V=0.75Q+1,125 V=0.75Q+1,125 1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons —Recirculation/pump tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume. Recirculation/Pump Tank Volume = Recirculation Tmk(Chamber) Volume+ Pump'I'ank( Chamber) Volume SEPTIC TANK DESIGN: Minimum Septic Tank Volume Required: Septic Tank Volume Provided: Septic Tank storage and effective volume calculations: Septic Tank Total Void Volume = L * W * D: Tank length: Tank Width: Tank Depth: Total Void Volume: Septic Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: Tank length: Tank Width: Lowest Invert: Effective Volume: Septic Tank Storage per Bedroom: Septic Tank Storage/Detention: 1,500 Gallons 1,500 Gallons 9.6 foot 4.9 foot 5.1 foot 1784.1 Gallons 9.6 foot 4.9 foot 4.3 foot 1,520.9 Gallons 304.2 Gallons 2.5 Days Effective Volume / ADF E-Z TREAT DESIGN: Pod Dimension- Length 7.3 Feet Given Pod Dimension- Width 4.0 Feet Given Pod Dimension - Height 3.3 Feet Given Pod Surface Area 28.9 ft2 L x W Rated Loading Rate per Pod 700.0 GPD Given E-Z Treat Pods Required: 0.7 ADF/Pod Loading Rate E-Z Treat Pods Used: 1 Pod E-Z Treat Dose per Pod: 34.0 Gallons Given E-Z Treat Volume per Dose 34.0 Dose per Pod x Number of Pods Re -Circulation Timer On: 2.5 Minutes Given Re -Circulation Timer Off: 14.0 Minutes Given E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Cycles per Day: 87.3 Cycles Time per Day / Time per Cycle Total E-Z Treat Flow per Day: 2,967.3 Gallons E-Z Treat Volume/Dose x Cycles/Day E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Ratio: 4.9 E-Z Treat Flow per Day / ADF Denitrification Gallons Returned: 872.7 GPD Denitrification Return Setting: 4.0 GPM E-Z Treat Surface Area: 28.9 ft2 E-Z Treat Loading Rate: 20.8 GPD/ftz ADF/Surface Area E-Z Treat Recirculation Pump Selection Shall Be As Shown On Drawings. Minimum Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Required: 2,000 Gallons Recirculation Tank Volume Provided: 1,000 Gallons Field Dosing Tank Provided: 4,500 Gallons Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Provided: 5,500 Gallons Recirculation Tank storage and effective volume calculations: Recirculation Tank Total Vold Volume = L * W * D: Tank length: 7.3 foot Tank Width: 4.5 foot Tank Depth: 4.2 foot Total Void Volume: 1,013.2 Gallons Recirculation Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: "rank length: 7.3 foot Tank Width: 4.5 foot Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: 3.4 foot Effective Volume: 830.8 Gallons Recirculation Tank Effective Volume to Pump Off = L * W * Lowest Invert To Pump -Off Elevation: Tank length: 7.3 foot Tank Width: 4.5 foot Lowest Invert To Pump -Off: 1.9 foot Effective Volume: 466.1 Gallons Recirculation tank is an all -time -filled storage/pump tank. Field Dosine Tank sturaee and effective volume calculations: Field Dosing Tank Total Void Volume= L * W * D: Tank length: 12.7 foot Tank Width: 5.5 foot Tank Depth: 8.5 foot Total Void Volume: 4,429.4 Gallons Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Tank Bottom = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: Tank length: 12.7 foot Tank Width: 5.5 foot Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom: 7.8 foot Effective Volume: 4,082.0 Gallons Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Pump Off = L * W * Lowest Invert To Pump Off: Tank length: "rank Width: Lowest Invert To Pump Off: Effective Volume: Days of Field Dosing Storage (Void Volume/ADF): Total System Effective Storage Field Dosing Tank Total Volume: Annual Loading from Soil Scientist: Maximum Instantaneous Loading Rate from Soil Scientist: Calculated Total Field Area Required: (ADF x 365 Days per Year x 43,560 / 27,154 / Annual Loading Rate) Total Field Area Required from Soil Scientist: Total Field Area Provided: (Wetted Area) Annual Loading Rate Provided: (ADP x 365 Days per Year x 43,560 / 27,154 / Area Provided) Total Irrigation Flow: (Set by Design) Instantaneous Loading Rate Provided: (Total Irrigation Flow x 96.3) / Total Field Area Provided 12.7 foot 5.5 foot 6.3 foot 3,300.3 Gallons 5.5 Days >5days per I SA NCAC 02T .0605(m) 5,287.3 Gallons 4,500.0 Gallons 18.95 Inches(Year 0.70 Inches/Event(Hour) 14,831 Square Feet 17,300 Square Feet 17,352 Square Feet 16.20 Inches/Year 15.27 GPM Flush Flow per Geoflow, Calculations 0.08 Inches/Hour MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project: Surface Drip E-Z Treat System Project Number: A61909.00 Location: Chatham County, North Carolina Subject: E-Z Treat Treatment Calculations Date: August 19, 2019 Assumptions And Calculations: Notes: Input Calculated Influent Characteristics: BOD (5-Day): 300,mg/l From EPA Design Manual TSS: 300 mg/l From EPA Design Manual NH3: 25, mg/l N-Organic: 34 mg/l TKN: 59 mg/l N-Organic + NH3 NO3 + NO2: 1 mg/l TN: 60 mg/l TKN + NO3 + NO2 Total Coliforms: 75,000,000 Number From NSF 350 Approval Effluent Limits: Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS): <30 mg/L Proposed Effluent Limit per I SA NCAC 02T .0605 Total Suspended Solids (TSS): <30 mg/L Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605 Ammonia Nitrogen - NH4-N <15 mg(L Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605 Total Nitrogen (TN) <20 mg/L Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605 Fecal Coliform: <200 /100 nil Proposed Effluent Limit Geometric Mean per 15A NCAC 02T .0605 Septic Tank: Design BOD Removal: 60.0' Percent Given TSS Removal: 70.0',Percent Given NH3 Removal: 0.0;Percent Given N-Organic Removal: 35.0 Percent N-Organic Converted to NH3: 50.0!Percent NO3 + NO2 Denitrified: 90.0! Percent Total Coliforms Removal: 50.0I Percent Septic Tank Effluent Concentrations: BOD (5-Day): 120.0 mg/1 Concentration - Percent Removed TSS: 90.0 mg/1 Concentration - Percent Removed NH3: 42.0 mgfl Concentration - Percent Removed + N-Organic Converted to NH3 N-Organic: 17.0 mg/I Concentration - Percent Removed - N-Organic Converted to NH3 TKN: 59.0 mg/l N-Organic + NH3 NO3 + NO2: 1.0 mg71 NO3 + NO2 Effluent + Return from Recite Tank - Denitrified IN: 60.0 mg/l TKN + NO3 + NO2 E. Coliforms: 37,500,000A /100 nil Concentration - Percent Removed Media Filters (E-Z Treat Pod is BOD Removal: 95.0 Percent Given TSS Removal: 95.0 Percent Given NH3 Removal (to .Air): 2.0 Percent Given NH3 Nitrified to NO3 + NO2: 95.0 Percent Given N-Organic Converted to NH3: 95.0 Percent NO3 + NO2 to Septic for Denitrification: 90.0 Percent E. Coliforms Removal: 50.0 Percent N-Organic: TKN: NO3 + NO2: TN: Total Coliforms: Ultraviolet Disinfection: Design UV Dosing Rate: Number of Units: BOD Removal: TSS Removal: NH3 Removal: N-Organic Removal: NO3 + NO2 Removal: Total Coliforms Removal: E-Z Treat/Re-Ciro. Tank Effluent Concentrations: BOD (5-Day): 6.00 mg/l TSS: 4.50 mg/l NH3: 2.87 mg/l 0.85 mg/1 3.72 mg/1 2.05 mg/1 5.76 mg/I 18,750,000.0 /100 ml 10.0 gpm 1 Units 0.00 Percent 0.00 Percent 0.00 Percent 0.00 Percent 0_00 Percent 99.999000000 Percent Ultraviolet Disinfection Effluent Concentrations: BOD (5-Day): 6.00 mg/I CBOD: <6.00 mg/1 TSS: 4.50 mg/1 NH3: 2.87 mg/1 N-Organic: 0.85 mg/I TKN: 3.72 mg/I NO3 + NO2: 2.05 mg/I TN: 5.76 mg/1 Total Coliforms: 187.50 A 00 ml Fecal Coliforms: < 187.50 A 00 ml Concentration - Percent Removed Concentration - Percent Removed Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Cone. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified) Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NH3 N-Organic + NH3 NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent+ Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank TKN + NO3 + NO2 Concentration - Percent Removed Flow Rate Pump Flow/Dosing Rate Given Given Given Given Concentration - Percent Removed CBOD < BOD5 as CBOD only measures oxidation of carbons. Concentration - Percent Removed Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Conc. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified) Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NH3 N-Organic + NH3 NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent + Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank TKN + NO3 + NO2 Concentration - Percent Removed Fecal Coliforms < Total Coliforms < 200 colonies/ 100ml = Okay Agronomic Rate Calculations Wastewater Effluent Parameters (Nitrogen) Mineralization Rate (%) 20% Volatilization Rate (%) 50% Nitrate/Nitrite (mg/L) 4.00 Ammonia (mg/L) 4.00 TKN (mg/L) 6.00 Total Solids (%) 1.38 Plant Available Nitrogen 6.40 mg/L 1.45 pounds per acre -inch Design Annual Loading Rate Total 16.20 inches per year Annual Nitrogen Loading Total 23.49 pounds per acre -year Cover Crop Nitrogen Uptake Rate Total (Lawn) 165.00 pounds per acre -year Or: Total (Woods/Forest) 150.00 pounds per acre -year Irrigaiton Area Provided 17,352 square feet Total 17,352 square feet Minimum Irrigation Area Required 2,470 square feet Total 2,470 square feet Wastewater Effluent Parameters (Phosphorus) Phosphorus (mg/L) 7.00 Available Phosphorus 1.59 pounds per acre -inch Annual Phosphorus Loading Total 25.69 pounds per acre -year Cover Crop Phosphorus Uptake Rate Total (Lawn) Or: Total (Woods/Forest) Irrigaiton Area Provided Total Minimum Irrigation Area Required 62.00 pounds per acre -year 50.00 pounds per acre -year 17,352 square feet 17,352 square feet 7,191 square feet Total 7,191 square feet FIELD FLOW Project Number: A61909.00 Contact: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Prepared by: Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. Date: 19 Aug-19 Worksheet 1- Field Flow Total field Total Quantity of effluent to be disposed per day 480 gallons / da Hydraulic loading rate 0.0324gallons / sq.ft. / day Minimum Dispersal Field Area from Soil Scientist 14,832 square ft. Total Dispersal Field Area 17,352 s uare ft. Flow per zone Number of Zones 4 zone(s) Dispersal area per zone 4,338 square ft. Choose line spacing between WASTEFLOW lines 3 ft. Choose emitter spacing between WASTEFLOW emitters 2 ft. Total linear ft.per zone (minimum required) Total number of emitters per zone Select Wasteflow dripline (16mm) 1,446.00 ft. per zone 723 emitters per zone Wasteflow PC-1/2gph dripline Pressure at the beginning of the dripfield 20 psi Feet of Head at the beginning of the dripfield 46.2 Ift. What is the flow rate per emitter in gph? 0.53 gph Dose flow per zone 6.39 lgpm Please refer to Geoflow's spreadsheet your local regulations. 800-828-338; If required, choose flush velocity 2 ft/sec How many lines of WASTEFLOW per zone? 6 lines Fill in the actual length of longest dripline lateral 313 ft. Flush flow required at the end of each dripline 1.48 gpm Total Flow required to achieve flushing velocity 8.88 gpm Total Flow per zone- worst case scenario 15.27 gpm Select Filters and zone valves Select Filter Type Vortex Screen Filter Recommended Filter (item no.) AP4E-1.5F in Screen Filter 0-20gp Select Zone Valve Type Electric Solenoid - Recommended Zone Valve (item no.) SVLVB-100 1-in. Solenoid valve srriear Wasteflow Design Spreadsheet V.2014G 11/8/2019 Dosing Number of doses per day / zone: 2 doses Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone: 9.24 mins:secs Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses 11:50 hrs:mins Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone: 0:18 hrs:mins All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones 8 doses / day Allow time for field to pressurize 0:00:30 hrs:mins:secs Filter flush timer 0:00:20 hrs:mins:secs Drain timer 0:05:00 hrs:mins:secs Field flush timer 0:01:00 hrs:mins:secs Field flush counter 20 cycles Time required to complete all functions per day 2:09 hrs:mins Dose volume per zone 60 gallons per dose Allow time in the day for controller to have pressurization and drainage time. 1. y,Lv ,, rjlp Wasteflow Design Spreadsheet V.2014G 11/8/2019 Optional section for uneven zone sizes Wasteflow PC-1/2gph (Dispersal Area per zone (sq ft.) (Line spacing (Emitter spacing (1-inearft INo. of emitters per zone (Select dripline Flow rate per emitter in gph Dose flow Zone #1 Zone #2 Zone 3 Zone 4 3576 5703 4746 3327 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1192 1901 1582 1109 596 950.5 791 554.5' ow PC -1/2 ph PC - 1129ph i PC -1/2 ph i PC -1/2 ph 0.53 0.53 1 0.53 1 0.53 5.26 8.401 6.991 4.90 IFush velocity INumber of driplines (Length of longest line (Flush flow per line gpm Total flow to flush lines in gpm Total flow flush and dose in gm 5 7 4 307 313 264 310 1.48 1.48 1.48 1.48 7.401 10.36 10.36 5.92 12.671 18.761 17.351 10.82� vL50YL•O�w am,— gewtp Wasteflow Design Spreadsheet V.2014G 8/19/2019 PUMP SIZING Job Description: A61909.00 Contact: Hearthstone Luxury Homes, LLC Prepared by: Gary S. MacConnell, P.E. Date: 8/19/2019 Worksheet - Pump Sizing Section 1 - Summary from Worksheet 1 Flow required to dose field 6.39 gpm Flow required to flush field 8.88 gpm Flow required to dose & flush field 15.27 gpm Filter AP4E-1.5F No. of Zones 4 zones Zone valve SVLVB-100 Dripline Wasteflow PC - 1/2gph Dripline longest lateral 313.00 ft. Section 2 Ft of head Pressure A. Flush line - Losses through return line Select Pipe from dropdown menu PVC schedule 40 Select Flush Line Diameter 1-1/4" inch Length of return line 578 ft. Equivalent length of fittings 145 ft. Elevation change. (if downhill enter 0) 0 ft. Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe 1.33 ft. 0.58 psi Total pressure loss from end of dripline to return tank 9.6 ft. 4.16 psi B. Dripline - Losses through Wasteflow dripline Length of longest dripline lateral 313 ft. Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline 23.10 ft. 10.00 psi Loss through dripline during flushing 13.26 ft. 5.74 psi Total minimum required dripline pressure 36.36 ft. 15.74 psi A+B. Minimum Pressure required at beginning of dripfield CALCULATED pressure required at beginning of dripfield 45.97 ft. 19.90 psi 4 SPECIFIED pressure at beginning of dripfield (from worksht 1) 46.2 ft. 20.00 psi Great! SPECIFIED Pressure is greater than CALCULATED Pressure requirement. Go to next step C. Drip components - Losses through headworks Filter 15.0 ft. 6.50 psi Zone valve pressure loss (not in diagram) 4.62 ft. 2.00 psi Flow meter pressure loss (not in diagram) 5.00 ft. 2.16 psi Other pressure losses 5.00 ft. 2.16 psi Total loss through drip components 29.64 ft. 12.83 psi Geoflow, Inc. Pump Selection Worksheet, V.2003H 11/8/2019 D. Supply line - Minimum Pressure head required to get from pump tank to top of dripfield Select Pipe from dropdown menu PVC schedule 40 Select Supply line diameter 1-1/4" inch Length of supply line 359 ft. Equivalent length of fittings 90 ft. Height from pump to tank outlet 2.83 ft. Elevation change. (if downhill enter 0) 19 ft. Pressure loss/gain in 100 ft. of pipe 3.63 ft. 1.57 psi Total gain or loss from pump to field 38.1 ft. 16.50 psi Total dynamic head 114.0 ft. 49.33 psi Pump capacity'" - Field Flush Flow 15.3 gpm 49.33 psi - Field Dose Flow 6.4 gpm - Filter Flush Flow - gpm - psi Pump Model Number Sta-Rite Step 20 'Voltz / Hp / phase 1115v AC, 0.5 HP, 1 Phase Note: Pump capacity flow assumes flow in dripline does not change during a dose cycle. With Wasteflow Classic this can b For more accurate flows please see Geoflow's Flushing worksheet. If you need assistance designing for this additional flow, please a. See Geoflow flushing worksheet or b. Contact Geoflow at 800-828-3388. Geoflow, Inc. Pump Selection Worksheet, V.2003H 11/8/2019 Septic Tank (1,500 ST 322) * * * ALL ORANGE CELLS MUST BE FILLED Values for f, Ka, and a can be found in Tables 1, 2, and 3 in the accompanying document. Disclaimer: Use of this calculator does not guarantee the proper function or performance of any product manufactured in accordance with the data herein. It is the user's responsibility to ensure their product is designed and manufactured to resist all forces ,applied. Basic Dimensions Lid Thickness (L) 0.33 feet Lid Hole Diameter (1-11) 24.00 inches Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave blank. 24.00 (inches) Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave blank. (inches) Length of Tank A 10.38 feet Width of Tank B 5.38 feet Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the base thickness but excludes the lid thickness. 5.42 (feet) Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the round level to the to of the lid. 1.50 (feet) Wall Thickness T 0.25 feet Base Thickness E 0.33 feet Distance to Groundwater GW 0.00 feet Customizations To Add Ballast Add Concrete Inside the Tank: Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value 5.08 (feet) ofC -E. Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note: The value entered must be less than the inside height of the tank. Increase Thickness of the Base: Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E. 0.33 (feet) Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? (F) If no, enter a value of 0. Create Lip: Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this 0.00 (feet) horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls. If yes, how much? P If no, enter a value of 0. Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast Customizations Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.33 (feet) Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.33 feet Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 5.75 (feet) This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F. Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value ofC -E -U. 5.08 (feet) Final Volume of Tank 244.71 cf Final Volume of Tank 1830.59(gallons) Unit Weights Unit Weight of Water 62.40 (lb/cf Unit Weight of Dry Soil 110.00 ilb/cf) Unit Weight of Submerged Soil 47.60 (lb/cf) Unit Weight of Saturated Soil 120.00 Ib/cf Unit Weight of Concrete 145.00 Ib/cf Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to Customizations Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker base _(WeiU ht of extra concrete due to U 0 (lb) Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F 0 (lb) Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete due to P 0 (lb) [Weight of concrete removed due to lid hole 1 301(lb) Soil and Concrete Weights Wei ht of Soil on Lid 3982(lb) Weight of Soil on Lip 0(lb) Weight of Lid Alone 2368(lb) Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside 10683 (lb) tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete removed due to the hole in the lid. Water in Tank Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must be less than the final inside height of the tank. 0.00 (feet) Wei ht of Water in Tank 0 (lb) Weight of System Components Total Weight of Soil on Tank 3982 Ib Total Weight of Concrete 10683 (lb) Total Weight (Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil) 14665(lb) Sliding Resistance Specific Gravity of Soil, SG 2.75 Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f 0.30 Void Ratio Found in Table 3), e 0.85 Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2), Ka 0.33 ISliding Resistance 1 19381(lb U lift Force Uplift Force 19997.11 Ib Safety Factor 1.50 Uplift Force with Safety Factor 29995.66 Ib Additional Ballast Required NONE (Ib) Recirculation Tank (1,000 PT 237) Basic Dimensions Lid Thickness L 0.33 feet Lid Hole Diameter (H1) 30.00 inches Lid Hale Diameter (H2) - If tank has only one hole, leave 30.00 (inches) blank. Lid Hole Diameter (H3) - If tank has only one hole, leave 0.00 (inches) blank. Length of Tank (A) 7.79 (feet) Width of Tank B) 4.96 (feet) Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the 4.50 (feet) base thickness but excludes the lid thickness. Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the 1.50 (feet) round level to the top of the lid. Wall Thickness (T) 0.25 feet Base Thickness (E) 0.33 feet Distance to Groundwater GW 0.00 feet Customizations To Add Ballast Add Concrete Inside the Tank: Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value ofC -E. 4.17 (feet) Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note: The value entered must be less than the inside height of the tank. Increase Thickness of the Base: Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E. 0.33 (feet) Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? F If no, enter a value of 0. Create Lip: Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls. 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? P If no enter a value of 0. Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast Customizations Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E 0.33 (feet) and F. Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.33 (feet) Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 4.83 (feet) This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F. Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value 4.17 (feet) ofC -E -U. Final Volume of Tank 135.56 cf Final Volume of Tank 1014.07(gallons) Unit Weights Unit Weight of Water 62.40 Ib/cf Unit Weight of Dry Soil 110.00 Ib/cf Unit Weight of Submerged Soil 47.60 (lb/cf) Unit Weight of Saturated Soil 120.00 Ib/cf Unit Weight of Concrete 150.00 Ib/cf Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to Customizations Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker 0 (lb) base (Weight of extra concrete due to U Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create 0 (lb) thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete 0 (lb) due to P) Weight of concrete removed due to lid hole 486(lb) Soil and Concrete Weights Weight of Soil on Lid 2758 (lb) Weight of Soil on Lip 0(lb) Weight of Lid Alone 1426 (lb) Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside 7170 (lb) tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete removed due to the hole in the lid. Water in Tank Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must be less than the final inside height of the tank. 0.00 (feet) Weight of Water in Tank 0 Ib Weight of System Components Total Weight of Soil on Tank 2758(lb) Total Weight of Concrete 7170 Ib Total Weight Tank Water in Tank, and Soil 9928(lb) Slidkn_g Resistance Specific Gravity of Soil, SG 2.75 Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f 0.30 Void Ratio Found in Table 3 , e 0.85 Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2), Ka 0.33 ISliding Resistance 11971 Ib Uplift Force Uplift Force 11643.88(lb) Safety Factor 1.50 Uplift Force with Safety Factor 17465.82(lb) Additional Ballast Required NONE (Ib) Field Dosing Tank (1-12O-506) Basic Dimensions Lid Thickness (L) 0.33 feet' Lid Hole Diameter (H1 30.00 inches Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave 30.00 (inches) blank. Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave 0.00 (inches) blank. Length of Tank A 13.92 (feet) Width of Tank B 6.50 feet Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the 9.08 (feet) base thickness but excludes the lid thickness. Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the 1.50 (feet) round level to the top of the lid. Wall Thickness (T 0.50 feet Base Thickness (E) 0.58 feet Distance to Groundwater GW 0.00 feet Customizations To Add Ballast Add Concrete Inside the Tank: Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value 8.50 (feet) ofC -E. Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note: The value entered must be less than the inside height of the tank. Increase Thickness of the Base: Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E. 0.58 (feet) Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker base? 0.00 (feet) If yes, how much? F If no, enter a value of 0. Create Lip: Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this 0.00 (feet) horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls. If yes, how much? P If no, enter a value of 0. Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast Customizations Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E 0.58 (feet) and F. Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F. 0.58 (feet) Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F. 9.41 (feet) This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F. Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value ofC -E -U. 8.50 (feet) Final Volume of Tank 603.85 cf Final Volume of Tank 4517.14(gallons) Unit Weights Unit Weight of Water 62.40 lb/cf Unit Weight of Dry Soil 110.00 Ib/cf Unit Weight of Submerged Soil 47.60 (lb/cf) Unit Weight of Saturated Soil 120.00 Ib/cf Unit Wei ht of Concrete 150.00 Ib/cf Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to Customizations Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker 0 (lb) base (Weight of extra concrete due to U Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create 0 (lb) thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete 0 (lb) due to P Wei ht of concrete removed due to lid hole 1 486 (lb) Soil and Concrete Weights Weight of Soil on Lid 6459 Ib Weight of Soil on Lip 0(lb) Weight of Lid Alone 3992(lb) Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside 36663 (lb) tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete removed due to the hole in the lid. Water in Tank Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must be less than the final inside height of the tank. 0.00 (feet) Weight of Water in Tank 0 Ib Weight of System Components Total Weight of Soil on Tank 6459(lb) Total Weight of Concrete 36663(lb) Total Weight Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil 43122(lb) Sliding Resistance Specific Gravity of Soil, SG 2.75 Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f 0.30 Void Ratio Found in Table 3), a 0.85 Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2), Ka 0.33 Sliding Resistance 56979 lb Uplift Force Uplift Force 53134.50 Ib Safety Factor 1.50 Uplift Force with Safety Factor 79701.75 Ib Additional Ballast Required NONE (Ib)